The URL can be used to link to this page

Contract - AP Gulf States, Inc. d/b/a Adolfson & Peterson Construction - 9/25/2025 CITY OF ROUND ROCK Original General Services Building Construction p° °ti,�' ROUND ROCK TEXAS Woo Uo� TF°0 F 05-27-2025 Project Manual For: Public Safety Training Center Phase 2 Volume 1 OF September 2025 •S * : : * . � • . � . * sig B.J. HENDRIX / /• • • ./ /•••••••••••••••••••••••••/ JOHN D. BLACKER 94813 ,'4i16. /................. .. ... ENS ,I#41170NAL•� _�� 1��S•��CENSE�:G��=i +��ll\\\�� Prepared By: �\\\L General Services 05 .2 7/2025 05 Building Construction Division OF`�� Matthew Smith �P7E TFx��1 P-4..q�wqo�% Project Manager Building Construction ; MICHAEL A.TROOP j ..........� � �� '•*��, �-o •� 131653 :Q•j ...:.................... ..:...., APPROVED BY DAVID URBAN ��CENS�•G��dw ... 0.**,*."*"**,*************,*,*82783 %S`S ORAL• o :��; CITY ATTOR Y -- #4 1.o�.ss/CENSE 5/27/2025 05-27-2025 K A a�0 as d�,Ll 7 NOINN NOCIP08119 MFfrr)WNIN& PMS12 2801 N. MAYS I ROUND ROCK, TX 78665 MAIN BUILDING POLICE TRAINING VILLAGE FIRE TRAINING VILLAGE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PROGRESS SPECIFICATIONS BRINKLEY SARGENT WIGINTON ARCHITECTS 5000 Quorum Drive, Suite 600 1 Dallas, Texas 75254 972-960-9970 1 www.BSW-Architects.com BSW Project Number 22406 April 29, 2025 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS VOLUME ONE 0011 19 NOTICE TO PROPOSERS 0021 00 INSTRUCTIONS TO PROPOSERS 0043 14 BID BOND FORM 00 45 09 PROPOSAL FORM CCTIwIATC MITI U//IDVD/l/lV 0045 13 QUESTIONAIRE 00 45 49 STATEMENT OF BIDDERS SAFETY EXPERIENCE 00 45 53 EXHIBIT A— FORM 1295 INSTRUCTIONS 0052 13 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 0061 09 BONDS AND INSURANCE INSTRUCTIONS 0061 13 PERFORMANCE BOND FORM 0061 16 PAYMENT BOND FORM 0062 16 CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 74 00 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00 75 W Technical Specifications:Com Check and Geo Technical Report DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 00 00 CORR Responsibility Matrix 0121 00 ALLOWANCES 01 2300 ALTERNATES 01 2500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES with REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM 01 2600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3233 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 01 3300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 42 00 REFERENCES 01 4529 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 61 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 EXECUTION 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE VOLUME TWO 03 1000 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 35 43 BONDED ABRASIVE POLISHING CONCRETE FLOORS DIVISION 04 - MASONRY 04 22 00 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 DIVISION 05 - METALS 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 0521 00 STEEL JOIST FRAMING 0531 23 STEEL ROOF DECKING 05 40 00 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS 05 52 00 METAL RAILINGS DIVISION 06 -WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 10 53 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1643 GYPSUM WALL SHEATHING 0641 16 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 0721 00 THERMAL INSULATION 0724 13 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (EIFS) 07 26 17 BELOW SLAB VAPOR BARRIER 07 27 26 FLUID APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIERS 07 27 69 SILL BARRIER 0742 13 METAL PLATE WALL PANELS 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN MEMBRANE ROOFING 0761 13 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING 0771 13 SHEET METAL COPINGS 07 84 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 -OPENINGS 0811 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 0831 13 ACCESS DOORS 08 42 13 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 0843 13 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS 08 43 33 ALUMINUM-FRAMED INTERIOR STOREFRONT 0871 00 FINISH HARDWARE 08 80 00 GLAZING 08 83 00 MIRRORS DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD 09 29 20 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD 09 30 00 TILING 0951 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 0961 39 SEALING CONCRETE FLOORS 0965 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 0965 19 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 0968 13 TILE CARPETING 09 77 73 STAINLESS STEEL WALL SURFACING 09 84 33 ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELS TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 10 - 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 0991 00 PAINTING 0997 13 EXTERIOR STEEL COATINGS DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 10 11 16 PORCELAIN MARKERBOARDS 1021 13 TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10 22 26 OPERABLE PARTITIONS 10 26 00 WALL PROTECTION 1028 13 TOILET ACCESSORIES 1043 13 DEFIBRILLATORS AND CABINETS 10 44 00 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10 44 63 FIREMAN'S KEY KEEPER 1051 13 METAL LOCKERS 1082 13 EQUIPMENT SCREENS DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 12 36 61 QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOPS 1248 13 ENTRANCE WALK-OFF CARPET TILES DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 1334 16 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING ENCLOSURE 13 34 19 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING FRAME 1336 13 STEEL OBSERVATION TOWER DIVISION 20— MECHANICAL 20 00 00 GENERAL PROVISIONS 2001 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 20 02 00 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 20 07 00 INSULATION DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION 21 0000 FIRE PROTECTION DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING 2201 00 INSIDE UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION 22 02 00 OUTSIDE UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL AND COMPACTION 22 11 16 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 22 11 17 WATER HEATERS 22 13 16 LIQUID WASTE TRANSFER 22 30 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 05 93 TEST AND BALANCE 23 08 02 EQUIPMENT START-UP 23 09 00 CONTROLS 23 11 23 FUEL GAS SYSTEM 23 30 00 AIR DISTRIBUTION 23 30 03 SPIRAL DUCTWORK TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 10 - 3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 23 70 00 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT D-X SYSTEM 23 70 45 VALENT OUTSIDE MAKEUP AIR UNITS 23 70 70 VRF HVAC SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS 23 99 95 COMMISSIONING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 26 05 00 GENERAL 2605 10 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 26 05 19 WIRE AND CABLE 26 05 29 GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 29 HANGER AND SUPPORTING DEVICES 26 25 33 RACEWAYS 26 05 34 OUTLET BOXES, PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES 26 25 80 EMPTY RACEWAY ROUGH-IN 26 15 00 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING 2622 13 HIGH EFFICIENCY K-7 TRANSFORMERS (US DOE 2016) 2624 16 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS 26 25 50 DUAL PURPOSE DOCKING STATION WITH TRAPPED KEY ACCESS 26 27 26 DEVICES 2628 15 SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCH 26 28 16 FUSES 26 28 25 CONTACTORS 2632 13 EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM (GENERATOR) 26 32 14 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 26 43 00 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES 2651 00 INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM 26 56 00 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM DIVISION 27 -COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 27 05 26 TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUNDING AND BONDING 27 05 33 TELECOMMUNICATIONS RACEWAYS AND BOXES 27 05 43 UNDERGROUND DUCTS, RACEWAYS AND MANHOLES DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 46 00 FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK 31 31 16 TERMITE CONTROL 31 6329 DRILLED PIERS END OF SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS 0001 10 -4 Notice to Proposers Pursuant to the provisions of Texas Local Government Code, Section 2269.056, it is the intention of the City of Round Rock to select,via the Request for Proposal, to select a Prime Contractor by using the Competitive Sealed Proposal process for the construction of the Public Safety Training Center Phase 2 as generally described herein. The project includes: Main Building Expansion, Stand Alone Dual Classroom, EVOC Training Course, Fire Prop Shed,Heavy Duty Skills Pad, and Back Up Generator to Main Building at 2801 N Mays St,Round Rock,TX 78665. Estimated construction budget is$13,000,000. Proposals are required to be submitted through the City's procurement portal"Bonfire" at: https://roundrocktexas.bonfirehub.com. Proposals must be electronically submitted in sufficient time so as to be received on or before the time and date shown on this Request. It is the sole responsibility of the Proposer to ensure the timely submittal of the Proposal. Bonfire will no longer accept Proposals after 3pm on Friday,June 27,2025. No oral,telegraphic,or facsimile proposals will be accepted. No late proposals will be accepted. No proposals may be withdrawn after the scheduled proposal deadline. All proposals received after the scheduled proposal deadline cannot be considered and will not be accepted. Proposals are to include the specific qualification information requested in the sequence and format prescribed in the Proposal Packet that may be obtained from hiips://roundrocktexas.bonfirehub.com. The proposal packets will be available beginning Tuesday,May 27, 2025 at 5pm. A pre-proposal meeting will be held on site at the Public Safety Training Center at 2801 N Mays St,Round Rock,TX 78665 on Tuesday,June 3,2025 at loam. Attendance is encouraged but is not mandatory.The Architect/Engineer and the Owner's Rep will be in attendance to discuss the project. Proposals received will be opened and publicly displayed on Bonfire, in the form of a "Bid Tab" and available through Bonfire shortly after the Proposal deadline. Proposals will be publicly opened and read aloud online at 3pm on Friday, June 27, 2025 via Teams Join a Microsoft Teams Meeting by ID I Microsoft Teams Meeting ID: 284 541 992 910 Passcode: xp3Vz6PU. Each proposal must be accompanied by a cashier's check or acceptable bond payable to the City of Round Rock in an amount not less than five percent(5%)of the total proposed contract sum,plus alternates as submitted. The successful proposer will be required to furnish payment bonds and performance bonds in amounts equal to one hundred percent(100%) of the contract sum, in accordance with chapter 2253 of the Texas government Code,within five (5)days of award of contract. Selection of the successful Proposer will be based on the selection criteria set forth in the instructions to proposers. In case of ambiguity, duplication or obscurity in the proposals, The City of Round Rock reserves the right to reject any and/or all proposals and waive any informalities and irregularities in any and/or all proposals received in Bonfire. Contractors and subcontractors shall pay to laborers,workman and mechanics the prevailing wage rates as determined by the City of Round Rock Publication Dates: Austin American Statesman Williamson County Sun 1. June 1, 2025 1. June 1, 2025 2. June 8, 2025 2. June 8, 2025 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—April 29, 2025 SECTION 00 11 19 NOTICE TO PROPOSERS Notice to Proposers follows this page. NOTICE TO PROPOSERS 001119 - 1 Adolfson &Peterson Construction City of Round Rock Public Safety Training Center Phase 2 Proposal for General Contracting Services June 27, 2025 www.a-p.com I 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS X TAB A - BID BOND TAB B - PROPOSAL FORM TAB C - QUESTIONNAIRE APPENDIX - 1295 FORM, COST DETAIL Cover Letter City of Round Rock Matthew Smith 221 East Main Street Round Rock, TX 78664 Mr. Matthew Smith and Members of the Selection Committee: We are pleased to submit our proposal to support the City of Round Rock in its mission to enhance public safety through the development of improved facilities for its fire and police departments.We understand the vital role that first responders play in protecting communities, and we are committed to delivering a Eric Churchill project that meets the highest standards of quality, functionality, and safety. Vice President Through multiple meetings with the City of Round Rock and visiting the site during the preproposal meeting, of Central Texas our team has a comprehensive understanding of what is required to deliver this Public Safety Training Center on time and under budget. We acknowledge that additional funds will be required to fully build out all components of this project and will work with the City of Round Rock, as well as the Fire and Police departments,to provide a comprehensive training center that meets and/or exceeds your expectations. We will use our deep understanding of procurement plans and local trade partner relationships to provide urgency in buy-out to avoid any potential supply chain issues and be the problem solvers it takes to achieve your budget goal. Additionally, our team knows that this facility will be used to train others outside of the City of Round Rock and it is imperative to meet the schedule we provided to allow for those classes to be planned and executed. While building this facility on an active campus, we will communicate what will be happening at all times to the key stakeholders with clarity and transparency. Adolfson & Peterson Construction will leverage our experience from similar past projects to enhance your training facility and eliminate the learning curve most other general contractors will have on this type of project. Our field staff brings decades of experience in constructing municipal facilities that not only meet operational needs but also reflect the pride and professionalism of those who serve within them. Our proposed solutions prioritize the well-being of the personnel who protect Round Rock every day, while also considering the broader impact on the community. Thank you for the opportunity to contribute to the safety and well-being of Round Rock. We welcome the chance to discuss our proposal further and look forward to working together in support of your vision for a safer, stronger community. We look forward to becoming your trusted building partner. Sincerely, Eric Churchill Vice President of Central Texas Adolfson &Peterson Construction Tab A Bid Bond 01J oil v may s±S��ve our. .. X � r .. ...r... w.cT. .' ._..it ,0l�" tIi -'•.T1Y-��_.� i ®Xllrtll _ d i _ X u. Cr t A .I City of Aurora Public Safety Training Center Tab A Bid Bond Document A310 TM — 2010 Conforms with The American Institute of Architects AIA Document 310 Bid Bond CONTRACTOR: SURETY: (Name,legal slalus and address) (Name,legal slalus and principal place(f havines.N) AP Gulf Slates,Inc.dbu Continental Casually Company Adolfson&Peterson Construction 151 N.Franklin Street 1600 N.Collins Blvd.,Suite 2000 Chicago,IL 60606 This dhas Important B legal coonsequnsequt ences.Consultation Richardson,TX 75080 Mailing Address for Notices with an attorney is encouraged with respect to Its completion or OWNER: modification. (Name,legal slalus and addiur) Any singular reference to City of Round Rock,Texas Contractor,Surety,Cwner or 221 Fast Main Street other party shall be considered plural where applicable. Round Rock,Texas 78664 BOND AMOUNT: Five Percent of Amount Bid(5%) PROJECT: (Saare,location or address.andProjecluumber,ifarti) Public Safety Training Center Phase 2,Project No.BSW 22406.00 2801 N Mays St.,Round Rock,TX 78665 The Contractor and Surety arc bound to the Owner in the amount set forth above,for the payment of which the Contractor and Surety bind lhemselves,their heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,as provided herein.Tho conditions of This Bond are such that if the Owner accepts the bid of the Contractor within the time specified in the bid documents,or within such tinic period as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor,and the Contractor either(1)enters into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the terms of such bid,and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents,with a surety admitted in the jurisdiction of the Project and otherwise acceptable to the Owner,for file faithful performance of such Contract and for(lie prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof,or(2)pays to tire Owner the difference,not to exceed the amount of this Bond,between(he amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another party to perlbrn)the work covered by said bid,then this obligation shall be null and void,otherwise to remain in full lurce and ellecl.The Surely hereby wvuives any notice of un agreement between file Owner mid Contractor to extend file time in which file Owner may accept(lie bid.Rraiverofnolice by(lie Surely shall not apply to uny extension exceeding sixty(60)days in the aggregate beyond file lime for acceptance of bids specified in the bid documents,and the Owner mid Contractor shall obluin the Surety's consent lbr un extension beyond sixty(60)days. If this Bond is issued in connection with a subcontractors bid ton Contractor,ilio term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the form Owttcr shall be deemed to be Contractor. When This Bond has been lirrnished to comply%villi u slulutory orother legal requirement in lite hwutiou of the Project any provision in this Bond conflicting lvilh said statutory or legal requirement Shull ho deenied deleted herelrom and provision.,conlonnhig to such stululory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein.When so furnished,the intent is that this Bund shall be construed us u statutory hand and not as u c inion luw bund. Signed and scaled this 9th da'of June,2025. AP Gulf States Inc.dba Adolfson&Peterson Construction (Pr ibiclpal) (seal) /11'!b ass)` , � //��M/�Ole—, Continental Casualty Company A. 1i�"i G�.RYalAlp (511It1}� (tia(Il). r o fiYlh7eS5) �— �� tiFAI (nl e) Kath .Kade, Attomey-in-Fact 101 S-00541AS 8/10 . 1 POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Know All Men By These Presents,That Continental Casualty Company,an Illinois insurance company,National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford,an Illinois insurance company,and American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania,a Pennsylvania insurance company(herein called"the CNA Companies'),are duly organized and existing insurance companies having their principal offices in the City of Chicago,and State of Illinois,and that they do by virtue of the signatures and seals herein affixed hereby make,constitute and appoint Laurie Pflug, Brian D Carpenter, Nicole Langer, Craig Olmstead, Blake S. Bohlig, Heather R. Goedtel, Kelly Nicole Enghauser,Jessica Hecker,Michelle Halter,Haley Pflug,Katie Rooney,Kathryn E. Kade,Trisha Kasper,Individually of Bloomington,MN,their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign,seal and execute for and on their behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature -In Unlimited Amounts- and to bind them thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of their insurance companies and all the acts of said Attorney,pursuant to the authority hereby given is hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Laws and Resolutions,printed below,duly adopted,as indicated,by the Boards of Directors of the insurance companies. In Witness Whereof,the CNA Companies have caused these presents to be signed by their Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed on this 6th day of June,2025. pyoAsit�tr` ONIA a Continental Casualty Company � rIRNY National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford OOAPOAATe #'1601110% American Casualty Company of Readin Pennsylvania > $ � u SEAL <1097 • Larry Kasten Vice President State of South Dakota,County of Minnehaha,ss: On this 6th day of June,2025,before me personally came Larry Kasten to me known,who,being by me duly swom,did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls,State of South Dakota;that he is a Vice President of Continental Casualty Company,an Illinois insurance company,National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford,an Illinois insurance company,and American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania,a Pennsylvania insurance company described in and which executed the above instrument;that he knows the seals of said insurance companies;that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals;that they were so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Boards of Directors of said insurance companies and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said insurance companies. My commission expires M.BENT fNOTARY PUBLIC(al, S(RSOUTH DMOTA�f March 2,2026 ♦,M,N„gNN,N„qµ♦ M.Bent Notary Public CERTIFICATE I,Paula Kolsrud,Assistant Secretary of Continental Casualty Company,an Illinois insurance company,National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford,an Illinois insurance company,and American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania,a Pennsylvania insurance company do hereby certify that the Power of Attomey herein above set forth is still in force,and further certify that the By-Laws and Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the insurance companies printed below are still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said insurance companies this 9thday of June,2025 Continental Casualty Company � wlty tNSUq YAN►Go National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania OOAPOAArF `Mt.0AP0rttT`C .1t JULY 31, �U SEAL < M. 1097 MARS • Paula Kolsrud Assistant Secretary Authorizing By-Laws and Resolutions ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF EACH OF CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY,NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD,and AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING,PENNSYLVANIA(as defined above,the"CNA Companies'): This Power of Attomey is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the above CNA Companies at a meeting held on May 12,1995: "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific documents,agreements and instruments on behalf of the Company provided that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents,agreements or instruments that such officer may sign will be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effective.” This Power of Attorney is signed by Larry Kasten,Vice President,who has been authorized pursuant to the above resolution to execute power of attorneys on behalf of each of the CNA Companies. This Power of Attorney is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the above Companies by unanimous written consent dated the 25'day of April,2012: "Whereas,the bylaws of the Company or specific resolution of the Board of Directors has authorized various officers(the"Authorized Officers”)to execute various policies,bonds,undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature;and Whereas,from time to time,the signature of the Authorized Officers,in addition to being provided in original,hard copy format,may be provided via facsimile or otherwise in an electronic format(collectively,"Electronic Signatures");Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authorized Officer shall be valid and binding on the Company." This Power of Attorney may be signed by digital signature and sealed by a digital or otherwise electronic-formatted corporate seal under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the above CNA Companies by unanimous written consent dated the 27th day of April,2022: "RESOLVED:That it is in the best interest of the Company to periodically ratify and confirm any corporate documents signed by digital signatures and to ratify and confirm the use of a digital or otherwise electronic-formatted corporate seal,each to be considered the act and deed of the Company." Go to www.cnasurety.com>Owner I Obligee Services>Validate Bond Coverage,If you want to verify bond authenticity. Form F6053-6/2023 � c x t r" 1 � 4 mollout IF• LM a': Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals for Construction Services PROPOSAL FORM PROJECT NAME: Public Safety Training Center Phase 2 PROJECT LOCATION: 2801 N Mays St. Round Rock, TX 78665 PROJECT OWNER: City of Round Rock, Texas DATE: June 27, 2025 PROPOSER: Firm Name: AP Gulf States, Inc. d.b.a. Adolfson & Peterson Construction Principal Office Address: 807 Las Cimas, Suite 225 Austin,TX 78746 Telephone Number: 512.410.7659 Facsimile Number: 972.387.1087 Primary Contact Name: Eric Churchill Primary Contact Title: Vice President,Central Texas ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGMENT: The undersigned Proposer acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addendum No. 1 dated June 4, 2025 Date Received June 5,2025 Addendum No. 2 dated June 17, 2025 Date Received June 17, 2025 Addendum No. 3 dated Date Received Addendum No. 4 dated Date Received NO MODIFICATIONS,ADDITIONS,DELETIONS OR ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE MADE TO THIS PROPOSAL FORM. IN SUBMITTING THIS PROPOSAL, THE PROPOSER REPRESENTS THAT ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE WORK AS WELL AS THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE PROPOSED CONTRACT, SHALL BE IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ON WHICH THIS PROPOSAL IS BASED. CONTRACTOR PROPOSES: In response to the Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals for Construction Set-vices for the execution of the work described by the contract documents for the above-described project, and having examined the site where the work is to be performed,and being familiar with local conditions as they might in any way affect the cost and/or time for execution of the work, and having carefully examined all of the contract documents and addenda thereto, the undersigned Proposer agrees to perform all of the work, to provide all services,to furnish all necessary superintendence,labor,machinery,equipment,tools,materials, insurance and miscellaneous items, including transportation and other facilities as may be required for the complete and satisfactory and timely execution of the work for which this proposal is submitted,as provided by the attached supplemental specifications and as shown on the plans for the construction of the project, all for the lump-sum consideration stated as follows: TOTAL PROPOSED CONTRACT SUM to include Owner's Betterment Allowance of One Million Dollars ($ 1,000,000.00) TOTAL PROPOSED CONTRACT SUM: ($ 12,?0 PROPOSED ALTERNATE COSTS: Alternate No. 1-Backup Generator: Contractor to include as an alternate price to the Total Proposed Contract Amount the cost to ADD the following: TOTAL ALTERNATE No. 1 SUM: DU lKilliryt J Nt440(r4ollars ($1 065 1775 ) 'GV4 Alternate No. 2-Fire Skills Pad: Contractor to include as an alternat4 price to the Total Proposed Contract Amount the cost to ADD the following: TOTAL ALTERNATE No. 2 SUM: Dollars ($ 1132--7. 1370 ) If VOLUNTARY ALTERNATE SUM: (Attach description on separate sheet if needed) Dollars ($ The undersigned Proposer agrees to commence work within ten (10) days after the date of written "Notice to Proceed." The undersigned Proposer further agrees to complete the work in full within Four Hundred Twenty-Six calendar days after the date of the written "Notice to Proceed,"subject to any extensions of time allowed by the contract documents, and in phases as indicated on the drawings. The undersigned Proposer and the Owner agree that for each and every calendar day on which the work,or any portion thereof, remains incomplete after the stated calendar-day period, the Proposer shall pay the amount of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) per calendar day as liquidated damages, not as a penalty but for-delay damages to the Owner. Such amount shall be deducted by the Owner from any payment due to the Proposer. The undersigned Proposer agrees that this proposal shall be good for and may not be withdrawn for a period of one hundred and twenty(120)calendar days after closing deadline for receiving proposals. The undersigned Proposer agrees,if notified of the acceptance of this proposal within one hundred and twenty(120)days of the time set for opening of proposals,to execute and deliver to the Owner within five(5)days from the date of such notification the required construction contract,a performance bond and a payment bond for the total amount of the construction agreement, and a certificate of insurance, all as stipulated in the contract documents. The undersigned Proposer agrees to attach to this proposal a certified check, cashier's check or proposal bond in the amount of five percent(5%)of the total proposed contract sum. Also accompanying this proposal is all information required in the"Instruction to Proposers." It is understood and agreed by and between the parties that the proposal security accompanying this proposal will be returned to the Proposer, except in the following instance: in the event of acceptance of this proposal, if the Proposer fails to execute the required construction agreement and deliver the required performance and payment bonds within five (5) days after acceptance, then the proposal security shall become the property of the Owner and shall be considered as liquidated damages for the delay and other inconveniences suffered by the Owner because of such failure of the Proposer. The undersigned Proposer acknowledges that the Owner reserves the right to reject any and/or all proposals covered in this Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals and that the Owner has the right to waive any informalities and/or defects in proposals or to accept such proposals as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Owner. In submitting this proposal, the Proposer represents that no person or company other than the Proposer listed below or otherwise indicated hereinafter has any interest whatsoever in this proposal or the construction agreement that may be entered into as a result hereof. The undersigned Proposer certifies that the proposed contract sum and all prices contained in this proposal have been carefully checked and are submitted as correct and final. The undersigned Proposer further certifies that the unit prices have been shown in words and figures for each item listed in this proposal; and it is understood and agreed that,in the event of a discrepancy, the words shall govern. The undersigned Proposer affirms that she/he/they are duly authorized to execute this proposal,and that this company, corporation, firm, partnership, and/or individual has not prepared this proposal in collusion with any other Proposer. The undersigned Proposer affirms that the content of this proposal as to prices, terms, and conditions has not been communicated by the undersigned nor by any agents or employees of the undersigned to any other person engaged in this type of business, prior to the official public opening of this proposal. This Proposal Form shall be signed by the Proposer as follows: J. Sole Proprietorship: Signature of sole proprietor in the presence of a notary public who will also sign and affix seal, printed name, and printed title (if any). Insert the printed words "Sole Proprietor"under the signature. K. Partnership or Joint Venture: Signature of all partners or joint venturers in the presence of a notary public who will also sign and affix seal,printed name,and printed title(if any). Insert the printed words"Partner"or"Joint Venturer"under each signature. L. Corporation: Signature of duly authorized signing officers,printed names,and printed titles. Under each such signature, insert the capacity in which the signing officer acts. Affix the corporate seal. Signature of Proposer Eric Churchill Printed Name of Proposer Vice President,Central Texas Title AP Gulf States, Inc. d.b.a. Adolfson R Peterson Construction Name of Finn 807 Las Cimas, Suite 225 Austin,TX 78746 Address of Firm 512.410.7659 Telephone Number of Firm 972.387.1087 Facsimile Number of Firm [Corporate Seal, if a corporation] ACKNOWLEDGMENT THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF Ian § SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME on this the A-1 ay of the month of 2025, in the capacity and for the purposes indicated. RHONDA ANNETTE MORGAN Notary Public, State of Texas Notary Pu , State of Texas +� Comm.Expires 03.02-2027 Notary ID 134230759 My Commission Expires: �- DIRECTIONS TO FILL OUT FORM 1 -PROJECT NAME IS IN THE COLUMN TO THE RIGHT. PSTC2 2-ENTER COMPANY/CONTRACTOR NAME IN THE LEFT COLUMN ON EACH TAB. Adolfson&Peterson Construction 3-FILL IN INFORMATION IN GREEN HIGHLIGHTED AREAS ON EACH TAB. INCLUDE: SPECIFICATION REFERENCE ITEM DESCRIPTION QUANTITIES PER THE DRAWINGS UNIT PRICE-SHOULD INCLUDE OVERHEAD AND PROFIT 4-ADD CELLS AS REQUIRED TO ADDRESS ALL ITEMS PER SPECIFICATION DIVISION. 5-VERIFY ALL ITEMS ARE CAPTURED IN SUBTOTAL AND TOTALS PER TAB. 6-VERIFY ALL ALTERNATE ITEMS ARE CAPTURED IN THE SUBTOTAL AND TOTALS PER TAB. 7-NOTE ANY EXCEPTIONS AND ADDENDUMS IN THE BOX BELOW.ADD ROWS AS NEEDED TO INCLUDE ALL NECESSARY INFORMATION. -ITEMS ON EACH TAB IN RED TEXT ARE EXAMPLES ONLY.PLEASE CHANGE THE FONT COLOR TO BLACK ONCE YOU HAVE ENTERED ALL NECESSARY INFORMATION.— ADOLFSON&PETERSON CONSTRUCTION-City of Round Rock Public Safety Training Center, Phase 2 NOTES AND EXCEPTIONS: 1. Adolfson&Peterson Construction's proposal is based on 100%Issued for Construction Drawings and Specifications dated May 27,2025 from Brinkley Sargent Wiginton Architects,2P Cpnsultants(Civil Engineers;Civil drawings dated 04/29/2024),Datum Structural Engineers(Structural drawings dated 05/20/2025),ME Engineers(IT/AV Consultants;Technology plans dated 05/21/2025),Hendrix MEP Consulting Engineers,and Urban Strategy Fire Consultants. 2. Our proposal is based on a projected 11-12 month construction schedule. 3. Our proposal does not include sales tax on materials nor Texas state remodel taxes(the City of Round Rock has indicated this project is exempt from tax). AP requires an exemption certificate from the City of Round Rock with our executed prime contract to include with all issued trade subcontracts for this work. 4. Our proposal is based on lump sum pricing from trade contractors which are held firm until contracts are established. 9.We exclude all price escalation 6V due to market conditions. 5. Our proposal includes all General Liability Insurance,Workers Compensation Insurance,Builders Risk Insurance,and Permit Costs as required. 6. Our proposal includes cost for a Payment and Performance Bond as required by the contract documents. 7. Our proposal excludes demolition,removal,testing,or handling of any hazardous materials. 8. Our proposal excludes all specified wire cabinet pulls as different types are noted but no locations are indicated on plans for pricing. 9. Our proposal excludes furnish or installation of vinyl graphics per the Finish Legend on sheet A800. 10. Our proposal excludes furnish or installation of kitchen equipment or appliances,notably including Trash Cans,Coffee Maker(s),Refrigerator(s), Microwave(s),Nugget Ice Machine(s),Ice Maker(s)as these items are OFOI(owner furnished,owner-installed)per the Equipment Schedule on sheet A221. 11. Our proposal excludes furnish or installation of televisions as noted as OFOI(owner furnished,owner-installed)per the Equipment Schedule on sheet A221. 12. Our proposal excludes furnish or installation of overhead projectors and/or projection screens noted as"AV"and listed as by"Provider"per the Equipment Schedule on sheet A221. 13. Our proposal excludes all low voltage work(communications,security,access controls,AV work,etc.) All work is noted as being furnished and installed by CoRR vendors direct to the City and not included in this contract. AP is responsible for all rough-in for low voltage work,including backboxes and conduit as required. 14. Our proposal excludes furnish or installation of any other OFOI equipment as noted in the contract documents. 15. All information provided in this proposal are subject to negotiations. ADDENDUMS: _# ISSUED DATE: Addendum#1 6/5/2025 Addendum#2 6/17/2025 3 4 5 City of Round Rock Public Library-Subcontractor Qualification Matrix ROUND ROCK TFXA5 The Competitive Sealed Proposal scoring is primarily based on a Prime Contractor.However,the City of Round Rock Building Construction Division recognizes that Subcontractors(Trade Partners)are an intergral part of the team. ACTIVITY PERFORMANCE RELATIONSHIP GENERAL CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR ADDITIONAL REMARKS/COMMENTS BY ITEM DIVISION/SUBCONTRACTOR YEARS OF CERTIFICATIONS PAST PROJECTS GC-SUB FEARS WORKING REASON FOR SELECTING THIS SUB ADOLFSON&PETERSON EXPERIENCE WITH GC CONSTRUCTION(GC) 03-Concrete Please note:listed key trade contractors below are ONLY those greater than 3%value of the base bid amount. ALL subs have been provided in individual bid tabs for CoRR review. Heritage Oaks Dental and AISD McCallum 5+(30+years with 1 Wolff Construction 60+years No state licenses required High School Modernization&New AP team members): Best Quaiity/Value to Project at Bid Time Prequalified with Adolfson&Peterson Science and Technology Building 04-Masonry 05-Metals 2 Rast Iron Works 49 years AWS-CWI,ASQ,&SSPC No recent projects None(5+years with Best QualitylValue to Project at Bid Time Prequalified with Adolfson&Peterson AP team members) 07-Thermal and Moisture Protection None,but sub has earned multiple 3 Kingfisher Roofing 20+years GAF/Certainteed No recent projects vendor certifications Best QualitylValue to Project at Bid Time Under prequalification review with as being a trusted Adolfson&Peterson installer for those companies 08-Openings 09-Finishes Heritage Oaks Dental Office,Methodist 1 year as UCS(10+ 4 United Contractor Services 15+years ASME 8 Welding Atascosa Hospital Expansion years with AP team Best Quality)Value to Project at Bid Time Prequalified with Adolfson&Peterson members) 10-Specialties 11-Equipment CFCI 14-Conveying Equipment 21-Fire Suppression 22-Plumbing 23-HVAC Cross Creek Behavioral Health Center, 5 Airco Mechanical 40+years TDLR ACR Qualified Amazon DUA3 Delivery Station,AISD 5+(30+years with Best QualityNalue to Project at Bid Time Prequalified with Adolfson&Peterson Anderson High School Gymnasium and AP team members) Modernization 26-Electrical 6 Precision Electric 18+years TDLR ACR Qualified No recent projects 10+(15+years with Best QualityNalue to Project at Bid Time Prequalified with Adolfson&Peterson AP team members) 28-Fire Alarm 31-Earthwork 7 JR Schneider 30+years LLED/Safety Certifications Modernization&New Science and 5+(30+years with Best Quality)Value to Project at Bid Time Prequalified with Adolfson&Peterson AP team members) 32-Exterior Improvements 33-Utilities AISD Anderson High School Gymnasium 1 year as Civcon and Modernization and AISD McCallum (20+years with B ClvCon 40+years No state licenses required High School Modernization&New Civcon team Best Quality/Value to Project at Bid Time Prequalified with Adolfson&Peterson Science and Technology Building members and AP team members) ADOLFSON & PETERSON CONSTRUCTION -City of Round Rock Public Safety Training Center, Phase 2 (Proposal Date: June 27th, 2025) CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC ITEMS OF WORK AND MATERIALS QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL AMOUNT NOTES/COMMENTS REFER 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 LSUM $ 2,798,111 Includes$1M Owner Betterment Allowance 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS 1 LSUM $ 84,100 3 CONCRETE 1 LSUM $ 1,932,550 4 MASONRY 1 LSUM $ 232,991 5 METALS 1 LSUM $ 733,168 6 WOOD, PLASTIC,COMPOSITES 1 LSUM $ 99,000 7 THERMAL MOISTURE PROTECTION 1 LSUM $ 548,284 8 OPENINGS 1 LSUM $ 314,459 9 FINISHES 1 LSUM $ 802,852 10 SPECIALTIES 1 LSUM $ 210,632 11 EQUIPMENT 1 LSUM none indicated 12 FURNISHINGS 1 LSUM $ 37,641 14 CONVEYING EQUIPMENT 1 LSUM none indicated 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION 1 LSUM $ 26,177 22 PLUMBING 1 LSUM $ 200,000 23 MECHANICAL 1 LSUM $ 738,498 26 ELECTRICAL 1 LSUM $ 820,100 27 COMMUNICATIONS 1 ILSUM by owner Rough-in included for all low voltage work(by CoRR vendors) 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY&SECURITY 1 LSUM $ 11,205 Fire alarm only(other low voltage work by CoRR vendors) 31 EARTHWORK 1 LSUM $ 1,480,570 321 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 1 LSUM $ 185,776 33 UTILITIES 1 LSUM $ 1,453,072 TOTAL $ 12,709,186 ALT 1 ALTERNATE NUMBER 1 Generator $ 1,065,175 Alternate#1 -Generator ALT 2 ALTERNATE NUMBER 2 Fire Skills Pad $ 1,327,870 Alternate#2-Fire Skills Pad VALT 3 VOLUNTARY ALTERNATE 3-Secondary Routing of Conduit to ATS $ (100,000) ALT S1 Electrical Alternate S1-Provide 8 more receptacles 1 $ 22,880 ALT S2 Electrical Alternate S2-Provide two(2)added lighting control stations $ 3,135 Potential Betterment Items to be discussed at a later date. Not included in Total w/A ALT S3 Electrical Alternate S3-Provide two(2)added motion sensors $ 3,135 ALT S4 Electrical Alternate S4-Provide two(2)added photocells $ 3,135 ALT S5 Electrical Alternate S5-Unit price to add additional $ 2,860 ALTERNATES#1 &#2 SUBTOTAL 1 $ 2,393,045 TOTAL WITH ALTERNATES#1 &#2 $ 15,102,231 Adolfson&Peterson Construction Total Proposal Cost 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 4 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION ISPECREFERI DESCRIPTION QTY I UNIT UNIT PRICE I AMOUNT Teas Destructors LLC 2 02 00 00 Select Demolition 1 $84,100 $84,100 Demolish Sitework and Interiors 1 SO included SUBTOTAL $84,100 NO UNIT COSTS- Demo of Concrete Paving(5 3,500PSI) SUBS DO NOT PROVIDE Demo of Wall and Fencing at Main Building Expansion LINE ITEM BIDS FOR Demo of Sidewalks at Main Builidng Expansion HUNDREDS/THOUSANDS of SCOPE ITEMS Demo Concrete Paving 11,125 SF Demo Dirt and Gravel Path 4,932 SF THE ABOVE APPLIES TO ALL TAB SHEETS Demo Gravel Drive 3,266 SF Demo Curb 51 LF Demo Light Pole 1 EA Demo Sidewalk 1,759 SF Demo Fencing 108 LF Demo Wall 50 LF A032 Addition(Lecture Building): A032 Demo entire exterior north wall-Concrete Tilt Wall 3,822 SF A032 Demo Millwork 10 LF A032 Demo Acoustical Panels and Plywood at walls 70 LF A032 Demo Carpet 4,380 SF A032 Demo Door(salvage Hardware and Frame) 7 EA A032 Demo Door Unit 3 EA A032 Demo Exterior Panels for reuse 246 SF A032 Demo last Operable Partition Panel for replacement(coordinate w/Operable Partition) 1 EA A032 Demo motorshades and salvage for reuse 147 LF A032 Demo Interior Partition Wall 36 LF A032 Demo Interior Partition Wall-Aluminum Framing 12 LF A032 Demo monitor 1 EA A032 Demo Exterior Window 28 SF A032 Demo Exterior Tiltwall below window 12 SF A032 Remount monitor 1 EA A032 Protect Interior Partition Wall-Aluminum Framing 12 LF A032 Seal off interior opening during Demo 21 SF A032 Temporary Type F Dust Wall during Demo(coordinate with drywall) 128 SF A032 Temporary T102 Door during Demo(coordinate with DFH) 1 EA A032 Temporary T101 Door during Demo(coordinate with DFH) 1 EA 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 5 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Adolfson&Peterson 1 General Conditions-Project Management 1 $521,880 $521,880 Adolfson&Peterson 1 General Conditions-General Requirements 1 $235,440 $235,440 Adolfson&Peterson 1 General Conditions-Site Requirements 1 $283,960 $283,960 Adolfson&Peterson 1 Insurance 1 $350,397 $350,397 Adolfson&Peterson 1 Deduct Fees 1 $26,515 $26,515 Adolfson&Peterson 1 Performance and Payment Bonds 1 $100,255 $100,255 Adolfson&Peterson 1 Fee 1 $279,664 $279,664 1 $0 $0 City of Round Rock 1 Owner's Betterment Allowance 1 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 1 $0 $0 SUBTOTAL $2,798,111 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 6 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Wolff Construction 3 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories 1 $0 included Wolff Construction 3 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing 1 $0 included Wolff Construction 3 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1 $1,932,550 $1,932,550 Wolff Construction 3 03 35 43 Bonded Abrasive Polishing Concrete Floors 1 $0 included Wolff Construction 31 1 31 6329 JDrilled Piers 1 $0 included SUBTOTAL $1,932,550 Addition(Lecture Building): Drilled Piers 1 LS 5'-4"Grade Beam 267 LF 2'Grade Beam 142 LF Thickened Slab next to existing 137 LF Saw exist.Slab 1"dep,chip concrete to form key 1 LS Epoxy Dowel new slab into existing 1 LS 5"slab on grade 6,933 SF 1'-4"thickended slab 76 SF Classroom: Drilled Piers 1 LS 2'Grade Beam 402 LF 5"slab on grade 4,745 SF Dtl 17/C26 Trench Backfill at edge of Building Pad: Compacted Clay Plug in Trench just outside 1 LS Grade Beam. Compact in 6"Lifts per clay back fill notes. Dtl 18/C26 Exterior Grade Beam Backfill: Clay Cap-min.2'Depth 1 LS Dtl 6/C26 Drilled Piers are Uncased 1 LS Dtl 2/C26 Pier P1-18"=10'+9'Penetration 1 LS Pier P3-18"=10'+10'Embedment from Grade 1 LS Pier P4-24"=10'+16'Penetration 1 LS Pier P5-24"=10'+16'Penetration 1 LS Pier P6-18"=10'+20'Penetration 1 LS Pier P8-18"=10'+16'Penetration 1 LS Sitework Heavy Duty Concrete Paving of the Track Standard Duty Paving at the EVOC Track Standard Duty Paving at the Classroom 7,692 SF Steps at Paving at the Classroom Facility 80 SF Curb and Gutter at the Classroom Facility 27 LF Heavy Duty Concrete at the 3 Sided Shed Pad 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 7 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Heavy Duty Concrete Paving at the 3 Sided Shed Pad 2,400 SF Dtl 1/C26 Turned Down Curb at 3 Sided Shed 40 LF Heavy Duty Concrete Paving at the 3 Sided Shed 22,438 SF Curb and Gutter at 3 Sided Shed 635 LF Heavy Duty Concrete Paving at existing Training Pad 3,178 SF Sidewalk and Stairs at New Edition Concrete Stair and Landing at new Addition w/2"sand cushion 195 SF 8",4000 PSI Concrete Track pavement w/#4s @12"oc on 6"base material on select fill 171,808 SF 6",Concrete Track pavement on 6"base material on select fill 32,930 SF 8",4000 PSI Concrete Track pavement troweled smooth,w/#4s @12"oc on 6"base material 10,030 SF on select fill Light Pole Base 1 EA Set Bollards 12 EA Mechanical Screen Wall: P3 Drilled Piers 7 EA 2'Grade Beam 97 LF Generator Pad:6"Slab on Grade 390 SF Police Shed: P5 Drilled Piers 2 EA P6 Drilled Piers 8 EA 5"slab on grade 2,189 SF Fire Shed: P5 Drilled Piers 10 EA 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 8 of 64 PAGES Sub Quantities: Building Addition Slab on Grade (7,230 sf) Piers (25 ea) — All piers bid at 10' from F.F. plus penetration Classroom Building Slab on Gradc (4,710 sf) Piers (24 ea) -- Al piers bid at 10' from F.F. plus penetration Fire Shed Piers ( IOca) — All piers bid at 10' from F.F. plus pcmctration Mechanical Screen Wall Pies (7 ea) — All piers bid at 10' from FT Screen Wall Foundation/Generator Pad (1 ea) Police Shed Foundation ( 1 ea) Police Shed Piers ( 10 ca) — All piers bid at 10' plus penetration Sidewalks (480 sf) — Includes CIP Stairs Concrete Pavement (247,470 sf) Curbs (905 If) 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson &Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 9 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Galindo&Boyd Arahed 4 04 22 00 Concrete Unit Masonry 1 $193,460 $193,460 Galindo&Boyd Arahed 7 0721 00 2" Rigid Insulation&Air Barrier @ Classroom Facility 4,583 SF $7.53 $34,490 Galindo&Boyd Arahed 4 04 22 00 Through-Wall Metal Flashing 4,583 SF $1.10 $5,041 1 $0 $0 SUBTOTALI 1 $232,991 Classroom Building: Masonry Veneer: CMU-Type 1,4" 1,898 SF CMU Type 1-Red Glazed CMU,4" 436 SF CMU Type 2,4" 1,381 SF CMU Type 2-Blue Glazed CMU,4" 868 SF Rebar Reinforcing 1 LS i' 1 1, 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 11 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION I QTY JUNITI UNIT PRICE I AMOUNT t 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 12 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE Rast Iron Works 5 05 1200 Structural Steel Framing 1 $486,916 Rast Iron Works 5 0521 00 Steel Joist Framing 1 $0 Rast Iron Works 5 0531 23 Steel Roof Decking 1 $0 see drywall 5 05 40 00 Cold-Formed Metal Framing 1 $0 Rast Iron Works 5 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications 1 $0 Rast Iron Works 5 05 52 00 Metal Railings 1 $0 Straight Line 13 13 34 16 Pre-Engineered Metal Building Enclosure 1 $0 Straight Line 13 1334 19 Pre-Engineered Metal Building Frame 1 $246,252 Porta-King Basis of Design) 13 1336 13 Steel Observation Tower 1 $0 1 $0 SUBTOTAL Exterior Stair and Ramp rails at New Edition Exterior Stair and Ramp rails at Classroom Gate at Classrrom Drive Sheet 19 Galvanized Tubular Barrier Gate 1 EA Bollards at Police Shed 6 EA Bollards at Fire Shed 6 EA Addition(Lecture Building): Screen Wall Railing Structure at Ramp-6'-4"Height 78 LF Screen Wall Metal Panels at Railing Structure at Ramp-Type 4 546 SF Single Line Handrail at Ramp 50 LF Single Line Handrail at North Stairs 12 LF Guardrail at North Stairs 20 LF Single Line Handrail at East Stairs 8 LF Guardrail at East Stairs 11 LF Addition(Lecture Building): 1 story,28'Height,flat roof Steel Columns-HSS5x5x1/4 1 LS Steel Columns-HSS6x6x5/16 1 LS Steel Columns-HSS6x6x1/4 1 LS Steel Column Baseplates 1 LS 22K4 Bar Joists 1 LS 22K4 SP Bar Joists 1 LS 26K6 Bar Joists- 1 LS 14K1 Bar Joists- 1 LS 14K1 SP Bar Joists- 1 LS 26k SP(270/120)Bar Joists 1 LS W16x26 Beams 1 LS W21x44 Beams 1 LS W16x26 Beams 1 LS 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 13 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT I UNIT PRICE W10x19 Beams 1 LS W14x30 Beams 1 LS W14x22 Beams 1 LS W1209 Beams 1 LS W24x68 Beams 1 LS Supports at Operable Partition 1 LS Supports at RTUs 1 LS 1-1/2"Type B 22 Ga.Metal Roof Deck 6,565 SF Steel Erection 1 LS Misc.Steel 6,565 SF Classroom Building: 1 Story,21'Height,1:12 pitched roof Steel Columns-HSS5x5x1/4 1 LS Steel Column Baseplates 1 LS 20K4 Bar Joists- 1 LS 101<1 Bar Joists- 1 LS 14KSP Bar Joists- 1 LS Steel Beams-HSS5x5x1/4 1 LS W 18x40 Beams 1 LS W 12x19 Beams 1 LS W16x26 Beams 1 LS W16x31 Beams 1 LS W14x22 Beams 1 LS Steel Bracing 1 LS Loose Lintels 1 LS 1-1/2"Type B 22 Ga.Metal Roof Deck 3,988 SF 1-1/2"Type B 18 Ga.Metal Roof Deck 1,438 SF Supports at RTUs 1 LS Steel Erection 1 LS Misc.Steel 5,426 SF Alternate#1 Mechanical(Generator)Screen Wall: Steel Columns-HSS6x4x5/16 7 EA PEMB at Fire Shed-3 Sided 2,400 SF PEMB at Police Shed-3 Sided,4-sided @p4 bw PE&PD 2,190 SF PEMB Erection 1 LS Pre-Engineered Observation Tower(abuts police shed) 1,200 SF BOD:Porta-King Building Systems,800-456-5464 panels 2560 SF structure 1,200 SF 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 14 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION I SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT I UNIT PRICE roof deck 600 SF door 1 EA Foundations for Observation Tower($10,000 Allowance) 1 LS 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson &Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 15 of 64 PAGES AMOUNT $486,916 included included in drywall included included included $246,252 included $0 $733,168 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 16 of 64 PAGES AMOUNT 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson &Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 17 of 64 PAGES AMOUNT 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 18 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT in drywall 6 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 1 $0.00 in drywall in drywall 6 06 16 43 Gypsum Wall Sheathing 1 $0.00 in drywall JC Millwork 6 0641 16 Plastic-Laminate-Faced Architectural Cabinets 1 $99,000.00 $99,000.00 JC Millwork 12 12 36 61 Quartz Agglomerate Countertops 1 $0.00 included 1 $0.00 $0.00 SUBTOTALI I 1 $99,000.00 0641 16 Plastic-Laminate-Faced Architectural Cabinets Per Finish Legend A800 L1 wilsonart color:COSMIC STRANDZ 4941K-18-Linerarity Finish Lowers in Classrooms Expansion w/1-1(Sheet A-801) 38 LF Lowers in Classrooms Facility w/Ll(Sheet A-802) 48 LF Lowers in Kitchennette w/Ll(Sheet A-802) 12 LF Doors E101,E103,E105-12107-Classroom Side Per Finish Legend A800 L2 wilsonart color:VAPOR STRANDZ 4939K-18 Apron in Restrooms in Classroom Facility 32 LF Pulls-No locations for spec'd pulls 12 36 61 Quartz Agglomerate Countertops ESI-CAMBRIA SKARA BRAE-1/2"Thick Classroom Expansion Tops 82 SF 1003,1004,E101,E102(Sheets A801) Classroom Expansion Backsplashes 92 SF 1003,1004,E101,E102(Sheets A804,A805) Classroom Facility Tops-RR 65 SF 1107,1108(Sheet A802) Classroom Facility Tops+Sidespalshes 133 SF 1109,1113(Sheet A802) Classroom Facility Backsplashes 84 SF 1109,1113(Sheet A805) Classroom Facility Backsplashes-RR 11 SF 1107,1108(Sheet A805) Classroom Facility Kitchennette+Side Splash 44 SF 1105(Sheet A802) Classroom Facility Kitchennette Backsplashes 26 SF 1105(Sheet A902) SS Installation 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 19 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Chamberlin Roofing 7 0721 00 Thermal Insulation 1 $155,162 $155,162 Chamberlin Roofing 7 0726 17 Below Slab Vapor Barrier 1 $0 included Chamberlin Roofing 7 07 27 26 Fluid Applied Membrane Air Barriers 1 $0 included in trades(drywall,MEP) 7 0784 13 Penetration Firestopping 1 $0 in trades(drywall,MEP) Chamberlin Roofing 7 07 92 00 Joint Sealants 1 $0 included Galindo&Boyd Arahed 7 0724 13 Exterior Insulation and Finsh Systems(EIFS) 1 $0 see EIFS,division 9 Kingfisher Roofing 7 07 42 13 Metal Plate Wall Panels 1 $137,608 $137,608 Kingfisher Roofing 7 07 27 69 Sill Barrier 1 $0 included Kingfisher Roofing 7 07 54 23 Thermoplastic Polyolefin Membrane Roofing 1 $255,514 $255,514 Kingfisher Roofing 7 0761 13 Standing Seam Metal Roofing 1 $0 included Kingfisher Roofing 7 07 62 00 Sheet Metal Flashing 1 $0 included Kingfisher Roofing 7 0771 13 Sheet Metal Copings 1 $0 included SUBTOTAL $548,284 Lecture Building: Weather Barrier at Ext.1/2"Sheathing at Metal Panels 1,756 SF Classroom Building: Weather Barrier at Ext.1/2"Sheathing 4,583 SF Caulking at Concrete Stair and Landing at new Addition(Lecture Building 195 SF Caulking at 8",4000 PSI Concrete Track pavement w/#4s @12"oc on 6"base 204,738 SF material on select fill Caulking at 8",4000 PSI Concrete Track pavement troweled smooth,w/#4s 10,030 SF @12"oc on 6"base material on select fill Lecture Building: 2"Rigid Insulation 1,756 SF Metal Panel Type 1(to match existing) 1,756 SF 22 gauge panels not avail Classroom: Standing Seam Metal Roofing on 5"Rigid Insulation(on metal deck)(approx.SF) 5,457 SF Lecture Building: TPO Roofing over 5"Rigid Insulation(on metal deck) 6,427 SF Wrap TPO up and over parapet 1 LS Crickets 455 SF Roof Drains 4 EA Prefinished Metal Coping 1 LS 1x4 Wood Blocking at Metal Coping 387 LF 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 20 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT LaForce 8 08 11 13 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 1 $104,928 $104,928 LaForce 8 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors 1 $0 included In trades,-drywall/MEP 8 0831 13 Access Doors 1 $0 in trades (drywall/MEP) LaForce 8 08 71 00 Finish Hardware 1 $0 included Anchor Ventana 8 0842 13 Aluminum-Framed Entrances 1 $209,531 $209,531 Anchor Ventana 8 0843 13 Aluminum-Framed Storefronts 1 $0 included Anchor Ventana 8 08 43 33 Aluminum-Framed Interior Storefront 1 $0 included Anchor Ventana 8 08 80 00 Glazing 1 $0 included in specialties 8 08 83 00 Mirrors 1 $0 in specialties 1 $0 $0 SUBTOTAL $314,459 Doors,Frames&Hardware 08 11 131 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Type A Class Facility 6 EA Police Shed-3080 HMTL D&F 4 EA Type A2-60710-Class Facility 1 EA Type A(Temporary)-3080-Class Expansion 2 EA Card Readers excluded by owner rough-in only 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors-L3 Wilsonart Cocobala 7942 3080 Wood Doors-Classroom Expansion 20 EA 30710 Wood Doors-Classroom Expansion 7 EA Card Readers excluded by owner rough-in only 08 31 13 Access Doors 08 71 00 Finish Hardware Standard Finish Hardware Aluminum StoreFront Hardware Installation Glazing 08 42 13 Aluminum-Framed Entrances EFCO,Oldcastle,Tubelite,US Alum,YKK Type G-Classroom Facility 2 EA Type 32-Classroom Expansion 4 EA Type A-Classroom Expansion 1 EA Type F-Classroom Expansion 1 EA 08 43 13 Aluminum-Framed Storefronts Solarban 60 Exterior Storefront-Class Facility 550 SF Exterior Storefront-Class Expansion 1,651 SF Storefront Hardware 08 43 33 Aluminum-Framed Interior Storefront Interior-Class Expansion 640 SF 08 80 001 Glazing Sidelights-Door Style B(1.9SF) 19 SF 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 21 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT United Contractor Services 6 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 1 $0 included United Contractor Services 6 06 1643 Gypsum Wall Sheathing 1 $0 included United Contractor Services 9 0922 16 Non-Structural Metal Framing 1 $0 included United Contractor Services 9 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 1 $545,803 $545,803 United Contractor Services 9 09 29 20 Finishing Gypsum Board 1 $0 included United Contractor Services 9 0951 13 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 1 $0 included excluded(none indicated) 9 09 77 73 Stainless Steel Wall Surfacing 1 $0 excluded; none noted United Contractor Services 9 09 84 33 Acoustical Wall Panels 1 $0 included Galindo&Boyd Arahed 7 0724 13 Exterior Insulation and Finsh Systems(EIFS) 1 $50,860 $50,860 Paramount Floors 9 09 30 00 Tiling 1 $59,875 $59,875 Moderncrete 9 0961 39 Sealing Concrete Floors 1 $16,096 $16,096 Paramount Floors 9 0965 13 Resilient Base and Accessories 1 $38,036 $38,036 Paramount Floors 9 0965 19 Resilient Tile Flooring 1 $0 included Paramount Floors 9 0968 13 Tile Carpeting 1 $0 included Paramount Floors 9 1248 13 Entrance Walk-Off Carpet Tiles 1 $0 included Austin Coatings 9 0991 00 Painting 1 $92,182 $92,182 Austin Coatings 9 0997 13 Exterior Steel Coatings 1 $0 included SUBTOTAL $802,852 Drywall 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry 06 16 43 Gypsum Wall Sheathing 0922 16 Non-Structural Metal Framing 09 29 00 Gypsum Board 09 29 20 Finishing Gypsum Board 0951 13 Acoustical Panel Ceilings 09 77 73 Stainless Steel Wall Surfacing 09 84 33 Acoustical Wall Panels A-Lecture Building(1/A211) Exterior Walls: Engineering 1 LS 6"(18ga min.)-top of parapet at 28.5'AFF 66 LF Clips attached to structural steel(see 7/A520) Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required Batt Insulation to above deck 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 22 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR I DIVISION ISPECREFERI DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 5/8"Type X Gypboard inside to deck-20'AFF for est. Parapet Sheathing(roof side)above deck to over top of parapet 540 SF 1/2"Exterior Sheathing(spec=5/8"Type X),taped Weather Barrier,Rigid Insulation,Metal Panels-coord.w/other trades See Waterproofing 6"(18ga.min.)-top of parapet at 25'AFF 209 LF Clips attached to structural steel(see 8/A520) Anchors,Sealants,Blocking,and supports as required Aluminum Framing System(Storefront)-not included here Batt Insulation to above deck 5/8"Type X Gypboard inside to deck-20'AFF avg(height varies) Parapet Sheathing(roof side)above deck to over top of parapet 1,200 SF 1/2"Exterior Sheathing(spec=5/8"Type X),taped Weather Barrier,Drainage Mat,Rigid Insul.&EIFS-coord.w/other trades Interior Walls: Type B,3 5/8"-deck at-20'AFF avg.for est. 30 LF Anchors,Sealants,Blocking,and supports as required Sound Batt Insulation to deck 5/8"Type X Gypboard to deck(both sides) End caps(10'tall)where wall abutts Storefront 3 EA Type F Temporary Dust Walls,6"-deck at-20'AFF avg.for est.(Plan 1/A032)-coord.w/Demo 146 LF Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required Batt Insulation to deck 1/2"exterior sheathing(one side) Peal-and-Stick membrane(on exterior sheathing) 5/8"Type X Gypboard to deck(one side) Install temporary door frames furnished by others 2 EA Demo wall after temp use 1 LS Type H,6"-deck at-20'AFF avg.for est. 216 LF Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required Sound Batt Insulation 5/8"Type X Gypboard to deck(both sides) Install door frames(excludes aluminum)furnished by others 3 EA End caps(10'tall)where wall abutts Exterior Storefront 3 EA Type H1 1 HR Fire Rated,6"-deck at-20'AFF avg.for est. 39 LF Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson &Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 23 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE7 AMOUNT Batt Insulation 5/8"Type X Gypboard to deck(both sides) Install door frames(excludes aluminum)furnished by others 1 EA Type H4,6"-deck at-20'AFF avg,for est. 139 LF Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required Sound Batt Insulation 5/8"Type X Gypboard to deck(2 layers on corridor side,1 layer on other side) Tile backer to 54"high(classroom side)in lieu of 5/8"Gyp.Bd. 486 SF Install door frames(excludes aluminum)furnished by others 4 EA End caps(10'tall)where wall abutts Exterior Storefront 2 EA Type H4-Existing,6"-deck at-20'AFF avg.for est. 163 LF Remove existing plywood base to 54"high-coord.w/Demo Tile backer to 54"high(classroom side) Misc.wall patching(7) 1 LS Type L4(no tag)at Downspouts,3 5/8"-deck at-20'AFF avg.for est. 16 LF Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required Sound Batt Insulation 5/8"Type X Gypboard to deck(one side) Type W Header Walls,4"-above glass at 10'AFF to deck at-20'AFF avg,for est. 58 LF Aluminum Framing System and Glazing not included here Sealants,Blocking,and supports as required Sound Batt Insulation 5/8"Type X Gypboard to deck(both sides) Interior Header at Operable Partitions(7/A311) Steel,Operable Partition Track,and Operable Partitions-not included here Fur down either side of partition from top of partition(12'AFF)to deck(-21'AFF for est.) 222 LF Gyp.Soffit at top of partition 278 SF Interior Soffit at 1003&1004 40 SF Furdown to Soffit @-8'AFF(-12'tall for est) 20 LF Ceilings: Gyp.Bd.Ceiling at 1013 87 SF 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 24 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION ISPECREFERI DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT I UNIT PRICE AMOUNT ACT 2x2 at 1014-1018(BOD per Spec.:USG;Flat white 050.Radar 432 SF ClimaPlus) Install recessed pockets(furnished by others)for window shades 60 LF see Winc Open Cell Ceiling with edge and light fixture conditions at 1003 and 1004(BOD per spec:Roxul,Rockfon 1,777 SF Magna T-Cell Open Plenum Ceiling System,Color:Satin Silver) NOTE: Nothing indicated for existing ceilings-assumed to remain as-is Acoustic Board Insulation at bottom of roof deck at 1003&1004(per GN12/A800)(no product provided) 3,044 SF AWP1 Wall Panels(Maharani,Pattern:Merit 466444,color:001 Trickle): at 1003(1/A804)&1004(2/A804) 469 SF at E101&E102(4/A901) 322 SF B-Classroom Facility(1/A221) Exterior Walls-6"(18 ga.min.): Engineering 1 LS Perimeter walls AFF varies from -15'to-19' 313 LF -4'tall(top of low roof up to high roof-see 6/A512) 94 LF Wall surface-approx total gross SF 5,260 SF Attach/Infill at Structural as required Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required Aluminum Framing System(Storefront)-not included here Batt Insulation full height 5/8"Type X Gypboard inside full height 1/2"Exterior Sheathing(spec=5/8"Type X),taped Install door frames(excludes aluminum)furnished by others 6 EA Weather Barrier,Waterproofing,Flashing,Rigid Insul,Masonry-coord.w/other trades S 3 5/8"Soffit Frame 1,425 SF 1/4"Vented Fiber Soffit(no product provided) 1,425 SF vertical face on roof edge-coord.w/other trades 713 SF Interior Walls: Type H,6"-deck at-18'AFF avg.for est. 242 LF Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required Sound Batt Insulation 5/8"Type X Gypboard to deck(both sides) Tile backer in lieu of Gyp Board where Tile is indicated per plans 2,570 SF Install door frames(excludes aluminum)furnished by others 8 EA Type H6,8"-deck at-18'AFF avg,for est. 8 LF 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 25 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required Sound Batt Insulation 5/8"Type X Gypboard to deck(both sides) Tile backer in lieu of Gyp Board where Tile is indicated per plans 80 SF Type L4,3 5/8"-deck at—19'AFF avg.for est. 30 LF Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required Sound Batt Insulation 5/8"Type X Gypboard to deck(one side) Type L5,3 5/8"-deck at—19'AFF avg.for est. 13 LF Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required 5/8"Type X Gypboard stop at 10.5'AFF(one side) Tile backer in lieu of Gyp Board where Tile is indicated per plans 130 SF Type L6,7/8"fur channel-deck at—19'AFF avg.for est. 18 LF Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required 5/8"Type X Gypboard to deck(one side) Fur down to Ceiling per 13/A512 at 1101,1103,1106 from deck down to 10'AFF(8'for est.) 30 LF Ceilings: Int.Gyp.Bd.Ceilings/Soffits 692 SF Acoustic Board Insulation at bottom of roof deck at 1109&1113(per GN12/A800)(no product provided) 2,678 SF Black Faced Acoustic Batting under deck at exposed ceiling areas,fastened between joists(per sheet note 7 on 1,200 SF A802-assumed 1109 and 1113 excluded)(no product provided) AWP1 Wall Panels(Maharani,Pattern:Merit 466444,color:001 Trickle): at 1109&1113(1&2/A805) 560 SF E-Police Shed(2/A102) Exterior walls to deck(14'for est.no design provided) 96 LF Attach/Infill at Structural as required Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required Batt Insulation full height 5/8"Type X Gypboard inside full height Tile backer in lieu of Gyp Board where Tile is indicated per plans-not defined TBD Exterior Sheathing full height Install door frames(excludes aluminum)furnished by others 3 EA Weather Barrier&undefined exterior finishes-coord.w/other trades 1,344 SF S 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 26 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR I DIVISION ISPECREFERI DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT I UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Interior Restroom plumbing wall(no design provided) 8"framing to deck at--14'AFF assumed 20 LF Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required Sound Batt Insulation 5/8"Type X Gypboard to deck(both sides) Tile backer in lieu of Gyp Board where Tile is indicated per plans-not defined TBD Interior walls(no design provided) 3 5/8"framing to deck at—14'AFF assumed 23 LF Anchors,Sealants,Blocking and supports as required Sound Batt Insulation 5/8"Type X Gypboard to deck(both sides) Tile backer in lieu of Gyp Board where Tile is indicated per plans-not defined TBD Install door frames(excludes aluminum)furnished by others 1 EA Gyp Ceilings at Restrooms(assumed) 160 SF No other ceiings included EIFS 07 24 131 Exterior Insulation and Finsh Systems(EIFS) Lecture Building: EIFS at building facade 3,283 SF EIFS infill at building facade 50 SF 2"Ridgid insulation 3,333 SF Weather Barrier/Waterproofing 3,333 SF Tile 09 30 00 Tilin PTI Dal Tile Collection:Emergent Color:Em33 Titanium Size:12"X 24" Grout:Laticrete#42 Platinum Kitchennette 154 SF Drinking Fountain 71 SF Mens/Womens RR Vestibule 56 SF Training Expansion 74 SF Floor Tile-Training Expansion 160 SF PT2 Dal Tile Collection:Fabrique Color:Gris Linen P690 Size:12"X 24" Grout:Laticrete#24 Natural Gray Unisex RR 65 SF PT3 Dal Tile Collection:Fabrique Color:Blanc Linen P685 Size:12"X 24" Grout:Laticrete#90 Light Pewter Unisex RR 155 SF Mens/Womens RR 900 SF PT4 Dal Tile Collection:Fabrique Color:Noir Linen P689 Size:12"X 24" Grout:Mapei#47 Charcoal Training Expansion 263 SF 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 27 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT I UNIT PRICE AMOUNT PTS Crossville Studios Collection:Wow Point And Dash Color:Titanium Size:6"X 6"Dash Grout:Laticrete#45 Raven Mens/Womens RR 298 SF Classrooms 857 SF PT6(Base)ConcePT Surfaces Collection:Chic Wood Color:Grey Size:5"X 32" Grout:Custom Building Products#09 Natural Gray Corridor/DrinkFounURR Vest-Facility 66 LF Training Expansion 74 LF CT1 Crossville Studios Color Collection Color:Uo81 White Ice Bright Size:4"X 4" Storage Room Wall Tile@ Mop Sink 77 SF Grout Floor Transitions @ Tile Floors 35 LF Misc.Floor Prep Floor protection Moisture Testing 1 LS 3%Attic Stock Polished/Sealed Concrete 1 LS 09 61 391 Sealing Concrete Floors Sealed Concrete 1,274 SF Polished Concrete 1,239 SF Joint Filler Floor Protection Flooring 09 65 131 Resilient Base and Accessories Rb1 Roppe#100 Black Not Used Rb2 Johnsonite#29 Moon Rock 654 LF Rb3 Johnsonite#63 Burnt Umber 380 LF 09 65 191 Resilient Tile Flooring 09 68 13 Tile Carpeting Cpt1 Walk Off Mat Shaw Contract Collection:Steppin Out 5TO31 Style:Welcome Ii Tile Color:Charcoal 31549 Training Expansion 81 SY Training Facility 10 SY Cpt2 Mohawk Group Collection:Learn&Live Style:Swipe Right Gt418 Color:969 Brookwood Installation: Monolithic Training Expansion 366 SY Training Facility 273 SY Cpt3 Mohawk Group Collection:Learn&Live Style:Side Stripe Gt419 Color:963 Heritage Size:24"X 24"Installation:Quarter Turn 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 28 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR I DIVISION ISPECREFERI DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Training Expansion 171 SY Floor Transitions-Schluter Floor Prep Attic Stock Floor Protection 12 48 131 Entrance Walk-Off Carpet Tiles Painting 09 91 00 Painting P1 Sw7064 Passive Bullheads at bottom of drywall per General Note 17 Drywall to 10'per Finish Note 8 P2 Sw7674 Peppercorn All Hollow Metal Doors per General Note5 Inside of Door 1190 and Frame per Genearal Note 9 Inside of Door 1113D and Frame per Genearal Note 9 Site Steel per Genersl Note 14 Exterior Steel Doors and Frames per General Note 15 Exposed Elements and perimiter wall 10'and above per Finsih Note 5 Roof Deck per Finsih Note 6 P3 Sw6594 Poinsetta Outside of Door 1113D and Frame per Genearal Note 9 Exposed Steel per Finish Note 9 P4 Sw7044 Amazing Grey P5 Sw6356 Copper Mountain Not shown anywhere P6 Sw7006 Extra White P7 Sw6966 Blueblood Outside of Door 1190 and Frame per Genearal Note 9 P8 Sw7032 Warm Stone Not shown anywhere Existing Tile Wall-Classroom Expansion 3%Attic Stock Standard Tape,Bed,Paint Gyp Walls Tape,Bed,Paint Gym Ceilings 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson &Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 29 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR I DIVISION ISPECREFERI DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT I UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Paint Exposed Structure Paint HM Doors Paint HM Frames 09 97 131 Exterior Steel Coatings Vinyl Graphics To be prc 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 30 of 64 PAGES vinyl wall gra Included Included Included Included Included 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 31 of 64 PAGES Included Included Included &Metal Panels Included Included Included See Glazing Included Included Included Included See EIFS Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included See Demo Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 32 of 64 PAGES Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included See Demo Included Included Included Included Included Included Included See Glazing Included Included Included Included See other tra Included Included Included Included Included 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 33 of 64 PAGES Included low Treatments Included Excluded Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included See Glazing Included Included Included Included ,ee other trades Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 34 of 64 PAGES Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Included Excluded Included Included ,as other trades 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 35 of 64 PAGES Included Included Included Included Excluded Included Included Included Included Excluded Included Included 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 36 of 64 PAGES Included Included 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 38 of 64 PAGES Included Included Included rvided by owner 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 39 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Spectrum Resource SCD 8 08 83 00 Mirrors 1 $0 included excluded;none indicated in plans 9 09 77 73 Stainless Steel Wall Surfacing 1 $0 excluded Spectrum Resource SCD 10 10 11 16 Porcelain Markerboards 1 $205,903 $205,903 Spectrum Resource SCD 10 1021 13 Toilet Compartments 1 $0 included Spectrum Resource SCD 10 10 22 26 Operable Partitions 1 $0 included Spectrum Resource SCD 10 10 26 00 Wall Protection 1 $0 included Spectrum Resource SCD 10 10 26 13 Corner Guards 1 $0 included Spectrum Resource SCD 10 10 28 13 Toilet Accessories 1 $0 included Spectrum Resource SCD 10 10 43 13 Defibrillators and Cabinets 1 $0 included Spectrum Resource SCD 10 10 44 00 Fire Protection Specialties 1 $0 included Spectrum Resource SCD 10 10 44 63 Fireman's Key Keeper 1 $0 included excluded;deleted In addendum 10 1051 13 Metal Lockers 1 $0 excluded In alternate#1 10 10 82 13 Equipment Screens 1 $0 in Alternate#1 SI n Resource Management 10 10 Interior Signage 1 $4,729 $4,729 SUBTOTALI $210,632 Specialties 09 77 73 Stainless Steel Wall Surfacing Excluded(none located on plans) SS-Stainless Steel(Finish Legend) -1611 16 Porcelain Markerboards 1 LS MB(16')Claridge,Magnetic Glass,Mounting Style:Invisi-Mount,Color:Brilliant White 128 SF (Assuming 4'Tall) 10 21 13 Toilet Compartments Stalls-Phenolic Core,Floor mount w/Overhead brace 6 EA Urinal Screen-Phenolic Core,Wall hung 1 EA Note: all at Classrooms Facility 10 22 26 Operable Partitions 1 LS Existing at Lecture Building: - Remove&replace last panel where existing extends to new tie-in(per 1/A032&Finish 1 LS Legend on A800) Existing Partitions to be refinished(1/A801) 43 LF BOD for replace&new finishes: Modemfold,Standard Len-Tex Vinyl Color:Loominous Lustre 528 Addition at Lecture Building(BOD:Modemfold): New Manual Partitions(12'tall) 113 LF Track&Hanger Rods 1 LS Doors&Provisions for stack in closets per plans 3 LS Accessories for complete install per plans 1 LS - Drill holes in Structure 1 LS Structure not included here See Metals 10 26 00 Wall Protection spec not inclw 1 LS At Lecture Building 1001,1002,1006(layout per 1/A801;Type per Finish Legend on A802; 112 LF no BOD provided)-Double Crash Rail w/top of rail at 40"AFF 10 26 131 Corner Guards 1 LS 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 40 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY I UNIT I UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Corner Guard-Stainless at Classroom Facility(per 1/A802)-0.5"x0.5" x 48"long-0.050" 8 EA thick Corner Guard(BOD assumed Acrovyn#265 FOG per Finish Schedule on A 10 EA 10 28 13 Toilet Accessories TA-01B-Paper Towel Dispenser 1 EA TA-02-SEMI-RECESSED PAPER TOW ELIWASTE RECEPTACLE 1 EA TA-03-RECESSED PAPER TOWEL/WASTE RECEPTACLE 2 EA TA-05-Toilet paper Dispenser 6 EA TA-11-36"Grab Bar 3 EA TA-12-42"Grab Bar 6 EA TA-32-Soap Dispenser 1 EA TA-30-Soap Dispenser 8 EA TA-31-Soap Dispenser 1 EA TA-43 Feminine Napkin Disposal 5 EA TA-50-Mop Rack 1 EA 10 43 131 Defibrillators and Cabinets 1 EA 3,274.00 at Lecture Building(Oty TBD) 1 SET at Classroom Facility(Qty TBD) 1 SET Cabinet BOD:Cardiac Science,AED Wall Cabinet:Fully-Recessed with Alarm,Security Enabled;50-00400-20 Automated External Defibrillator BOD: Cardiac Science,Powerheart G3 Plus;9390A- 1001 10 44 001 Fire Protection Specialties 1 EA 1,822' FE&FEC at Lecture Building(Qty TBD) 3 SET FE&FEC at Classroom Facility(Qty TBD) 2 SET 10 44 631 Fireman's Key Keeper 9641 Knox Box 3200 at Lecture Building 1 EA Knox Box 3200 at Classroom Facility 1 EA 10 51 13 Metal Lockers N/A Excluded(Removed) 10 82 131 Equipment Screens See ALT 1 08 83 001 Mirrors TA-20-Mirrors-(4.5SF)-Class Facility RR's 9 EA Travel Installation - 10 44 101 Interior Signage Signage 1 LS Room wentificariow Type A:Room M v+/Slot 8"x 6"x'/4" 1 S S 78.00 S 1,170.00 Type 0: Room Name&N 8'x 6'x'/4' 8 S 60.00 $ A80.00 Type 8x: Room Nome&N-Exterior 8-x 6'x.080- 2 S 72.00 $ 144-00 Type C:Restroom 8'x 8"x '/4" 3 $ 74.00 $ 222.00 Type X:Exit 8"x 6"x'/4" 8 S 60.00 S A80.00 Gloss Backer 8"x 6' 9 S 13.00 $ 117.00 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 41 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION ISPECREFERI DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT I UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 4 $ 2,61300 Installation 1 $ 510.00 S 810.00 S 3,423.00 Vinyl Letter Signage 1'Let+ers V 140 S 2.50 S 350.00 3/8'Lovers 3/8' 4E S 2.00 S 96.00 3'Loners 3" 40 S 500 $ ":00.00 223 $ 646.00 Installation 1 $ 410.00 $ :10.00 5 1,030.00 Submittal and Insurance 1 S 250.00 $ 150.00 $ 4,729.00 Equipment Screens 10 82 131 Equipment Screens 1 LS Mechanical Screen Wall: Steel Columns-HSS6x4x5/16 7 EA in steel Louvers Screen 392 SF alternate 1 Installation 1 LS alternate 1 BOD:Construction Specialties,Vert-A-Cade-301 alternate 1 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 42 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT 1 $0 $0 1 $0 $0 1 $0 $0 1 $0 $0 1 $0 $0 SUBTOTAL $0 no work indicated 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson & Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 43 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT in millwork,Division 6 12 12 36 61 Quartz Agglomerate Countertops 1 $0 in millwork in flooring,Division 9 12 12 48 13 Entrance Walk-Off Carpet Tiles 1 $0 $0 Kenmark Motorized Window Shades 1 $37,641 $37,641 SUBTOTAL $37,641 Window Treatments - Lecture Building: Motorized Blackout Shades(10Ft) 58 LF Re-install existing motorized(see Demo plan) Manual Shades(10FT) 78 LF Recessed pockets at Office Ceilings 57 LF Classroom Facility: Motorized Shades(1017t) 44 LF 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 44 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT in steel 13 13 34 16 Pre-Engineered Metal Building Enclosure 1 $0 in steel in steel 13 1334 19 Pre-Engineered Metal Building Frame 1 $0 in steel in steel 13 1336 13 Steel Observation Tower 1 $0 in steel 1 $0 $0 SUBTOTAL $0 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 45 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Airco Mechanical 20 20 00 00 General Provisions 1 $0 included Airco Mechanical 20 2001 00 Basic Materials and Methods 1 $0 included Airco Mechanical 20 20 02 00 Schedule of Values 1 $0 included Airco Mechanical 20 20 07 00 Insulation 1 $0 included SUBTOTAL $0 please refer to Division 13 HVAC for PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Caruth Protection Systems 21 21 0000 Fire Protection 1 $26,177 $26,177 SUBTOTAL $26,177 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson &Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 48 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Pro Plumbers Inc. 22 2201 00 Inside Utility Trench Excavation, Backfill and Compaction 1 $200,000 $200,000 Pro Plumbers Inc. 22 22 02 00 Outside Utility Trench Excavation, Backfill and Compaction 1 $0 included Pro Plumbers Inc. 22 22 11 16 Water Distribution System 1 $0 included Pro Plumbers Inc. 22 22 11 17 Water Heaters 1 $0 included Pro Plumbers Inc. 22 22 13 16 Liquid Waste Transfer 1 $0 included Pro Plumbers Inc. 22 22 30 00 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 1 $0 included SUBTOTAL $200,000 Gas Piping included Equipment Pads and Supports included Pipe Chase Supports Included Water Closet Blocking and Supports included 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson & Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 49 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Airco Mechanical 23 23 05 93 Test and Balance 1 $0 included Airco Mechanical 23 23 08 02 Equipment Start-Up 1 $0 included Airco Mechanical 23 23 09 00 Controls 1 $0 included Airco Mechanical 23 23 11 23 Fuel Gas System 1 $0 included Airco Mechanical 23 23 30 00 Air Distribution 1 $0 included Airco Mechanical 23 23 30 03 Spiral Ductwork 1 $0 included Airco Mechanical 23 23 70 00 Mechanical Equipment D-X System 1 $0 included Airco Mechanical 23 23 70 45 Valent Outside Makeup Air Units 1 $0 included Airco Mechanical 23 23 70 70 VRF HVAC Systems and Controls 1 $738,498 $738,498 Airco Mechanical 23 23 99 95 Commissioning of Mechanical Systems 1 $0 included SUBTOTAL $738,498 Packaged RTUs Lennox 4 EA included MAU Valent 1 EA included VRV Emeron Heat Recovery Unit Dalkin 1 EA included VRV Heat Pump System w/access Daikin 2 EA included VRV Splits/AHUs Daikin 4 EA included Outside Air Processing Unit Daikin 1 EA included Branch Selector Box 1 EA Included Wall-Mounted Mini-Split Daikin 1 EA included Bi-Polar Ionization Systems GPS 5 EA included DDC Building Controls Tempset 1 LS Included Plenum Rated Cabling 1 LS Included MAU Valent 1 EA included Cove Heaters 2 EA included Motorized Dampers 2 EA included Relief Dampers included Roof Hoods included Unit Heaters included TAB included Pipe Jacketing included Louvers(Verify K by others) 7 EA included GRDs included Ductwork and Insulation Included Condensate(Verify if by plumber) Included Filters(x3) included Who has wood nailer on roof? included Verify FD/SD through all rated penetrations included Through Wall Penetration Sleeving Detail included Roller Pipe supports Included Through Wall Escutcheons where exposed included Paint Grip where exposed included Welded Duct where required included BIM included Access Doors included 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 50 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Precision Electric 26 26 05 00 General 1 $820,100 $820,100 Precision Electric 26 2605 10 Schedule of Values 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 26 05 19 Wire and Cable 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 26 05 29 Grounding and Bonding 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 26 05 29 Fling Devices 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 26 25 33 Raceways 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 26 05 34 Outlet Boxes,Pull Boxes and Junction Boxes 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 26 25 80 Empty Raceway Rough-In 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 26 1500 Electrical Demolition for Remodeling 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 2622 13 High Efficient K-7 Transformers US DOE 2016 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 2624 16 Branch Circuit Panelboards 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 26 25 50 Dual Purpose Docking Station with Trapped Key Access 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 26 27 26 Devices 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 2628 15 Safety Disconnect Switch 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 2628 16 Fuses 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 26 28 25 Contactors 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 26 32 13 Emergency Power System Generator 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 26 32 14 Automatic Transfer Switch 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 26 43 00 Sure Protective Devices 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 2651 00 Interior Lighting System 1 $0 included Precision Electric 26 26 56 00 Exterior Lighting System 1 $0 included SUBTOTAL $820,100 Conduit Penetration Details Firecaulking included Putty Packs where applicable included Transformer Roof Curbs and Support Detail included Coordinate Gen Access Platform included Traffic Rated Pull Box included Rerouting of Existing Secondary included UG Emergency Secondary included UG Conduit to Shed for Telecom included Lighting Controls Wavelinx included Mechanical/Plumbing Power included Power to Ice Machine included Power to Toilet Accessories included Coordination Studies included Generator and Gen Controls included Initial Gen Fill and Gen Testing Fuel included Power Monitoring System included Telecom Duct Bank and Concrete Fill included Cable Tray where shown included Telecom and Electrical Floor Boxes included Termiantion of electrical to furniture included Comm Handholes included BIM(Above and Below Grade) included Grounding/Bonding included ALTERNATE 1 PRICING-PROVIDE GENERATOR,TRANSFER SWITCH,AND DOCKING STATION PER PI-Al' included 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 51 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT not applicable 27 27 05 00 Common Work Results for Communications 1 $0.00 not included not applicable 27 27 05 26 Telecommunications Grounding and Bonding 1 $0.00 not included not applicable 27 27 05 33 Telecommunications Raceways and Boxes 1 $0.00 not included not applicable 27 27 05 43 Underground Ducts, Raceways and Manholes 1 $0.00 not included SUBTOTALI 1 $0.00 All work by owner as c/a 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson &Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 52 of 64 PAGES rough-in work only as required rough-in work only as required rough-in work only as required rough-in work only as required irified by the City of Round Rock during pre-bid;Rough-in included for all low voltage work(by CoRR vendors) 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson &Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 53 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Response Fire Protection 28 28 46 00 Fire Alarm and Detection System 1 $11,205 $11,205 SUBTOTAL $11,205 Fire Alarm 46 001 Fire Alarm and Detection System I included Access Controls and Surveillance by owner(Security/low voltage) 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 54 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Pest Force 31 31 31 16 Termite Control 1 51,167 $1,167 Wolff Construction 31 31 6329 Drilled Piers 1 $0 in concrete See Division 3-Concrete for scoF Central Texas Environmental 31 Erosion Controls 1 $0 $83,162 Central Texas Environmental 31 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan SWPPP 1 SO included JR Schneider 31 Earthwork/Sitework/Gradin 1 $1,396,241 $1,396,241 JR Schneider 31 Site Demolition 1 $0 included SUBTOTAL $1,480,570.00 Termite Control 31 31 16 ITermite Control 1 LS included Erosion Control/SWPPP 1 LS included - SWPPP 1 EA included NOI 1 EA included Monthly Maintenance 12 MO included Tree Protection 1 LS included Rock Berm 1 LS included Silt Fence 1 LS included Inlet Protection 1 LS included Orange Safety Fence 1 LS included Stabilized Construction Entrance 1 LS included Area Inlet Protection-Installation 23 EA included Area Inlet Protection-Removal 23 EA included Curb Inlet Protection-Installation 10 EA included Curb Inlet Protection-Removal 10 EA included Silt Fencing-Installation 4,160 LF included Silt Fencing-Removal 4,160 LF included Concrete washout area-Wood framed w/plastic lining. Berm,Lath&Flagging,Sandbags 1,122 SF included Concrete washout area-Wood framed wl plastic lining. Berm.Lath&Flagging,Sandbags- 1,122 SF included Removal Mulch Sock-Installation 117 LF included Mulch Sock-Removal 117 LF included Rock Berm-18"Min.Height-Installation 235 LF included Rock Berm-18"Min.Height-Removal 235 LF included Stabilized Construction Entrance(2E-A)-Installation 4,231 SF included Stabilized Construction Entrance(2EA)-Removal 4,231 SF included Tree Protection Fencing-Chain Link(Boards on trees if need extra work area)-Installation 890 LF included Tree Protection Fencing-Chain Link(Boards on trees if need extra work area)-Removal 890 LF included Tree Protection Fencing-Chain Link(Boards on trees if need extra work area)-Removal 890 LF included Erosion Control Blanket 149,863 SF included Earthwork Site Demo Demo Concrete Paving coordinate w/demo/utilities 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 55 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR I DIVISION ISPECREFERI DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT I UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Sawcut and Demo Concrete for Utilities coordinate w/demo/utilities Demo Dirt and Gravel Path see below Remove Fence 1 LS see below Remove Gabions 1 LS see below Demo Curb see below Demo Headwall 1 LS see below Demo Trees 1 LS Demo Fencing 108 LF coordinate w/demo/utilities Demo Wall 50 LF coordinate w/demo/utilities Demo Headwall 2 EA coordinate w/demo/utilities Demo Gabion 54 SF coordinate w/demo/utilities Demo Concrete Paving 11,125 SF coordinate w/demo/utilities Demo Dirt and Gravel Path 4,932 SF coordinate w/demo/utilities Dena Gravel Drive 3,266 SF coordinate w/demo/utilities Demo Curb 51 LF coordinate w/demo/utilities Demo Light Pole 1 EA coordinate w/demo/utilities Demo Sidewalk 1,759 SF coordinate w/demo/utilities Earthwork Cul and Fill for Track 225,926 SF Select Fill at Track 225,926 SF 6"Base at Track 214,768 SF Base under Asphalt 11,158 SF Cut/Fill Area 715,444 SF Cut Yardage 2,443 CY Strip and Grub 715,444 SF Grade Site to 1/- 1" 715,444 SF Backfill Curbs 1 LS Paving HMAC Paving at Runoff of Corner - 2"HMAC Type D w/8"Crushed Limestone Base on Select Fill-at Track 11,158 SF Construction staging area-Installation 9,638 SF Construction staging area-Removal 9,638 SF 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 56 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Stripe It Up I TBD 32 Striping&Pavement Markings 1 $43,406 $43,406 Choate USA/TBD 32 Landscaping& Irrigation 1 $142,370 $142,370 SUBTOTALI I 1 1 $185,776 Striping Stripe Track 4"White Thermoplastic Lines,Solid and Dashed,Reflective 8,639 LF 18"Wide Stop Bars 90 LF Powerwash Paving 1 LS Landscaping&Irrigation Plantings Vegetative Filter Strips Revegitate Existing Vegetative Filter Strip 10,890 SF All Disturbed Areas shall be revegetated with Native Grasses #REF! SF SW Corner of Building: 3,600 SF Lantana 10 EA Knockout Rose 4 EA Red Yucca 5 EA Salva 7 EA Bulbins 4 EA Texas Mountain Laurel 1 EA Steel Edging 1 LS Solid Sod 1 LS Restore Existing Landscape 1 LS Irrigation Temp Irrigation at revegetated areas 1 LS Irrigation at SW Corner of Building 3,600 SF Hardscape Gravel to match Existing at existing SW Corner of Builidng 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 57 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT CivCon 33 33 00 00 Site Utilities 1 $1,453,072 $1,453,072 CivCon Demolition of Existing Utilities 1 $0 included CivCon Stormwater 1 $0 included CivCon Storm Troopers for overflow drainage 1 $0 included CivCon Grate Inlets 1 $0 included CivCon Junction Boxes 1 $0 included CivCon Headwalls 1 $0 included CivCon Water Line 1 $0 included CivCon Fire Line 1 $0 included CivCon Wastewater 1 $0 included CivCon Gas Line 1 $0 included CivCon Specialty Site Requirements 1 $0 included 1 $0 $0 1 $0 $0 1 $0 $0 1 $0 $0 1 $0 $0 1 $0 $0 1 $0 $0 1 $0 $0 1 $0 $0 SUBTOTAL $1,453,072 Site Utilities Demolition Remove WW line 30 LF see below Remove and Cap Storm Inlets see below Remove and Cap Fire Hydrant see below Abandonment of WW Line 32 LF see below Blowoff Valve to be Removed see below 2"Water line to be removed for a meter loop see below Demo 4"Wastewater. Fill Invert inside Shelf. 30 LF Demo Inlets,Cap Storm Pipe 2 EA Demo Wastewater Line. Fill Invert inside Shelf. 32 LF Demo 2"Line for a Meter Loop 10 LF Demo Blowoff Valve 1 EA Demo Fire Hydrant Assembly for Relocation. Cap 12"x6"Tee. 1 EA Storm Troopers Storm Trooper#2 SWAQ-BP-110 and#2 Inlet,Discharge 1 EA Storm Trooper#10 SWAQ-BP-40 and#10 Inlet,Discharge 1 EA Storm Trooper#202 and#202 Inlet, Discharge 1 EA 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson & Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 58 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Storm Trooper#110 and#110 Discharge Storm Connect to Existing 24"RCP Connect to Existing 18"RCP C-35 Connect to Existing 36"RCP C-510 8"PVC Connection to Roof Drains 12"PVC 18"RCP 24"RCP 36"RCP Inlets 3x3 Grate Inlets 1 EA 4x4 Grate Inlets 4 EA 10'Curb Inlets 2 EA Junction Boxes 4x4 Junction Box 4 EA 5x5 Junction Box 7 EA 72"Manholes 1 EA Headwalls 36"Headwalls 4 EA Remove Existing Headwall,connect to exist.24"RCP 1 EA Remove Existing Headwall,connect to exist.36"RCP 1 EA Water Sawcut Pavement for 1"Water Line C-49 5/8"Water Meter at Building Addition 2"Water Bypass with 1"Meter C-49 2"Water with Valves to 3-Sided Shed Bathrooms Sawcut Pavement for 1"Water Line at Classroom 1"Water Connection at Classroom 1"Water Line at Classroom 5/8"Water Meter at Classroom NOT 1-5/8" Fire Line Relocate Fire Hydrant at Sleeping Rooms Encase 6"Water Line 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson & Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 59 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 ICONTRACTORI DIVISION ISPECREFERI DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT I UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Plumbing Permit 1 EA Fire Main Permit 1 EA ROW Permit 1 EA Submittal Package 1 EA Mobilization of small equipment 1 EA Mobilization of large equipment 1 EA Locate existing utilities 5 EA Road Closure setup/Temporary barricades 1 EA Engineered Trench Protection Plan 1 LS Trench Protection Shoring Equipment 1 EA Traffic Control-Signage&setup 1 LS Flaggers 7 LS Flowable Fill Backfill 10 DAYS Asphalt/concrete pre-cut 65 YDS Asphalt/Concrete Repairs 1 LF Bedding Material-16 ton load F-rock or sand 2 LS Haul off spoil materials 3 EA 12"x 1"Wet tap 1 EA Shut Out on Water Main 1 LS 1"Domestic meter loop service&Backflow(meter by others) 1 LS Tie into plumbers stub 5'outside building 2 EA 1"domestic water line-Poly 175 EA 2"sch 40 PVC-pipe 136 LF 6"Class 350 DI pipe 36 LF CORR Fire Hydrant and Extension 1 EA Fire Hydrant Certificate 1 EA 2"gate valve(valve box,acc.Kit,) 3 EA 6"gate valve(valve box,acc.Kit,adapter&MJ) 1 EA Inspections 7 EA Bacterial Testing 1 EA Chlorination Testing 2 EA Hydrostatic Testing 1 EA Maintenance Bond-ROW work(Fee Based on 10%of Scope Total) 1 LS Wastewater Plumbing Permit 1 EA Pre-construction meeting 1 EA Submittal Package 1 EA 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 60 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT I UNIT PRICE AMOUNT Mobilization of small equipment 1 EA Mobilization of large equipment 1 EA Locate existing utilities 2 EA Layout 1 LS Barricades/Temporary Orange Fencing 1 LS Engineered Trench Protection Plan 1 EA Trench Protection Shoring Equipment 1 LS Bedding Material-16 ton load F-rock or sand 8 EA Haul off spoil materials 13 EA Tap sewer main 1 EA 4'Concrete sewer manhole 2 EA 5'Concrete sewer manhole 1 LF Epoxy coat-new manhole 3 EA 6"SDR26 PVC 550 LF 6"Double clean out Assemblies 2 EA Rock Saw Mobilization 1 EA Rock Saw 36"width>10'-12' deep 550 LF Vacuum Test 3 EA Inspections 6 EA Maintenance Bond-ROW work(Fee Based on 10%of Scope Total) 1 LS Gas Line Gas Line Lowering Sheet C35 Construction 1"Water PVC 512 LF Summary Tables/ 6"Water DI 10 LF 2 of 69 6"Watstewater PVC SDR 26 526 LF 12"Stormwater-RCP 257 LF 18"Stormwater-RCP 2,143 LF 24"Stormwater-RCP 382 LF 30"Stormwater-RCP 977 LF 36"Stormwater-RCP 842 LF 1"Gate Valves 2 EA 48"Wastewater Manholes 3 EA Curb Inlets 2 EA Area Inlets 23 EA note 10/2 of 69 Sterilziation of all potable water lines. Chlorine and Testing Gauges, 1 LS note 11/2 of 69 Sampling Taps Brought up to 3'above Grade 1 LS note 1212 of 69 Water/Wastewater Quality Testing 1 LS note 16/3 of 69 Manhole Testing 1 LS 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson &Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 61 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR I DIVISION I SPEC REFER DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT I UNIT PRICE AMOUNT per geotech Rock Excavation 1 LS Haul off spoils 1 LS 9/23/2025 Round Rock PSTC Bid Workbook-Adolfson&Peterson 07-02-2025 PAGE 62 of 64 PAGES PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER ITEMS OF WORK AND MATERIALS QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL AMOUNT NOTES/COMMENTS 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 $0 $0 Work done at same time(does not 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS 1 $0 $0 add additional general conditions) CX2 Construction 3 CONCRETE 1 $17,023 $17,023 Foundations 4 MASONRY 1 $0 $0 Rast Iron Works 5 METALS 1 $15,029 $15,029 6 WOOD,PLASTIC,COMPOSITES 1 $0 $0 7 THERMAL MOISTURE PROTECTION 1 $0 $0 8 OPENINGS 1 $0 $0 9 FINISHES 1 $0 $0 Airolite 10 SPECIALTIES 1 $24,000 $24,000 Architectural Louvers 11 EQUIPMENT 1 $0 $0 12 FURNISHINGS 1 $0 $0 14 CONVEYING EQUIPMENT 1 $0 $0 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION 1 $0 $0 22 PLUMBING 1 $0 $0 23 MECHANICAL 1 $0 $0 Precision Electric 26 ELECTRICAL 1 $931,800 $931,800 Generator&ATS work,including all 27 COMMUNICATIONS 1 $0 $0 underground installation&sawcut 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY&SECURITY 1 $0 $0 JR Schneider 31 EARTHWORK 1 $12,200 $12,200 Earthwork/demo/grading 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 1 $0 $0 33 UTILITIES 1 $0 $0 SUBTOTAL $1,000,052 Adolfson&Peterson INSURANCE 1 $30,109 $30,109 Adolfson&Peterson BUILDING PERMIT 1 $2,421 $2,421 Adolfson&Peterson PAYMENT&PERFORMANCE BOND 1 $9,154 $9,154 Adolfson&Peterson FEE 1 $23,439 $23,439 Adolfson&Peterson SALES TAX/REMODEL TAX 1 $0 EXEMPT TOTAL ALTERNATE#1 COST $1,065,175 ALTERNATE#1-GENERATOR PSTC2 CONTRACTOR DIVISION SPEC REFER ITEMS OF WORK AND MATERIALS CITY UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL AMOUNT NOTES/COMMENTS 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 $0 $0 Work done at same time(does not 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS 1 $0 $0 add additional general conditions) Wolff Construction 3 CONCRETE 1 $630,000 $630,000 Heavy Duty Concrete Paving&Pad 4 MASONRY 1 $0 $0 under Paving;also Curb&Gutter 5 METALS 1 $0 $0 6 WOOD,PLASTIC,COMPOSITES 1 $0 $0 Chamberlain Roofing 7 THERMAL MOISTURE PROTECTION 1 $22,405 $22,405 Site Sealants 8 OPENINGS 1 $0 $0 9 FINISHES 1 $0 $0 10 SPECIALTIES 1 $0 $0 11 EQUIPMENT(Contractor Furnish&Install) 1 $0 $0 12 FURNISHINGS 1 $0 $0 14 CONVEYING EQUIPMENT 1 $0 $0 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION 1 $0 $0 22 PLUMBING 1 $0 $0 23 MECHANICAL 1 $0 $0 26 ELECTRICAL 1 $0 $0 27 COMMUNICATIONS 1 $0 $0 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY&SECURITY 1 $0 $0 JR Schneider 31 EARTHWORK 1 $504,300 $504,300 Earthwork/Grading 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 1 $0 $0 CivCon 33 UTILITIES 1 $89,981 $89,981 30"RCP Piping&Manholes SUBTOTAL $1,246,686 Adolfson&Peterson INSURANCE 1 $37,534 $37,534 Adolfson&Peterson BUILDING PERMIT 1 $3,018 $3,018 Adolfson&Peterson PAYMENT&PERFORMANCE BOND 1 $11,4121 $11,412 Adolfson&Peterson FEE 1 $29,2201 $29,220 Adolfson&Peterson SALES TAX/REMODEL TAX Sol EXEMPT TOTAL ALTERNATE#2 COST 1 $1,327,870 ALTERNATE#2-FIRE SKILLS PAD ��.. 4y •�,i 1 4� I r�s: t i t i CD kt .. AWAY Ivia, If NNW= Ms 5 L 04. -F� !� � X 14 cz1 1 J Tab C Questionnaire 1. Basic Information 1.1 Name of organization: AP Gulf States, Inc. d.b.a. Adolfson &Peterson Construction 1.2 Address of principal office 807 Las Cimas, Suite 225 Austin, TX 78746 1.3 Telephone number and facsimile number of princpal offices Phone: 512.410.7659 Fax: 972.387.1087 1.4 Form of business organization (e.g.,corporation, partnership,joint venture) Corporation 1.5 Year Founded 1946 1.6 Individual named as primary contact(including telephone number if not at principal office) Eric Churchill Vice President, Central Texas 2. Organization 2.1 How many years has your organization been in business in construction in its current capacity? 79 years 2.2 How many years has your organization been in business under its present name? 79 years in business as Adolfson &Peterson Construction. 25 years in business in the state of Texas as Adolfson & Peterson Construction. 15 years, in business as AP Gulf States, Inc. d.b a. Adolfson &Peterson Construction. 2.3 Under what other former names has your organization ever operated? AP Gulf States, LLP (From 2006-2009) 2.4 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following: (a) date and state of incorporation, and (b) names and titles of all corporate officers. Date Incorporation: February 28, 1953 State of Incorporation: Minnesota Texas Office Opened: 2000 Texas Incorporation Date: February 2, 2009 Jeff Hansen (CEO) Granger Hassmann (President) Bob Lemke (Vice President) Zack Rogers (Vice President) Eric Churchill (Vice President) Cara Peterson (Senior Vice President&Secretary) Marc Timberman (Treasurer&Assistant Secretary) 2.5 If your organization is a partnership, answer the following: (a) date of organization; (b)type of partnership (if applicable); and (c)the names of all general partner(s). N/A .II 2.6 If your organization is individually owned, answer the following: (a) date of organization; and (b) name of owner. N/A 2.7 If the form of your organization is other than those listed above: (a) describe it; and (b) name the appropriate owners, officers, principals, etc. N/A 2.8 Is your organization authorized to do business in Texas? Yes 3. Experience: 3.1 Current Work:Attach a list of all projects your organization is currently constructing. Please refer to all current work on page 24. 3.2 Work Over Past Five Years: Attach a list of major projects (particularly any facilities related to this project) constructed by your organization over the preceding five-year period. Please reference project sheets of major relevant projects in the pages that follow. 3.3 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces. On this project, do you propose to do any work with your own forces? If so, please describe what work you plan to self-perform. AP typically self-performs around 5-10%of work on our projects. Typical self-perform work includes light carpentry, handrails, security, and other similar work. Receiving the best price for your project requires a competitive process for trade partner procurement and bidding every trade and scope of work. We are your contractor first. By managing the entire project and its trade partners instead of focusing on self-performing work, we can better manage your project's schedule and budget. If completing work with our own on-site forces would better serve your project, scopes of work AP has the capability to self- perform, include: safety installation, infection control/containment, construction isolation measure, selective demolition,temporary partitions, floor/finish protection, backing and blocking, installation of doors and hardware, installation of specialties, equipment and furnishings, installation of Owner provided equipment, and rough carpentry/finish carpentry. 3.4 List any subcontractors in which your organization has some ownership and list the categories of work those subcontractors normally perform. AP does not have ownership in any subcontracting companies. 3.5 Claims and Suits: If the answer to any of the questions in this Paragraph 3.5 below is "yes", please attach full details. 3.5.1 Has your organization ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? (Your answer to this question 3.5.1 must include any matters involving your organization and its officers or principals in their current or any past positions) No 3.5.2 Are there any pending or outstanding judgements? Please see response at the end of section 3.5. 3.5.3 Are there any pending or outstanding claims? Please see response at the end of section 3.5. 3.5.4 Are there any pending or outstanding arbitration proceedings? Please see response at the end of section 3.5. 3.5.5 Are there any pending or outstanding lawsuits? Please see response at the end of section 3.5. 3.5.6 Within the preceding five years, has your organization filed any lawsuits or requested arbitration with regard to any construction contract? Please see response at the end of section 3.5. .II 3.5.7 Within the preceding five years, has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal of another organization when it failed to complete a construction contract? No As would be expected of a national firm of AP's size and volume, we have been involved in legal matters common to the industry. As the Construction Manager on numerous projects in progress at any one time, we are subject to claims of many types including those involving trade partner and supplier payment issues, personal injury claims, and rarely, construction claims involving owners or design professionals. Many of these actions are settled through negotiations and on occasion through mediation and do not proceed to trial. When claims do arise, AP works to resolve these promptly and amicably. None of these claims or possible litigation would or will affect our performance under any contract with the City of Round Rock. 3.6 List up to ten projects of like size, scope and complexity your organization has performed, if any, inside the Austin-Round Rock MSA and date those projects were completed. Please reference project sheets in the pages that follow. 3.7 Describe your firm's job site safety program for this project and specific safety policies in which each employee must be in compliance. 3.7.1 Form 00410 and OSHA 200/300 logs for the last three (3) years. Note: Please see the form and OSHA logos included at the end of this section. AP's Safety Culture AP's approach to safety is based on the IIF"Incident and Injury Free" model in which all employees recognize their responsibility to themselves,fellow workers, and their families to do their work safely. AP implemented the IIF program in 2015 and since then the IIF model has become more than a workplace safety model; it is a safety lifestyle and culture whereby safety is embraced both at home and at work. We believe that incidents and injuries are not part of the business, and we encourage our trade partners to embrace safety as a culture. We commit to our AP teams and trade partners to be a positive support team to plan and prevent any potential risk conditions and behaviors. We encourage all teams to speak up if any activity is not clear, unconventional, or requires a specific safety requirement by Federal/State or owner specifications. We believe that everyone on every project that we are a part of should be able to live well and go home to their family at the end of the day. Safety begins with our development of a project specific safety program. Our safety manager will work with our project team to develop a plan that is fully compliant with the City of Round Rock safety requirements. AP's safety program oversees the safety requirements and expectations for every employee on-site, including all trade partners. With every project, a site-specific safety plan is developed with specific safety information for each project, such as specific jobsite risk assessments, emergency protocols per local emergency response availability and healthcare facility locations. On all jobs, AP's safety program includes at a minimum the following: • Preconstruction safety meeting with each trade partner • Daily Pre-task planning through the Energy Wheel • Weekly safety toolbox meetings AP's 2025 • Weekly Safety Observation Program to identify and track leading indicators • Monthly safety audits by AP Regional Safety Department EMR Rating is 0.558 • On site specific safety orientation—for all site personnel • On site weekly safety stand down (mandatory for all project labor force) • On site safety recognition program (safety performance project wide) • Safety support and mentor process for new trade partners working with AP To express our commitment to safety, each trade partner is required to attend an AP safety orientation meeting training before construction begins. At this meeting, we discuss site-specific safety procedures along with any owner requirements and confirm that the trade partners understand all safety expectations for the project. The project team will diligently oversee the education and compliance with the AP Safety and Health program which meets and often exceeds OSHA regulations. In addition,to ensure compliance with our trade partners an extensive checklist is completed to meet the same requirements before any work begins. For the prevention and control of incidents at a high level, we require that each trade partner supply a written Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) for upcoming tasks. Further, a daily pre-task plan meeting must be completed by the crew before any task begins. These documents are signed by all parties all parties associated with the task must sign the JHA, which is kept in the project files. Ij 4. Financial Information 4.1 Attach 3 last years financial statements, preferably audited, including your organizations latest balance sheet and income statement, showing the following items: 4.1.1 Current assets (e.g. cash,joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory, and prepaid expenses). 4.1.2 Non-current assets (e.g., net fixed assets, other assets). 4.1.3 Current liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, current notes payable, accrued expenses, provision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes). 4.1.4 Non-curent liabilities (e.g., notes payable). 4.1.5 Capital accounts and retained earnings (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par value, earned surplus and retained earnings). Please see AP's financial statements uploaded to the City of Round Rock bid portal. 4.2 Name and address of firm that prepared the attached financial statement and date thereof. RSM International 227 West 1 st St. Suite 700 Duluth, MN 55802 Attached financial statement prepared February 29, 2024. 4.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named under Question 1.1 above? If not,explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financial statement is provided (e.g., parent,subsidiary). Yes 4.4 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as a guarantor of the proposed contract for construction (answer this question only if your answer to 4.3 is "no")? N/A 4.5 Provide name, address, contact person, and phone number for your bank reference. Aaron Allar Senior Vice President I Senior Relationship Manager Global Commercial Banking Bank of America BofA Securities, Inc. IDS Center 80 S. Eighth St., Suite 3500 Minneapolis, MN 55402 0: 612.656.0363 M: 612.900.9089 aaron.allar@bofa.com 4.6 Surety and Agent: Provide the: (a) name of your bonding company; and (b)the name and address of your agent. Payment and performance bonds for 100%of the Guaranteed Sum will be required. We have co-sureties—CNA Surety and Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance CNA Surety (lead surety since 2010) 151 North Franklin Street Chicago, IL 60606 Contact:Jake Schurman Phone Number: (952) 285-3409 Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance (co-surety since 2015) 1314 Douglas Street, Suite 1400 Omaha, NE 68102-1944 Contact:John Bokovitz Phone Number: (312) 702-2819 2 Agent Company Willis Towers Watson Midwest, LLC. 8400 Normandale Lake Boulevard, Suite 1700 Bloomington, MN 55437 Contact: Brian Carpenter Phone Number: (763) 302-7162 brian.carpenter@willis.com 4.7 Insurance: Provide the: (a)types; (b) limits; (c) carriers; (d)expiration dates (or attach a copy of a current Certificate of Insurance)for all insurance policies currently maintained by your organization, including Commercial General Liability, Automobile Liability, Excess (Umbrella) Liability, Worker's Compensation and Employers' Liability, and (e) name, address, and phone number of your insurance agent. Please see the Certificate of Liability Insurance included in the pages that follow. 5. Proposed Personnel for this Project: 5.1 Personnel: Identity the specific Project Manager(s) and Job Site Superintendent(s)who would work on this project. If any of these individuals will not be assigned on a full time basis to this project, identify those individuals and describe their other responsibilities. Attach a resume with their city of residence listed and list of references with phone numbers,for each individual identified.The identified Project Manager(s) and Job Site Superintendent(s) shall be assigned to the project through final completion of the project. Eric Churchill,Vice President of Central Texas Jeff Herndon, Project Manager Lance Bonderer, Superintendent Michael Worley, Project/Field Engineer Diego Herren, Safety Manager Matthew Medders, Quality Manager Please see the project team resumes included at the end of this section. References Note (Refer to Section 1.8 in 00100 Instruction to Proposers): Provide a representative contact with your company that is responsible for providing reference checks to the City of Round Rock(provide name, email, and phone).The City of Round Rock will select references from the list your company provides. The City of Round Rock will email your company's representative contact a link to an online survey for reference checks. Your company's representative contact is responsible for sending the link to the references that the City of Round Rock has selected to complete the online survey. AP's representative contact for providing reference checks is: Megan DeLeon Regional Director of Marketing and Business Development mdeleon@a-p.com (972) 421-5573 5.2 Has this team worked together on previous projects, list the projects?Were the projects successful? Project team members Jeff Herndon, Lance Bonderer, and Michael Worley are currently working together on the 28-month Cross Creek Behavioral Health Hospital project in north Austin.This project has been extremely successful, largely due to the strong parthership that team members have developed with the Owner, hospital team, design team, and trade partners on the project. The team also brings familiarity with the unique and extensive requirements of behavioral health facilities, as well as the City of Austin, playing a key part in keeping this project moving forward successfully. Specifically,to complete the kitchen upgrades for the project, AP must finalize both the new addition and the existing facility renovations, ultimately obtaining a certificate of occupancy and state licensing for the entire project. To expedite the kitchen renovations and avoid delays, AP proposed submitting the designs for the addition, expansion, and kitchen renovations as separate permits.This approach allowed construction on the addition and kitchen to proceed simultaneously,enabling the project to secure a certificate of occupancy six months earlier than initially planned. By implementing this strategy,the owner avoided closing the kitchen and incurring catering costs, resulting in a total savings of$470,000 while ensuring continued meal service for the existing 92 patients. E In addition to the Cross Creek Behavioral Health Hospital, both Jeff Herndon and Lance Bonderer worked on the Texas Facilities Commission Capitol Complex Masterplan project in Austin, including work on the Barbara Jordan Building, Lavaca Building, Congress Building, and Pedestrian Mall. 6. Proposed Plan, Schedule & Quality Control Program 6.1 Describe your proposal work plan for this project. The project will begin with site grading,followed by the expansion of Building A. Once grading is complete, we will initiate Phase B, which includes construction of the dual classroom. Pad preparation for Phases C (Fire Shed/HD Concrete Pad) and E (Police Shed /Observation Platform) will proceed next, based on crew availability. Phase D (Training Track) pad preparation is scheduled to begin after the completion of utility work. Installation of the generator and construction of the screen wall will take place following the completion of Phase A. The skills pad will begin after the concrete work for Phase E is finished. AP anticipates completing the project within 11 months. This sequence has been carefully planned to accommodate material lead times, including those for electrical and generator components, pre-engineered metal buildings (PEMB), and the observation tower. Our site logistics plan can be found in the pages that follow. 6.2 Describe your construction management approach and ability to coordinate work with all subcontractors and suppliers in order to meet the deadlines established in the submittal construction schedule The coordination process begins during preconstruction. At this stage, we develop the construction schedule, review material lead times with bidding trade partners, and create a procurement log. The required dates from the schedule are integrated into the procurement log to establish the critical deadlines for subcontracting and procurement activities. Once construction begins, we conduct pull planning sessions with trade partners to confirm installation dates for the upcoming six weeks. In addition, we hold daily huddles to discuss upcoming work and weekly trade partner meetings where we review both the construction schedule and procurement log. AP updates the project schedule on a weekly basis at a minimum and distributes it to all subcontractors for review and discussion. This regular,team-based review process—combined with our daily coordination—enables us to quickly identify and resolve potential issues, ensuring we stay on track to meet project deadlines. Key project components have extended lead times that could impact the schedule if not proactively managed. Electrical gear typically takes 26 to 32 weeks to procure,while pre-engineered metal building (PEMB) structures can require several months for design and delivery. Generators, docking stations, and automatic transfer switches (ATS) may have lead times of up to a year or more. Additionally,the observation tower will involve a significant timeline for design, approvals, and fabrication. 6.3 Describe your ability to complete the project with in the schedule taking into account existing commitments. AP's proposed team is committed to delivering this project from notice to proceed through substantial completion. Additionally, we have a staff of 30+ team members in Central Texas who are available, if necessary. Our available professionals have the skills necessary to fill in or replace any staff member, if required. 6.4 Describe your ability to identify and resolve potential issues, delays, etc. Working within an active facility presents unique challenges, but AP is committed to minimizing any disruption to ongoing operations. We will maintain close and consistent communication with both the police department(Commander Grubbs) and the fire department (Chief O'Brien)to ensure all work is coordinated effectively and operations remain uninterrupted. Our team will come to each Owner- Architect-Contractor (OAC) meeting prepared with creative solutions to address any schedule challenges we have identified. The use of Lean Scheduling techniques not only identifies schedule challenges early but also achieves buy-in from all key stakeholders to overcome those challenges. We have successfully implemented these tools on many of our projects to deliver them on or ahead of schedule. 6.5 Describe your back up/contingency plan for any unanticipated delays. In the event of an unanticipated delay, AP's top priority is clear and timely communication with all project stakeholders. Our team will quickly identify the root cause, develop a responsive action plan, and implement it without delay. Mitigation strategies may include extending work hours, adding weekend shifts, coordinating with trade partners and suppliers to expedite material deliveries, or resequencing activities to maintain overall project momentum. Given the project's location in a watershed environment, we recognize the added complexity weather can bring. Proactive coordination and close monitoring of forecasts will be essential to minimizing rain-related impacts and keeping the project on track. 2 Proprietary and Confidential 6.6 Describe your quality control program. Explain the methods used to ensure quality control during the construction phase of the project. Provide specific examples of how these techniques or procedures were used from any of three (3) projects listed in response to Section 1. Background, Experience, Qualifications Under the direction of AP's Quality Manager, Matt Medders, we assign a full-time quality manager to each project.This individual supports project startup and conducts periodic inspections throughout the duration of the work. As part of our quality control process, we implement a Definable Features of Work(DFW) log, developed during preconstruction. This log tracks the scheduled start dates of key activities and serves as a planning tool to ensure timely execution of the Three-Phase Inspection Process. • Phase 1: Preparatory Phase:This phase occurs prior to the start of work. During this meeting, we review approved submittals and coordinate closely with the trade partner's team to ensure a clear understanding of the installation requirements and quality expectations. • Phase 2: Initial Phase:This takes place during or immediately following the first installation of work. It allows us to identify any issues early and confirm that the work aligns with project specifications. • Phase 3: Follow-Up/Production Phase: In this phase,the work is reviewed periodically during ongoing production to verify continued compliance with quality standards. Any issues identified in Phases 2 or 3 are documented as non-conformances and addressed in accordance with our corrective action procedures. This structured approach ensures consistent quality and accountability across all phases of the project. Specific examples of AP's quality control procedures that have been used include: • Cherry Hills Village/South Metro Fire Rescue Joint Public Safety Facility: On this project in particular,the design team integrated a wide range of exterior building materials that had to be blended together seamlessly in the finished product. To accomplish the desired envelope, AP used a design-assist process, bringing in key envelope trade partners during the preconstruction process to ensure design decisions reflected practical in-the-field knowledge and considered the true cost of specified envelope systems. This process increased the level of detail in design documentation and the specification of "best-fit' products to ensure both a high-performance building envelope and the desired aesthetic. As an example, roughly one third of the exterior envelope was covered by an innovative use of a fairly atypical building material. Composite plastic faux-wood deck planking, which is typically applied as a flat horizontal surface, was used as an exterior rain screen in a vertical application. This required testing the material through an exterior section mock-up to ensure this would function as intended in the vertical use and to make sure the attachment assembly accounted for the possibility of up to one inch in variation between planks. During construction, daily job walks and attachment inspections by the superintendent verified quality and ensured the final product would perform as expected. • Cross Creek Behavioral Health Hospital: During construction of the Cross Creek Behavioral Health Hospital, we implemented the Definable Features of Work log and followed the three-phase inspection process to ensure quality and accountability. The window system installation was strategically planned before work began, closely monitored during the first installation, and reviewed periodically through completion. By proactively testing the windows ahead of the owner's third-party inspection, we confirmed proper installation and waterproofing. This allowed us to confidently move forward with interior finishes, helping to maintain project momentum and schedule. • DUA 3 Delivery Station (Confidential Client): During the early phases of the DUA3 Delivery Station project, our team conducted a routine quality check prior to a scheduled concrete pour and identified that the subsoil was too soft due to recent rainfall. We immediately informed the concrete trade partner, postponed the pour, and took proactive measures to dry the building pad. By addressing the issue early, we avoided a potentially compromised slab and the significant delays that would have resulted from removal and rework. This commitment to quality helped protect both the schedule and the integrity of the project. 6.7 Describe how your quality control team will measure the quality of construction performed by Subcontractors on this project, and how will you address non-conforming work. Non-conforming work will be recorded using Procore and the deficient items will be assigned to that trade partners for correction. Once the item is corrected the trade partner will take a photo of the correct work and a member of the AP team will verify and close the item in Procore. 0 Proprietary and Confidential 6.8 Provide complete construction schedule assuming a notice to proceed will be provided within 120 days of bid opening (actual notice to proceed will be a different date). Schedule should reflect the proposed duration but shall not exceed the construction schedule in the Instructions to Proposers Section 1.21 A. Please see the schedule included in the pages that follow. 7.Ability to Meet Project Schedule 7.1 Do you foresee any problem meeting the project schedule? (If answer is yes, please explain.) We do not see any problems completing the schedule within the given time frame. 7.2 Does the stipulated time of 365 calendar days seem reasonable for this project? As mentioned previously, AP anticipates completing the project within 11 months. This sequence has been carefully planned to accommodate material lead times, including those for electrical and generator components, pre-engineered metal buildings (PEMB), and the observation tower. 7.3 Does the stipulated time effect cost of project and if so please explain? Stipulated time does not effect the cost of the project. We believe we can complete this project within the time allotted, which will save on general conditions and will lower the cost overall. 7.4 Describe the scheduling techniques, including any scheduling or project management software,you would employ on this project. AP practices lean construction techniques on our projects including pull planning. We have daily huddles with trade partner foremen daily to allow us to quickly address any coordination or scheduling issue that may arise. AP uses Primavera P6 as our scheduling tool, Procore as document control tool, Textura for pay applications, Project Financial Management (PFM) for project accounting, Egnyte for file management,Vertikal for trade partner prequalification, and Viewpoint Spectrum for accounting. What other projects will your organization be starting during while this project is starting? No other projects will be undertaken during this time that could affect the team's ability to complete your project. 7.5 Has your organization been assessed any liquidated damages or other damages for delay on any project during the last five years? If answer is yes, identify project and provide details. AP has never been assessed liquidated damages for failure to complete work on-time. By execution hereof the undersigned warrants and represents that the foregoing answers to this Questionnaire are true and correct. Signature of Proposer Eric Churchill Printed Name of Proposer Vice President of Central Texas Title Adolfson & Peterson Construction Name of Firm 807 Las Cimas, Suite 225 Austin, TX 78746 Address of Firm (512) 410-7659 Telephone Number of Firm (972) 387-1087 Facsimile Number of Firm 2 Proprietary and Confidential Acknowledgement The State of Texas ) County of SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME on this45'day of the month of 2025,in the capacity and for the purposes indicated. RHONDA ANNETTE MORGAN Notary Public, State of Texas 'z°� <-:�z Notary Public,State of Texas :"� 63= Comm.Expires 03-02-2027 Notary ID 134230759 My Commission Expires: Proprietary and Confidential Page 22 Section 3.1 Current Work Procurement ScheduledLocation General Nature at Project Nature of Services Contract Amount Size Completion Project Name Percent Owner Method Complete Date Expansion of the existing Emergency Room(ER)facility to increase Methodist Hospital LK Design Group Landmark ER Expansion/Methodist Hospital San Antonio,TX its capacity to a total 3,500 square feet by adding sic(6)additional Bid General Contractor $2,300,437 3,500 sf 15% 9/16/2025 Kevin Richter Meghan Ruffo (210)269-5203 (210)748-7781 patient beds kevin richter@MHShealth.com meghan.r@lkdesigngroup.com Corgan FTW1 DC2 Data Center/Confidential Client Fort Worth,TX The 325,000-sf project includes the construction and build-out of Bid General Contractor $166,711,957 325,000 sf 45% 11/1/2025 Confidential Client Kelly Hernandez 2-story,shelled data halls,and utility yards. (214)977-3349 kelly.hernandez@corgan.com Construction of two new ground-up buildings,totaling approximately Heritage Oaks Holdings,LLC Seaux&Pierce Architecture Heritage Oaks Dental Office/Heritage Oaks Marble Falls,TX 10,200 square feel,which will house a dental office,featuring 15 CMAR General Contractor $3,655,713 10,288 sf 10% 12/15/2025 Ross Johnson Chad Pierce Holdings operatory rooms nd space for future tenants.Also includes the (512)312-6754 (512)419-9301 demolition of existing structures on the site. rjohnsonatx@gmail.com chad@seauxpierce.com A new,two-story,106-bed addition includes 96,580-st and features Acadia Healthcare Johnson Johnson Crabtree Architects therapy rooms,exam rooms,noisy/quiet rooms,administration Cross creek Behavioral Health Hospital/Acadia Austin,TX offices,and an outdoor patient courtyard area.Project also calls for CMAR General Contractor $61,765.971 102.000 sf 85% 1/7/2026 Silas Powell Kris dbei Healthcare (512)944-3327 (615))577-7872 77-7872 the renovation of 13,351 to existing facility-dining hall,kitchen, silas,powell@acadiahealthcare.cam kteubel@jjca.com administrative space,and outpatient area offices. A 66-acre site,featuring a 223,000-sf concrete tiff-wall fulfillment PDMS Design Group facility for efficient package sorting and loading.The facility includes Sarah Voss DUA 3 Delivery Station/Confidential Client Round Rock.TX staff support spaces such as offices,weliness and training areas, CMAR General Contractor $67,901,194 223,000 sf 14% 2/19/2026 Confidential Client (817)701-4828 and dedicated rooms for lactation,multdaith use,and ablution. svoss@pdmsdesign.com The project will consist of improvements to the existing retail building Asana Partners GFF footprints,fagades,lighting,hardscapes&softscapes,parking, Shyam Patel Scott Kanaga 1444 Oak Lawn Plaza/Asana Partners Dallas,TX and patios.This includes painting of select facades,new canopies, CMAR General Contractor $31,215,333 159.156 sf 30% 2/28/2026 (386)697-4141 (214)303-1500 new sidewalks,a revised curb line,tree replacements,signage coordination,site furnishings,roof work,and building construction. spate)@asanapartners.com scott.kanaga@gff.com A new 120,390-sf multi-generationalCity of Greenville Parks& BRS Architecture Sports Park Center and an Recreation Sports Park Center&Reecy Davis Center/City of Greenville,TX 18,177-sf expansion of the current recreation center at Reecy Davis Bid General Contractor $56,482,710 145,046 sf 41% 5/16/2026 Brett Quarles Kevin Armstrong Greenville kevin 455-1366 Center (903)es@ci.94 kevinarmstrong@brsarch.com bquarles@ci.greenville.tx us A 57,316-sf ground-up 2-story broadcast studio and office facility to house their Dallas-Fort Worth operations.The new facility will offer Fox Stations,Inc. Corgan Fox 4 Studios-KDFW/Fox Stations Irving,TX broadcast studios,private offices,individual workspaces,meeting CMAR General Contractor $38,065,696 57,316 sf 8% 8/17/2026 Matt Michel Matt McDonald (310)396-7786 (214)748-2000 rooms,an employee cafe,and support facill for their broadcast, matthew.michel@fox.eom matt.mcdonald@corgan.com data,and telecommunications plattorm. The 280,000-sf renovation will provide a wide range of interior Project Control PBK Architects UTPB Mesa Building Renovation/University of Odessa,TX upgrades,enhancements,and improvements necessary to support CMAR General Contractor $34,000.000 280,000 sf 50% 9/13/2026 Merrill Stanley Scott Adams Texas at Permian Basin the University's academic mission for achieving new growth and (210)545-0008 (210)829-0123 technological functionality. mstanley@projectcontrol.cdm scott.adams@pbk.com Renovation of existing interior spaces,demolition of the existing Kaizen Development Partners Beck Architecture Christ the King Church AdditioNRenovation/ Dallas,TX Bernadine Hall,and construction of a new addition to replace the Negotiated General Contractor $18,627,607 30,000 st 5% 9/16/2026 Nick Summerville Xavier Spencer Kaizen Development Partners demolished building (702)406-9236 (214)303-6451 nsummerville@kaizendp.com xavierspencer@beckarchitecture.com A new 43,350-sf competition gymnasium with seating for 1,800, Austin ISD PBK Architects along with fully renovated locker rooms,coaches'offices,training Anderson High School Addition/Renovation/Austin Austin,TX rooms,officials'dressing spaces,and laundry areas.The gym CMAR General Contractor $24,296.176 43.350 st 1% 1/31/2027 Rufo Reyes Luis Salazar ISD addition will also include new common areas such as a Hall of Honor (817)yes@ 41 (832)lazar@82 and trophy display cases. rufo,reyes@austinisd.org luissalazar@pbk.com A new three-story,54,000-sf academic building designed to support Austin ISD PBK Architects McCallum High School Addition/Renovation/ Austin,TX the school's expanding Science and Career&Technical Education CMAR General Contractor $35,646,306 54,000 st 1% 1/31/2027 Rufo Reyes Luis Salazar Austin ISD (CTE)programs.As part of the modernization,the existing 30,000-st (817)504-5041 (832)594-6982 science wing will be demolished. rufo.reyes@austinisd.org lues salazar@pbk.com gETY rmml _z - s, 44 �. 0M 46 � . • ... CITY OF CHISOLM PUBLIC BUILDING € The Chisholm Public Safety Building is a new 22,500 SF facility for the Chisholm Fire Department, Police Department, and EMS Services for the City. The project received funding from several sources including the USDA,federal congressional spending dollars, Iron Range Rehabilitation (IRRR) dollars, and State of Minnesota Bonding Funds.The project was designed/engineered to utilize the Minnesota B3 Buildings, Benchmarks&Beyond guidelines for sustainability and energy standards.The facility was designed with a wide range of specialized spaces, including administrative offices, kitchens,a garage for emergency vehicles, storage areas, locker rooms, restrooms,a lobby with a customer service counter, and secured areas for sensitive operations. LOCATION COMPLETION DATE . e Chisholm, MN July 2024 PROCUREMENT METHOD s ORIGINAL DURATION CMAR May 2023-July 2024 NATURE OF SERVICES OWNER General Contractor City of Chisholm _ Stephanie Skraba Step CONTRACT AMOUNT _ " $11,199,947 (218) 254-7960 y sskraba@ci.chisholm.mn.usSIZE 4 �22,963 SF ARCHITECT Wendel " ORIGINAL BUDGET Laura Eysnogle $11,199,947 (715) 832-4848 ACTUAL COST leysnogle@wendelcompanies.com $10,955,378 PROJECT TEAM — - Cost savings were attributed Brendon Gould, Project Manager to unspent contingency Thomas Brunette, Superintendent START DATE May 2023 2 P : a:�"i P ,e21. :1 J II DAKOTA ' COUNTY SMART CENTER The 35,000-sf facility is the new home for crisis response and de-escalation training that is required of law enforcement officers and first responders.The Minnesota Crisis Intervention Team, a statewide leader in the specialized training, has conducted on-site instruction across the state but will have dedicated facilities at the SMART Center. The space includes a large classroom and four training rooms that can be staged to simulate specific scenarios, such as an apartment or hotel room. Crisis response training gives first responders "soft skills"to improve their interaction with people experiencing a mental health crisis. v.r LOCATION COMPLETION DATE Inver Grove Heights, MN June 2021 PROCUREMENT METHOD ORIGINAL DURATION Bid May 2020-June 2021 NATURE OF SERVICES OWNER _ General Contractor Dakota County CONTRACT AMOUNT Joe Lexa , (651) 438-4566 $8,385,972 _-- -_ joe.lexa@co.dakota.mn.usx SIZE ARCHITECT 35,000 SF Collaborative Design Group ORIGINAL BUDGET Bess McCollough $8,385,972 (612) 332-3654 emccollough@cdg-mn.com _ ACTUAL COST $8,722,580 PROJECT TEAM Owner-added scope Zachary Hermer, Project Manager Jeremy Kocak, Superintendent START DATE May 2020 2 Propnetaryand Con*dermal Page 25 r The new recreation center for the City of Allen community sits on over 85 acres and has approximately 150,000-sf with two levels above grade and a basement level seven feet below grade.The project includes associated parking, site work, and a concrete trail system.The exterior has multi-skin elements and interiors are complete with high-end finishes. In addition to an abundance of landscaping and hardscaping,the team constructed a one-mile eight-foot wide extension of the hike and bike trail resulting in 264,000 sf total of concrete paving. LOCATION COMPLETION DATE Allen,TX August 2024 PROCUREMENT METHOD ORIGINAL DURATION Bid July 2021 -August 2024 NATURE OF SERVICES OWNER General Contractor City of Allen Kate Meacham CONTRACT AMOUNT (469)516-7455 ECR�EN $40,406,550 kmeacham@cityofallen.org `�N,rEgTlp SIZE ARCHITECT a 150,000 SF BRS Architecture ORIGINAL BUDGET Mick Massey $40,406,550 (214)537-3990 mickmassey@brsarch.com [� ACTUAL COST $45,065,583 PROJECT TEAM Owner-added scope Zack Rogers, Project Manager Travis Thompson, Superintendent _,..w. START DATE G' July 2021 • 1 Fr.�;:rietary and Ct;r;u+cnUa! Pa,;�> --6 1 1 This industrial development project features the construction of five tilt-wall distribution buildings,encompassing 908,300 square feet of core and shell space. Situated on a 65-acre site,the project includes extensive site work, building construction, and specialized systems.The scope of work included tilt-wall construction with 372 panels totaling 400,000 square feet, erected using an efficient sequence that lifted up to 20 panels per day. Additionally,the project involved 9,500 linear feet of retaining walls and utilizing 52,675 cubic yards of concrete to support the extensive site and building requirements.Comprehensive MEP design- build systems ensured the seamless integration of mechanical, electrical, and plumbing systems tailored to the facility's operations. Mass grading was also completed to prepare the site for the large-scale building footprints and associated infrastructure. 'awa- LOCATION COMPLETION DATE _ Fort Worth,TX October 2024 PROCUREMENT METHOD ORIGINAL DURATION CMAR March 2023 -October 2024 NATURE OF SERVICES OWNER a, General Contractor Transwestern _ Nathan Goetz CONTRACT AMOUNT (214) 886-7313 $60,250,000 Nathan.Goetz@transwestern.com - - SIZE ARCHITECT 22,963 SF Alliance Architects ORIGINAL BUDGET Erik Guerrero $60,250,000 (214)623-7902 erikg@alliancearch.com ACTUAL COST $63,685,401 PROJECT TEAM ; Owner-added scope due to Kirk Dawson, Project Manager building/site improvements Austin Conley, Superintendent START DATE March 2023 2 Pioprlelary and Cont dent ai Page 27 i 4, r � CITY OF AURORA PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER (CAPSTC) I 1 9r Designed for police and fire joint training,this design-build project consisted of seven different projects to be designed, built and integrated together in a short timeframe.This unique project's scope required 23 acres of extensive site work, 2 miles of a force main sanitary sewer, a 43,366-sf education and training building, a 7,000-sf, 5-story drill tower, a 3,500-sf class-A burn building, 4.2 acres of a concrete Emergency Vehicle Operations Course and a sustainable water circulation system with an on-site pump house to reuse water after fire training. Excellence in Construction, Institutional-$10 to$25 million, Pyramid (2nd Place) -2017 ABC National Best Project-Government/Public Building Project of the Year-2016 Best Projects Awards-2016 ENR Mountain States Excellence in Construction, Institutional-$10 to$25 million, 1 st Place-2016 ABC Rocky Mountain Chapter / Silver SIZE 44,023 SF "'` —� LOCATION Aurora, CO COST $24,948,643 COMPLETION DATE August 2016 r L. - -s. , : i i • ..� A 2460 1. Ch— ANtrc Fln R,w�uw 3 Ah ncw utlwrfty lA Slade-34 CHERRY HILLS I+ VILLAGE/SOUTH METRO FIRE RESCUE JOINT PUBLIC SAFETY FACILITY This new 23,808-sf geo-structured Joint Public Safety Facility provides adequate space for the Fire and Police departments and includes apparatus bays, support areas, kitchen, dining and sleeping quarters for the Fire Department, offices, meeting rooms, locker rooms, interview rooms, evidence storage, processing, booking and holding, and storage for the Police Department. A workout area is shared by the two departments, as well as being available for use by the City staff. The large training room can be used by the public as a community space and includes public restrooms, a kitchenette and miscellaneous storage space. Honor Award for Built Architecture-2013 AIA Colorado SIZE 23,808 SF LOCATION City of Cherry Hills Village, CO COST $6,622,196 COMPLETION DATE September 2013 f f (CONFIDENTIALAT 101,11-Ir DUA 3 DELIVERY STATION This delivery station in Round Rock,TX, spans a 66-acre site,featuring a 223,000-sf concrete tilt-wall fulfillment facility for efficient package sorting and loading. The facility includes staff support spaces such as offices, wellness and training areas, and dedicated rooms for lactation, multifaith use, and ablution. Additional structures on-site include a 1,500-sf AVI Inspection Tunnel for vehicle assessments,a 5,000-sf Fleet Service Center for maintenance, and a 460-sf Driver Amenities Building with restrooms, a break area, and outdoor seating. Site enhancements include an underground detention pond, over 1 million-sf of concrete parking for employees and fleet vehicles, 130 EV chargers supporting electric fleet, and road improvements with a turning lane and traffic signals. Notable features include a "Very Severe"hail-rated roof and an extensive canopy system for weather protection during loading operations. SIZE 223,000 SF LOCATION Round Rock,TX r COST - _ "'� NEI, Confidential COMPLETION DATE _-- February 2026 Anticipated _s M F AN- UT 3 _ f9aY AV 1 ; ' lolls; ' AP has completed the Cross Creek Behavioral Health Hospital expansion,which consists of a new,two-story 106-bed 96,580 square foot addition featuring therapy rooms, exam rooms, noisy/quiet rooms, administration offices, and an outdoor patient courtyard area.The ongoing renovation entails reworking 13,350 square feet of the dining hall, kitchen, administrative space, and outpatient area offices which will be complete later this year.The entire construction process is taking place on an occupied campus. Additionally,the facility's water quality system will be upgraded along with a parking lot expansion. SIZE 102,000 SF LOCATION Austin,TX COST $61,765,971 COMPLETION DATE June 2025-Expansion January 2026-Renovation k„ t 03204 13200 � 0/10- 1\,1 ��■ ■UNC IL 1 111 This new development of an Industrial park includes three speculative buildings for warehouse and distribution centers located less than a mile from the City of Round Rock's Public Safety Training Center site.The buildings are tilt up, shell buildings with special DUCTURETE® slabs with HEIDEBED@ technology.This tech provides differentiated slab systems giving warehouses,distribution centers, manufacturing facilities, and data centers greater flexibility in their floor space while lowering maintenance costs.The project included site work, paving, retaining walls, and landscaping. SIZE _,�' '� "`� -' -•�„ -=- 310,619 SF LOCATION rs no°or ��Round - Round Rock,TX dL COST $30,654,484 COMPLETION DATE °'-- August 2024 ( �Ll.•S4 4b i Ve �Y ..b'• � 1:n 4� V .� ,x 1 �1 a+ St. David's Medical Hospital, in Austin,TX consists of a 145,000 sf,four-story medical facility located on an 8.5 acre master development campus. The facility includes 46 patient rooms with a variety of private inpatient beds,family suites and intensive care beds; 10 operating rooms,two procedure rooms,full ancillary services, and an emergency room. The new medical office building on the hospital campus is a 4-story, 81,088 sf building, cast-in-place concrete structure on piers and includes comprehensive imaging, a pharmacy, laboratory services and a blood bank.The Design/Build Subcontractors included Mechanical and Plumbing, Electrical, and Fire Protection. The 500 car capacity, parking garage is a 5-story, 181,000 sf building, consisting of a precast concrete structure on piers.The exterior envelope consists of painted precast panels, with stone and metal panel accents. SIZE 226,088 SF LOCATION Austin,TX z - COST $69,560,182 COMPLETION DATE e November 2015 II aim— CITY OF LITTLE ELM PUBLIC SAFETY FACILITIES The Town of Little Elm project is made up of four facilities on three separate sites—a public safety center that houses a police and fire station, an animal shelter, community center and a senior center. SIZE 39,000 SF LOCATION Little Elm, TX _ COST _ $15,028,339v�t� COMPLETION DATE w October 2011 �'° Solicitation Requirements, Contract Forms & Conditions of Contract Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience Section 00410 Bidder must submit a signed Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience form with his Bid; failure to do so will constitute an incomplete Bid that may be rejected. In order to make a responsive Bid, Bidder must provide evidence that it meets minimum OSHA construction safety program requirements, has not been fined by OSHA for any willful safety violations in the past three years, and has a lost time injury rate that doesn't exceed the limits established below. All questions must be answered and data given must be clear and comprehensive. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. Company Name: AP Gulf States, Inc. d.b.a. Adolfson & Peterson Construction Address: 807 Las Cimas, Suite 225, Austin, TX 78746 Phone: (512) 410-7659 Completed by: Eric Churchill Date: June 27, 2025 1. Does the company have a written construction Safety program? ❑✓Yes ❑No 2. Does the company conduct construction safety inspections? ❑✓Yes ❑No 3. Does the company have an active construction safety-training program? ❑✓Yes ❑No 4. Has the company been fined by OSHA for any willful safety violations in the past ❑Yes ❑✓ No three years? 5. Does the company have a lost time injury rate of 7.8 for SIC 15, or 7.6 for SIC 16, R]Yes ❑No or less over the past three years? Attach the company's OSHA 200/300 logs for the past three years. 6. Does the company or affected subcontractors have competent persons in the following Areas? A. Scaffolding ✓❑Yes ❑No ❑N/A B. Excavation ✓❑Yes ❑No ❑N/A C. Cranes ✓❑Yes ❑No ❑N/A D. Electrical ❑✓ Yes ❑No ❑N/A E. Fall Protection ❑✓ Yes ❑No ❑N/A F. Confined Spaces ❑✓ Yes ❑No ❑N/A I hereby certify that the above information is true and correct. Signature �`"` � Title VP, Central Texas Page 1 00410 8-2014 Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience 00090654 2 Proprietary and Confidential Section 3.7.1 Form 00410 and OSHA 200/300 logs for the last three (3) years OSHA's Form 300A (Rey.01/2004) Year 2024 <<"� Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses U.S.Departmentof Labor Occupal�onal5etery ane Healr6 Aamrniat F.rmaort.—CMBno 13ta-01]6 All establishments covered by Pall 1904 most complete this Summary page.even rf no injuries or illnesses occurred during the year. Remember to review the Log to verity that the entries are complete Using the Log,count the individual entnes you made for each category. Then write the totals below, Establishment information making sure you've added the entnes from every page of the log. If you had no cases write"0.' Employees formerempidyees.and their representatives have the right to review the OSHA Form 300 in Your establishment name AP Gulf States.LLC its entirety They also have limited access to the OSHA Form 301 or ifs equivalent See 29 CFR 1904.35.in OSHA's Recordkeepug rule,for further details on the access provisions forthese forms. Street 1600 N.Collins Blvd.Suite 2000 Number of Cases City Richardson State Texas zip 75080 Industry description(e.g.,Manufacture of motor truck trailers) Total number of Total number of Total number of cases Total number of Construction or Buildings deaths cases with days with job transfer or other recordable away from work restrictioncases Standard Industrial Classification(SIC),if known(e.g.,SIC 3715) 0 0 0 0 (G) (H) (I) (J) OR North American Industrial Classification(NAICS),if known(e.g..336212) 2 3 6 Number of Days Employment information Total number of Total number of days of days away from job transfer or restriction Annual average number of employees 96 u Total hours worked by all employees last 0 0 year 202.162 (K) — IL Injury and Illness Types Sign here Total number of... Knowingly falsifying this document may result in a fine. (M) (1) Injury 0 (4) Polsomnq 0 (2) Skin Disorder 0 (5) Hearing Loss 0 (3) Recertify that nave fixe Is document and that to the best wleege the entnes are true,accurate.and spiratory complete Condition 0 (6)All Other Illnesses 0 VP Operations Company executive Title 952.544.1561 O —4 Post this Summary page from February 1 to April 30 of the year following the year covered by the form Phone oat Public reporting burden for Iris callernon of mlormalion is estimated to average 58 minutes per response,mdudmg bme to renew Ne mstruclpn,search and gather the data needed,and complete and review the colleclion of information.Persons are not required to respond to the collecbon of rrormabon unless it tlisplays acurronity valid OMB control number.It you have any comments about these esLmales 0rany—ods of this data collection,conlacl:US Department of Labor.OSHA Office of Statistics.Room N-3644.200 Constitution Ave.NW.Washmaton.DC 20210.Do not send the comoleteo forms Io IMS office. 71 Proprietary and Confidential Attention: This form contains Information relating to employee health and must be used In a manner OSHA's Form 300 (Rev. 01/2004) tnatprotectstheconfidentialityofemployeesto Year 2024 the extent possible will the information is being Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illn used for occupational safety and health purposes U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration You must record information about every work-related injury or illness that Involves loss of consciousnessreslrlded work adivfy or lob transfer,days Form approved OMB no.1218-0176 away from work,or medical treatment beyond first aid.You must also record sgrif cant work-related injuries and illnesses that are diagnosed by a physioien or licensed health care professional You must also record nor,relatedinjuries and finesses that meet any of the speafic rewrding;,nteria Establishment name AP Gulf States,LLC listed m 29 CFR 1904.8 through 1904.12-Feel free to use two lines for a single case if you need to.You must oompiete an Injury and illness inadent report(OSHA Form 301)of equivalent form for each injury or Illness r rded an'his form If you're not sure whether a case is recordable,:all your local OSHA office for hell City Richardson State TX Idem Describe the case Classify the case Enter the number of (A) (C) (D) (E) (F) CHECK ONLY ONE box for each case based on days the injured Or Ill Check the"injury"column or choose one type Case Job Title (e.g., Date of Where the event occurred lie g_ Describe injury or illness-parts of body affected, the most serious outcome for that caseworker was of illness No. Welder) Injury or Loading lock north end) and object'substance that directly Injured or onset of made person til lie g.Second degree burns on (M) in illness right forearm from acetylene torch) On job Days away Away Remainedforolday) Death Remained at work transfer or a � from Wont From restriction 9i o a a� Job transfer Other record- Work (days) z T iio or r.t"cbon able cases (days) ' v o z U a x fGl (Hr (1) (J) (K) (L) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) 6) Page totals o o 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Be sure to transfer these totals to the Summary page(Form 300A)before you post it, a o o o Public reporting burden for this Wiled on of information Is estimated to average 14 0 ao S minutes per response.including time to review the instruuion search and gather S ¢ w L the data needed.and complete and review the wflection of mforni Persons U) x o are not required to respond to the collacn n of information unless it displays a Q currently valid 011i control number If you have any comments about these estimates or any aepeds of this data wlleceon.cvntad. US Department of Labor, Page t of 1 -1 (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) OSHA Olboe of Statolics,Room N-3644,200 Constitution Ave,NW,Washrrigton. Proprietary and Confidential OSHA's Form 300A (Rev.0112004) Yeer 2023 0 Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses U.S.Department of Labor p Rypelbrnlaa.'e�Yld Heali�haminsn+tbn Ft+m+wrrnd.NIB ne.1213017C AY eSig hssnments entered by man 1904 must compere mrs Snmmaypage,even Irno lnpnes or 11.1 ace occurred during the leer ikensi to w4evethe Coe b vedry that Nee entdw oro"MPA94e Uvng the Cng,count tW mdivrduar emAas you mode rereeeh category. TAdn M"rile torah Dalau, Establishment Information mekinq sure yo✓'ve added its ii fwr.every page orthe log.tiyophadroade6rrd`e'9." Fmp(nyeesl rtnarempin ,and rheb nprasenrarvcs rave fM nprt to 7iemtea C3aNA Mnrm 3eb In Yautat1:SP rvntnama AP Gulf States.LLC Ps entirely. They efao have limited ecveas to the 0£NA corm 30r or its eq.Avoient See 29 Or? '970.38,In OSr14's Racortrkeepinp rAe,rot nether details on M acnes!amNsl7no rorrhee.bans. $beat 1600 N.Cnlnna BICC.Sue>c 7000 CIy Rlehardson state Texas Zr) 75Ctu Irtintry dosed for is g.•rdenufacture c,motor truck traian) Total number of -otal number of Total number of cases -1-otal number of corstnudw of outanae deaths cases%%Vh days wthjob transferor otherrecoroable away from work reatrictlon cases etani 11i clesaykettan(SJC),B ktmvn(e.g.•SIC 2715) C 0 OR 11i Amenaan I0duc61al Classification(NAICISN It krxrwl(s,%.336212) z � e ,.,, 7dtrt ro-r j6 rf !'�f... Ck+y r 2�i'l t t d •' �' !! l l►� Employmentbrformation Toto)number of Total nu mbar of days of days away from fob train star or restriction Fulntml Geri nlmbar ar smployeas 99 r nth Tobi hose worked by aU emFloyees est 0 18 yNr 214,414 M (L) �mY:91tldiil'lese;v�,��'!."jY;a F.,q:i: r'�''.,v':(.y',..",e{,,f;:51': - ..., ,;e,Yr� ,. 'ts Sign here ...t1: .. ... :•.•......r.,...... ,.r ,...,:,,,. 9 Total number of... Krmwingly Wrong this document mayeft,it+nr,e. (tit) (1)Injury 1 (4) Poisoning 0 .. (2)Skin Disorder C (5) Hearing Loss 0 3)Respiratory loamy that eve exemi is doounsrt and lest to tfry vtoaladso toontrke aro Yue,soetdato,and ( � ry coatpleb. Candtion C ---- (6)Ail Other Illnesses ._. _..__0..___.-_ 1 ....----- W Oyeratlors Cdrngony axacu0va Itelee :r 952 54168'1 " • C / -2, Post this Summary page from February 1 to April 30 of Nle year following the year covered by the form Rignis Pubfc sperrrp burcen 1v tMr mpec6cr.of hkrTeltl ie aetmded Ic evera0e 56 rtinulae pn rerponae,indudild line'c ieNewlhe rlrucion,search ani 9-her hs data needed,and roi and rav"he cdl+cror of in or-b-Pori rn:r—ew t moved to the WectDi ct mtrmaeon wase e dlxplaysasurenly Balt OMB rmsd rannber.r7outtava any wcm;mJs sbuutOwaa miln flee ui ary euuabuftllb Jala WWcYw.ranlRC LS Deoahrenl ottatcr, IA Cfke ofSletk'iu,boom M.36M.200 CerAtuthin Ave.NW.WasNvlm.CC27210.6cnot eerc he conobled'ermsthie oRu. FYrtel_1� Attention: This form contains information relating to employee health and must be used in a manner OSHA's Form 300 (Rev. 01/2004) that protects the confidentiality of employees to Year 2023 40� the extent possible while the information is being Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illn used for occupational safety and health purposes. U.S. Department OfLabor Occupational Safety and Health Administration You must record information about every work-related injury or illness that involves loss of consciousness.restricted work activity or job transfer,days Form approved OMB no 1218-0176 away from work,or medical treatment beyond first ad.You must also record significant work-related injuries and illnesses that are diagnosed by a physician or licensed health care professional.You must also record work-related injuries and illnesses that meet any of the specific recording criteria Establishment name AP Gulf States,LLC listed in 29 CFR 1904.8 through 1904.12. Feel free to use two lines far a single case if you need to.You must complete an injury and illness incident report(OSHA Form 301)or equivalent form for each injury or illness recorded on this form. If you're not sure whether a case is recordable.call your local OSHA office for help. City Richardson State TX Ident Describe the case Classify the case Enter the number of (A) (C) (D) (E) (F) CHECK ONLY ONE box for each case based on days the injured or ill Check the"injury"column or choose one type Case Job Title (e.g., Date of Where the event occurred(e.g. Describe injury or illness,parts of body affected, the most serious outcome for that case worker was: of illness: No Welder) injury or Loading dock north end) and object/substance that directly injured or onset of made person ill(e.g.Second degree burns on (M) m illness right forearm from acetylene torch) Days away Away On job m r m (mo./day) Death from work Remained at work transferor v = From restriction N iii5 ii= o 9 a `m Job transfer Other record- Work (days) Z 1 c °m `a o or restriction able cases (days) N —U a = Q (G) (H) (I) J) (K) (L) (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 1 Carpenter 9112 Raytheon Back strain following jump from ladder X 18 X Page totals o 0 1 0 0 18 1 0 0 0 0 0 Be sure to transfer these totals to the Summary page(Form 300A)before you post it m _z o O) 0 o._ 0 O J m Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 14 0 0 a _`_ minutes per response,including time to review the instruction,search and gather s w t the data needed.and complete and review the collection of mformabon.Persons re = o are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collection,contact US Department of Labor, Page 1 of 1 -1 (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) OSHA Office of Statistics,Room N-3644,200 Constitution Ave.NW,Washington, . 1 Proprietary and Confidential OSHA's Form 300A (Rov.0112004) Year 2022 ``>� Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses U.S,DeparfineMofLabor Omgaiwna 61n1y and HaaM Mminnbasnn :..:. .::.:: .-.:.._ ..; ., :: :.. :... _ . .,:.... .,::...:....:v.,...,o...,,,..,._..,. _...,.....,......_...,,_:.,._,,,.,...,:..,..,v_.n_.:....•.._.,.....,.. .. Fam appnns70N9 ne.5N8•o570 Adastabiah.aen.'acornred by Part!904 must conyMere fha Sun'msri papa,awn irro inynva ar "two ommed dufng the Year. Folrember to+New the Log to arw5?fwt the orime ars do.•nplcto Usby it.Log,court fha indfvLiuel enfrara yrou nide fureaWt cedsgary. 7hen.49,he tat"Blow, Establishment information nuking core you'w added the emres fvrr awry page dNw!og.Ifyoo had no casae wdfa 10." CmXoyees knriererridayees,any iherraprawn"nia haw Me fight fe mNew ft OSHA Farm Jog In "our e3tablishinw.•stns P.P Oulf Plates.LLC Ifs ana,.ty. Theyaln haw.yrnl!ad amts rc the USNA Font 307 ortis equlva'Mf.Saa 29 C R 1904.3:.kr OSHA's Raconikeeping nfe.fo,AmV:er detaYa on ft access pnvisiena forh9ow forms 81aa1, 1600 X,Whis B.vc.Wt.2000 Nransb(!r of Coos, C.ty Rlcha-aacn stave Taxas zip 7.+.080 Incustry dewiption lag.,Glanufaclure N moto•Vuck traders) Total numoar of Total nLmber of Total number of cases Total number Of Gonoral Contractor deaths cases with days with job transtar or other recordable away from work restriction 036613 Standard hidustral Oass:fostion 1610',it Hnowr fe.g.,SIC 37151 0 0 0 0 1 s 4 2 (G) (H) t0 (_) OR Ndnn American afoustrat Llassfba9on INAICSI•if Hrimm la.g.,336212) . r. 2 _y1 8 2 2 C NI'rKltbsfOlDrsys al'zi 't3trr3�;f "+J 4.rs � sd ` r,?'d1.: M�4#xf-knit � Employment information Total number of Tofal number of days of days away t:nm jobtratrhr or reatdeion Anni.21 O raga numzrof am?ayaaa 1C4 M l -oral harp tvakec 5Y e I amplyyeas las- 0 0 yee• 1013,0130 (K) (y ,,".'e In)tajI,1 , �g.•,;4vi,�nr Jr � Sign hare Total number of. KnovArsyyielsifying thts docrm5ent may result)n n fine. (M) (1) 11jury 0 (4)Poisoning 0 (2)Skin Disorder 0 (5)Heaewg Loss ft (3)Respiratory I ft wy that I he,-.oxem)74h(s doa.meM and duet m the best of ny Hrowledge Ta entrws ere!rue,ax rata,and Condition 0 complete """'�7 ---'---...-....._..... 16)All Other Illnesses 9--- .,,/�.:..,/ VPrations ampany eseuniw d0 �2b44.15Bt ...` r�l1�Z Pout this Summary page from February 1 to AprO 30 of the year following the year cove rad by the form P rnw Oar. Public npo*V olner tr6iscollector ul y ki-ristim is aslimaW k average 58 mmubs per ratpom,incluft stns b ry imv W hor Ilion,sum and war tis Oamnaacac,an000rstwi and miw tit ozedon of afpnnaapR Pn iar rct-Wn bna idb6000kctbn UmbmWi atmI dispbysaosradyratd OliBzatdraanber,tyoahea ary c«nrents aaaA true eilatea r.aTf asoeys aft sdala cdkutor,mtaM L30sprhant of lata.OEHA C}bs A 6x6+1+,Room N 16141NComtiWton Ave,IJW,Wshi cso,CC 20210 Oo not oonc t•o oom7ldod bras bA c otko. s�roprietary and Confidential Attention: This form contains information relating /`� � to employee health and must be used in a manner OSHA's Form 300 (Rev.01/2004) that protects the confidentiality of employees to the Year 2022 extent possible while the information is being used Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses for occupational safety and health purposes, Occupational Safety and Health U.S. Department Labor Administration You must record information about every work-related injury or illness that involves loss o1 conscousness,restricted work activity or lob transfer,days away from work.or medical treatment Form approved OMB no.1218-0176 beyond first aid.You must also record significant work-related injuries and illnesses that are diagnosed by a physician or licensed health care professional.You must also record work-related injuries and dlnesses that meet any of the specific recording criteria listed in 29 CFR 19048 through 1904.12.Feel free to use two lines for a sutgle case if you need to.You must complete an Establishment name Adolfson&Peterson Construction injury and illness incident report(OSHA Form 301)or equivalent form tot each injury of illness recorded on this formIf you're not sure whether a case is recordable,rail your local OSHA office for help City Richardson State TX Identify the person Describe the case Classify the Case (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) Enter the number of CHECK ONLY ONE box for each case based on days the injured or ill Check the"injury'column or choose one type Case Employee's Name Job Title(e.g., Date of Where the event occurred(e.g, Describe injury or illness,parts of body affected. the most serious outcome for that case: worker was: of illness: No. Welder) injury or Loading dock north end) and object/substance that directly injured or onset of made person ill(e.g.Second degree burns on (M) N illness right forearm from acetylene torch) On job (mo./day) Death Days away Remained at work Away transfer or y) from work From restriction o o c m ° o c Job transfer Other record- Work (days) Z d no o 1. `o or restriction able cases (days) ` m`o 'o u f/1 l lo a x (G) (H) (1) (J) (K) (L) (1) (2 3 (4) (5) (6) Page totals o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Be sure to transfer these totals to the Summary page(Form 300A)before you post it. o o`o m Public reporting burden for this collection of information is estimated to average 14 minutes per response,inducing timeb m U ao ` to review the mslructon,search and gather the data needed,and complete and review the colleclon of information = r N o Persons are not required to respond to the will of informaton unless it displays a whently valid OMB control a number.If you have any comments about these estimates or any aspects of this data collection.contact.US Department of Labor,OSHA Office of Statistics,Room N-3644,200 Constitution Ave,NW,Washington,DC 20210 no Page 1 of 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) not send the completed forms to this office. Proprietary and Confidential a ` Jeff Herndon Project Manager Jeff will lead daily activities required to ensure the effective application of our r knowledge and resources during the preconstruction phase,followed by the accurate in-field execution of contract documents from groundbreaking to opening on this important project.Along with the Superintendent, he will lead the construction team and maintain regular communication with the owner and design team. His responsibilities will include: understanding the financial goals for your project .- to control subcontracts and budgets, overseeing trade contractors and supplier coordination, participating in the preparation of bid packages and defining the scope of work, ensuring the resources necessary to meet your expectations are provided, and working closely with you and the project team while ensuring that the daily performance is meeting the overall goals of the project. Education Acadia Healthcare- Cross Creek Behavioral Health Hospital B.S., Construction Science, Austin,TX 1 $61,765,971 1102,000 sf I MEP Upgrades,Addition,HVAC,Remodel/ Texas A&M University Renovation,Site Work,Soil Reconditioning Training TFC Capitol Complex—Barbara Jordan Building LEED AP Austin,TX 1 $110,000,000 1416,000 sf New Construction City of Residence United States Federal Courthouse Round Rock,TX Austin,TX 1 $115,000,000 1252,000 sf New Construction References United States Federal Courthouse Silas Powell Las Cruces, NM 1 $93,000,000 1200,200 sf j New Construction Acadia Healthcare Rosewood Court Residential (Glasshouse Dallas) (512) 944-3327 Dallas,TX 1 $74,000,000 1417,560 sf 19-Story I New Construction Kris Teubel The Tyndall Condominium Johnson Johnson Crabtree Austin,TX 1 $50,000,000 1173,000 sf New Construction Architects Athletic Training Facility—Texas State University Bobcat Stadium South End Zone (615) 577-7872 San Marcos,TX 1 $30,000,000 143,000 sf 18,800 sf Weight Room,Hydrotherapy New Construction,Remodel/Renovation Heritage Oaks Holdings, LLC - Heritage Oaks Dental Office Marble Falls,TX $3,655,713 10,288 sf HVAC,New Construction,Site Work TFC C' 1 Lance Bonderer Superintendent Lance will be the leader and main point of contact for field management. He will work directly with the project team to ensure quality construction, diligent schedule management and trade partner coordination and control. His responsibilities will include: supervising physical construction in strict accordance with the contract 17 Years documents, verifying necessary compliance with all trades, maintaining and planning of reports, scheduling and managing workarounds, shutdowns and tie-ins, ' Experienceenforcement of safety and quality control policies, senior-level direction and day- to-day coordination of trade contractors, ensuring high-quality work that meets the approved project schedule. Training Acadia Healthcare-Cross Creek Behavioral Health Hospital Boom/Scissor/Forklift Certified Austin,TX 1 $61,765,971 1 102,000 sf I MEP Upgrades,Addition, HVAC, Remodel/ CPR, First Aid, AED Renovation, Site Work, Soil Reconditioning Earthwork Competent Person Austin-Bergstrom International Airport Consolidated Maintenance Facility Trained Austin,TX 1 $62,600,000 1 138,000 sf buildings 1 500,000 sf parking 129.88 Acres OSHA 30 New Construction, Maintenance Headquarters,Motor Pool,Warehouse,Trades,and Airport Rigging/Signal Trained Police Units, LEED Silver Scaffold Competent Person Trained TFC Capitol Complex—Lavaca Building Austin,TX 1 $225,000,000 1371,380 sf Office 1400,000 sf Parking I New Construction, City of Residence 6-Story Underground Parking,964 Spaces Pflugerville, TX TFC Capitol Complex—Congress Building References Austin,TX 1 $175,000,000 1 139,140 sf Office 1327,000 sf Parking 1831 Spaces Robert Mercado New Construction,6-Story Underground Parking Austin-Bergstrom International TFC Capitol Complex—Pedestrian Mall Airport Austin,TX 1 $100,000,000 1230,000 sf 1 361 Spaces j New Construction, (512) 530-2515 6-Story Underground Parking Silas Powell Austin-Bergstrom International Airport East Cargo Project Phase 1 Acadia Healthcare Austin,TX 1 $15,000,000 1 19 Acre Site Work Package ( New Construction, Remodel, (512) 944-3327 Demolition Gilead Biopharmaceutical Company Foster City,CA 1 $300,000,000 1260,000 sf j New Construction,4-Story Laboratory Building,6-Story Parking Structure, 516 Spaces Austin-Bergstrom International Airport Consolidated Maintenance Facility 10,ftwk�iOkr_- ong UZ NP4 I • Proprietary and Confidential i � Michael Worley Project/Field Engineer Michael will be responsible for the daily organization and control of project elements to ensure that your project moves smoothly. Learning from the Project Manager, he will be a solid support to manage field operations with the Superintendent. He will be familiar with the project contracts, project plans and the owner's goals. His 2 Years responsibilities will include; assisting the Project Manager through research and Experience documentation of financial transactions and submittals, assisting the preconstruction i of effort through soft estimating and pricing exercises, and assisting the Superintendent by managing day-to-day operations flow. Education Acadia Healthcare-Cross Creek Behavioral Health Hospital B.S., Construction Austin,TX 1 $61,765,971 1102,000 sf I MEP Upgrades,Addition,HVAC,Remodel/ Management, Renovation,Site Work, Soil Reconditioning University of Louisiana at IDI Logistics-Sunrise Commerce Center Monroe Round Rock,TX 1 $30,654,484 1310,619 sf I New Construction,Site Work City of Residence Austin,TX References Silas Powell Acadia Healthcare (512) 944-3327 Kris Teubel Johnson Johnson Crabtree Architects (615) 577-7872 Sunrise Commerce Center a r 3 a NINE ■ IMS■ II I amp JJ Matthew Medders Quality Manager Matthew will be responsible for managing requirements of each project's QA/QC program, while also measuring, promoting and working hand in hand with project teams when it comes to adhering to AP's quality management program. He will work with project teams, design teams and owners through all facets of design 10 years and construction to understand challenges and provide guidance on construction Experienceof implementation activities. His responsibilities will include creating a QA/QC plan that meets the needs of the project, validating the QA/QC plan with all project partners and supporting implementation of the plan from preconstruction to closeout. Education City of Greenville Parks and Recreation-Sports Park Center& Reecy Davis Center B.S., Environmental Science- Greenville,TX 1 $55,857,132 1 145,046 sf I MEP Upgrades,Addition, HVAC,New Soil &Plant Resources, Construction, Remodel/Renovation, Site Work, Demolition—Site/Building, Soil Reconditioning Virginia Polytechnic Institute & Potter County-District Court Building State University Amarillo,TX j $53,171,526 1158,000 sf I HVAC, Move Management, New Construction, Site Work Training First Aid QTS Irving-Dallas Data Center Campus- QTS FTW1 DC2 IIF Training Fort Worth,TX 1 $160,788,151 1 325,000 sf I Tenant Improvement, New Construction, OSHA 30 Site Work,Job Order Contract(JOC)/Master Services Agreement(MSA) City of Residence Park Cities Presbyterian Church -Addition and Renovation Dallas, TX Dallas,TX 1 $34,763,298 1187,000 sf j Addition, Historical Renovation/Preservation, New Construction, Remodel/Renovation, Site Work References Pedregal Food Processing/Distribution Warehouse DFW Airport Curt Parde Dallas,TX j $110,000,000 11,500,000 sf I Office Finish Out I New Construction HOK (214) 231-5851 GE Distribution Warehouse Grand Prairie,TX 1 $20,000,000 1 750,000 sf I Ground Up Shell I New Construction Jeff Barber Toyota NA HQ Specialty Building Park Cities Presbyterian Church Plano,TX j $65,000,000 1260,000 sf j Specialty Finish Out j New Construction,Auto (214) 224-2775 Mechanic and Scientific Research-Owner Equipment Coordination,Basement Pits and MEP Trenches,Generator NOT FULL TIME ON PROJECT Skybox Data Center Plano,TX j $27,000,000 150,000 sf I New Construction City of Greenville Sports Park Center&Reecy Davis Center _ _ rK_—-7iji- AL v Proprietary and Confidential i � Diego Herren Safety Manager Diego works closely with senior leadership to foster a culture of continuous improvement and promotes AP's Incident and Injury Free (IIF) philosophy. He will be the on-site Safety Manager responsible for assisting the Regional Safety Director with all safety related tasks. Daily activities will consist of safety training, daily 25 years inspections, site orientations, equipment/material safety documentation, incident Experienceof response, claims management and serve as a technical advisor for the project safety management team. Education Confidential Client DUA 3 Delivery Station B.S., Business Management, Round Rock,TX I Confidential 1223,000 sf I New Construction University of Phoenix M.B.A., University of Phoenix Confidential Data Center U.S.Army Veteran Hutto,TX 1 $65,000,000 170,000 sf I New Construction Samsung Engineering America, Inc. City of Residence Austin,TX 1 $500,000,000 11,000,000 sf I New Construction,Demolition,MEP Upgrade, Austin,TX High Voltage,Cleanrooms,Confined Space References Fort Bliss Army Hospital Martin Hernandez EI Paso,TX 1 $750,000,000 11,200,000 sf I New Construction,9 Buildings Samsung Engineering and Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration Living Quarters Construction,Americas Inc. Fort Bliss,TX 1 $53,000,000 1120,000 sf I New Construction,Low-Rise (512)986-1813 Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration Motor Pool Building Rain Islam Fort Bliss,TX 1 $26,000,000 123,000 sf I New Construction Critical Project Services (469) 703-9381 Atrium Creekside Apartments Carrollton,TX 1 $325,000 1289 units j Addition,Remodel/Renovation NOT FULL TIME ON PROJECT Additional Experience,Trainings and Certifications • Risk and Safety Officer,City of Pflugerville • Temporary Safety Manager,Facilities Operations,University of Texas at Austin • OSHA 30 General Industry Safety Certification • OSHA 30 Construction Safety Certification • Environmental Compliance,Assessment,Training,and Tracking System(ECATTS) • U.S.Department of Transportation (Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration) Academy completion • Competent person for high-hazard operations including crane,confined space,and fall protection operations • Train the Trainer-fork lift truck operations • Certified first-aid,CPR,first responder • Multiple safety related training certifications to include personal protection equipment (PPE),hazard assessment,hand protection,violence in the workplace(prevent and defuse),hazard communication,lock out/tag out management,blood borne pathogen, machine guarding,welding,cutting,brazing operations,office ergonomics and heavy wheeled equipment recovery • Certified Army Training Logistical System Certification,U.S.Army . 1 Section 6.1 Proposed Plan VPSRENi W ceo--� - �.� TRAINING1 TRA 61 t j - Restrooms ry�' FETE ATIVE ��1` �7 �C \\ \ \\\\ \\\ \\ STRIPS \ ` / �� Q 8 \ \ \ �7 \ TVP. I 5 517 y CY ' 117 C),517^7 / 4r , s I ✓\�� y r.�ybozo t� `i C� �� \ \ g •al 1 �G°mac c,¢y !� f-r$\\ l3 ////'�� m m •,, • \\ 07(12 333 75 \�k�� \\\\\� \`acUILDING \ ,v, Qx�J EXPANS ON CLASSROOM I' `4'` 7 •\`--\y.-sol \w. \ Ire'\`\ Restro ns 1 '�"� • .~ nr BUILDING N Reatrooma +b � + 1 E EEN ' CONCREIY• ORAaVGE 4 .y pr '+ w . Site Fence = - Gate 1x \ 4' cry a ,N,wN Ai.SL u1. ��,,7•� Y:� � EVOC TRACK a (TYP•) mencY \e j =.R. c.r. �' (SEE TRACK PLANS) Y�t 1 EFPto • x/ taus y oo • \ \\ II \� • 1 15'PUBLIC u'Urry \ EAS �. 1 1n9 11 ♦ f 5.,. i lY OF ROUND ROCx 1 $� fob site Park 1 sJo- • •\ � \ Na.t737,o p w 583 i Nn'ryii a. Gate t tNotionTra(Bc \ a "'atnrN,�� . '.' t7- \ 4,2Ye'N re2D. _, Gons �• 1 .-.. �� ,;; •- \\O s 4 DRA NAGE k STORM raDRel! IDN ` � \\�.i��/ •�\ K td, •1 ?. L 1 1 y- 1 1 s y. - .."" W.rEAS�$L 111 n 7` � c tssno �° Emergency �� +t� RR.W.C.i. OF FASENWGI a+EEx v _ - $ Gate 3 'D,p��x'-�`+nq• VOL 167.PG — y:' \\ VEE z'' 1• \ \ \\ \ .....i_. ,r 'A \ r.� MS FILT S TrTFm l � n�. ��_ _��-/ O - STANDARDS•— � wm a _� '� �s � - A_y(.� 15 X.KyCC �yII C t: Nom' � � CONCRETE . 9�„s R' Site F@Ace w�D �4rAw 1 CI _j _° ' '°° (TYPO _, •,y� • .d'� vv`�t ' EXISTING ROUND 111 • ROCK PUBLIC \` -- SAFETY TRAINING 1 r EX1t •; y,1, A' n°_n N RoxI1ND owls a 1 B_4 ��•� i CENTER 1 gem • DOD wnxD ua �' NA I • . ndarY i ED 1 NEAw DUTY • '>7 , EEN A V 4's CONCRETE '•y, '� D C.T. mt Y el.� i'•'� �f+sVxr _ �� 1 C.R. ') t•. un aIr • ` C k0 rySN' 9- p!Nb Wry K. '. - / CDO O O tt Ma�a \ \\P O O \ p1\B�° D�aPadPreP I\ EXISTING ROUND ROCK 1 POLICE CENTER N R P M VV 11 WV DAT ABL! 11 1 BuildMymformation 111 1 9 Building Use [onstructbn Type euiltling Sprinkled Number of Storks Neghl Floor Area (sr)�• 1 Occupancy Type \1 \3 Existin Administration andaassroom IIB PF' yes 1 70 67,954 PF•2(Is EYISO O FireZinin IIB PF-2 No 2 40 1,493 ZONING DISTRICT Medium a Proprietary and Confidential Section 6.8 - Project Schedule City of Round Rock Public Safety Training Center-Phase 2 04-Full Schedule Layout 18-Jun-25 14:01 Activity ID AdivRy Name Original Start Finish O N D J F M April 2026 May 2026 June 2026 July 2026 A S O N D Ourahon 11112100 1 2 3 0 1 2 2 0 1 1 2 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 2 2 0 1 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 0 1 2 2 0 1 1 2 0 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 2 0 1 1 2 0 0 1 2 2 0 1 1212J City of Round Rock Public Safety Training Genter-Phase 2 o n ®705-Ja�26 72343�25 0204-26,Summary, A2170 Construction Duration 232 Construcjbn Durallwl Procedures r�.�� ® 05,lan-26,torltia4 Procedums Contract A1000 City Coundl Approval 0 �YY`^'n4 _____ ______ ______ ______ _______ ______ ________ ______ ______..............................r.. _..._ __.. ____ __t__ __}__ .._.A1010 Interim Construction-Site Setup 35 Ietedirr ConeEucb n Siti Setup A1020 Notice to Proceed 0 ♦�tk b Prioll A1030 Construction Start 0 ;♦CorlslnlWon Start' ®® 15,IlW-N,Site Work :18-F.b-26 15 03 Nov-25 � SW 1000 Site Setup SW-1010 SWPPP Install 8 24-Nuv-25 BWppp;lrlah11 SW1020Site DemolRan 10 08-foo-25 = 4OM1dMIDrI SW-1030 SA.Grading 40 22-Deo-25 SW-1040 SRe UtilRles 40 19-Feb-26 SRq Uileiee Tem Partition Installed Fix.Cont Pon. 3 26-13-25 30-0eo-25 -------- _"�----------------------------- A1080 •-----11Juh,28,Phrudu4 Buklklg Ex♦enaion Phase A-Building Expansion --------------------------- _3 -____.:_ ___ EPa � p � @ � Tamp rtjtion InStellptl®Fix C4pf.Fan. j A1090 Existing Wall Demo®Ex.Cont.Pon. 5 31-13-25 07-Jan-26 Wall Demo Q Ex Corlf.Pon. A1100 Building Pad Excavation and Build Back 7 08 Jan-26 16-Jan-26 Gulping Pad Ejowvation add Build Bal A1110 Piers and Foundation 6 19Jen-26 28-Jan-26 M:Pima and Foundation A1120 Lhderslab MEPs 5 29Jarr26 04-Feb-26 0 U__ndarslab MEPs 1 ___._• •_•••_ ______ _____ ______ •...__ -___-_ _ _____________________________.._______---- -�__-_-___.-...__.._._............' _ _ IIA1130 F/R/P Slab 5 05-Feb-26 11-Feb-26 : F/ Slab A1140 Install Structure and Dedung 10 12-Feb-26 25-Fab-26 M;Install SWdture and Dddang I A7150 Install Guiding Envelope 20 26-Feb-26 25-Mar-26 10� Install BulWipg Envelops A1530 Install Roof units 20 2&Mar26 22-Apr,26 Ihetall Roo(Unna _ ___.__ ___.._ A"Interior Build Out ______ ______ ______ . 11,N»-2!,PlFasi Fra A1160 Framerrop Down Priority Wella 5 26-F b-26 04-Mar-26 _ ..........'_.._.____C --------D------P------ _ __ A1170 O/H MEP Rough-In 10 05-Mar-26 18-Mar-26 0/61 MEP Rough-In A1180 Fame Remaining Wells 5 05aaler-26 11-Mer-26 8 Frame Ramalning Wells A1260 FwiTL Door Frame Install 3 05-Mer-26 09-Mer-26 :0 WTLboor Frame Instal A7190 In-Wall MEPRough-In 7 12-trier-26 20-Mar-26 0 In_iNa1MEPFlough-In _____________________________ ------------------------- ________ .___-. ...... y _.:_. A1200 Frame Furrdawns and Hans Lid Ceilings 5 23-Mar-28 27-Mar-26 ;Frame Fumpowns and Fjord Lid Camps A1210 Well Close W 7 30-Mar-26 07-Apr-26 P Well Cbee Up A1220 Tap./Float Wells 7 08-Apr-26 16-Apr-26 TepdFbat WliIIp A7230 Prime/First Coat Walls 5 17-Apr-26 23-Apr-26 prime/Frat Coat Walla A1270 Install Aluminum Door Frames 3 21-Apr-26 23-4r-26 I Ine_Iall AlumirlLm Door Fames _ ____________:._.____...1..-......_:_________:.____.___.:__..... ___..._. .___.._ __.___ ..___. ..........------ A1240 Install Calling Grid 5 24-Apr-26 30.4pr-26 Install Ceiling Grid A1250 Install MEP Devices in Ceiling Grid 5 29-Apr-26 05-May-26 Install NEP DeviossNo Ceiling GBd A7280 Install Grid Callings 7 04-May-26 12-May-26 Install Grid Callings A1290 Install Flooring 3 13-May-26 15-May.26 Inst}Il Flooring A1300 Install Doors&tordwam 5 18-May-26 22-May-26 �_IOslall Doors 8 Haidmrs I A1310 Trim Qct Devices 5 1 B-May-26 22-May-26 Yfkn Out Devjoes A1330 install Operable Partition 3 18-May-26 20-May-26 I Inpall Operable PartitionA1320 Final Paint 5 26Jvlay-26 01 Jun-26 , Final Psirjt A1340 Install Shades 5 02Jun-26 08Jun-26 � Install Shades A1350 Final Clean 3 09Jun-26 11,1uo-26 Final been ® Remaining Level of Effort Actual Work Cnccal Remaining Work Veamea►Summary Page 1 of 3 Adolfson Primary Baseline Remaining Work ♦ ♦Milestone / I &Peterson Construction .II P»e49 City of Round Rock Public Safety Training Center-Phase 2 04-Full Schedule Layout 19-Jun-25 14 01 Activity ID Al Name Original S1ad Fi1lah O N D I J I F I M I Apel 2026 1 Mey 2026 June 20261 July 2026 1 A I 5 1 O N D Duration 111121010111213 0 1 2 2 0 1 1 20 0 1 2 0 0 1 2 2 0 1 1 2 0 111121310111212101111121010111213101112121011111i:2 0 0 1 2 2 0 1 2 2 Phase B-Dual u- see. a a om 81000 Piers and Foundation 8 26-Feb-28 09-Mar-28 Piem and Foundation 81010 Underslab MEPs 5 10-Mar-26 16-Mar-26 0 Underslab MEPs 81020 F/WP Slab 5 17-Mar-26 23-MllN Ff'WP Slab B1030 Install 81040 Install Building Envelope n 15 03-Apr-26 23-Apr-28 .-....'•.•._____._1_____________________•.__.____1_______-- I Siuclure and Decking .. ..............and 9 AD n9 D -AP Install B Envelope: 81110 Install Roof Units 10 24-Apr-26 07-May-26 Install Pool Units r®, 13Ju1-2Q Phase:&Inleror Bukl Out 87050- Frame/Top Doll Priority Walls 3 03-Apr-26 07-Apr-26 FramahaP Down Priority Nklls 81060 O/H MEP @Hugh-In 7 08-Apr-26 16J1pr-26 . ...._.----------i-----------}---------- t--------- 1____._.__.. MEP-----f Jn ________-----------}--------- _}---------- j----------{---------- B1070 Frame Remaining Wells 3 08-Apr-26 10-Apr-26 : Frame Remaining:Walls 81080 IHIATL Door Frame Install 3 08-Apr-26 10-Apr-26 I Ffli Door Fast Ir3w 81090 In-Well MEP Pough4n 5 13-Apr-26 17 Apr-26 Ill MEP Rdugh4n 81100 Frame Hard Lid Ceilings 5 20-Apr-26 24-Apr-28 game Fleid Lid Ceill 81120 Well pose W 7 27-Apr-26 05-vlay-26 --------------1-----------}----------}---------1----------.}____...-- wall Close-- -----------...........t..........„.......... f..........j.......... B1130 Tape/Foal Walls 7 06-May-26 14-May 26 TaperFloat Will B1140 Prinni st Coal Walls 5 15aday-26 21-May-26 Ppme/RM Cljat Wells B1150 Install MEP Devices in Ca ngs 5 22aAay-26 29Jday-28 :Instal MEA Davol Celinga 81160 Install Engineered Stone 10 22adey-26 05Jun-26 4 Install Engineered Stone 81170 Polish Concrete Floors 5 08Jun-26 12-Jun-26 i i Polish Concrete Roors _...----------1---------------------}---------1--------------------------___ I.._.---------- ------. _._.. ..._.. ..................... B1180 Install FMm us 5 O6Jun-26 12-Jun-266 insist Fhdures 81190 Install Flooring 5 15-Jun-26 19,1un-26 0 In jtall Footing 81200 Trim Out Devices 5 15Jun-26 19Jun-26 I♦ Trill Out Davldas 81210 Install Toil Partitions 3 15Jun-26 17Jun-26 1 Install7bi t Peitilions 81220 Install Doors&Fandwele 5 22Jun-28 26-Jun-26 I : ;Ingall Door&Hind-1 81230 Final Paint 29Jun-28 O6Jul-26 Final Paint 81240 Install Shades 3 07Ju426 09Jul-26 Inslallfihedea B1250 Final Clean 2 10-Jul-26 13Jul-26 Fnet(7een HD r 19,1un-26,Phase C-Poe dhed and H6 Concrete Pad Phase C-Fire . . . .. C1000 Building Pad Prep 5 03-Apr-26 ",26 I : :---------`� Budd Pad Prep: __ - -------------------------------------------- .---..----.---.. _______ ________ _____ ________ ______ .....--- C1010 Piers and Foundation 5 10-Apr-26 16-Apr-26 j j j Fill and FounQaton � y C1020 F/WP Slab 5 17,4pr-26 23-Apr-26 F/R/P Slab C1030 Install PEMB Structure 10 01aday-26 14-May-26 Instill PEMB SWcturs C1040 Install E#enor Skin 5 15-May-26 21-May-26 0 IrjaMll Exterot Sldn C1050 F/P/P PeAng and HD Concrete Pad 20 22-May-26 19Jun-26 iI F/P/P Poll end HD Controls Pod Phase k-Training Track ""f4'?Sbp-28:PFiee'e D'frainfijp link' D1000 Track Pad Prep 40 16-Apr-26 11Jun-26 TraotPad Pep I D1010 F/WP Track Paving 40 29-May-26 24-Jul-26 �/Wp Tiadc Oavng D1020 Install Asphalt Paving 10 27Jul-26 07Jwg-26 InataN Aephatt PevYlp D1030 Install Gates 5 10Au 26 14-Au-26 Instill Gain _ 9 9 W . .............................___._......_..___..:_________.—____.____.._..--._ ___-._ ___----- D1040 Install Joint Sealant 10 24-Ag-26 04-Sap-26 Install Jgint Sealant: D1050 Instep Pavement Stnpng 5 08Sep-26 14-Sap-26 a Inst8ll Pavement Slnping Phase E-Police Shed and Observation 17i u428,Phase E-Police$hed and Oasevaton Platform El" Building Pad Peep 5 10 Apr26 16-Ap,26 901ding Pad Plrp 5 17 r-26 23 r-26 E1010 Plant and Foundation -Ap diem and Founda8bn _ _ __ E1020 Underslab MEPs 5 24-Apr-26 30-Apr-26 : I UnderslabMEPe : f 0 on I e— Remann Level of Effort � Actual Work � Cn[ce Remaining Work ��Summary Page 2 of 3 , s 9 9 Pdmary Baseline O Ft—li lrg Work ♦ ♦Milestone ,I '&Peterson f11�1�Construction . 1 Proprietary and Confidential City of Round Rock Public Safety Training Center-Phase 2 04-Full Schedule Layout 19-Jun-25 14:01 10 Activity flame Original Start fish O N 0 J F M Apri12026 May 2026 June 2026 July 2028 A S 0 N Dural 11112101011121310111212101111121010111211 0101112121011 1 2 0 1 1 2 3 0 1 2 2 0 1 1 2 0 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 2 0 1 1 2 0 0 1 2 2 0 1 2 2 E1030 F/RP Slab 5 01-May-26 07-May-26 F/WP Slab E1040 Install PEMB Structure /5 15-May-26 05Jun-26 MOO Install PCMB Sbudure E1070 Install Roof Unita 5 08Jun-28 12-Jun-26 Inatai Roof Units: E1080 Install Exterior Skin 7 08-jun-26 16-Jur-26 InsClll Exterior akin _ • :..: . . �� : : I : -iTJuf-26;YfiN�ElnliAuG'fluid-OuC--'---""-'-' E1050 Install Framing 5 08-jun-26 12Jun-26 0 Insist Framing E1060 f#41L Door Frame Install 2 08Jun-26 09-Jun-26 HMTL;Door Fmm0lnslall E1090 O/H MEP Rough-In 5 15Jun-26 19Jun-260 QF MEP Rou�;Mn E1100 In-Wall MEPRough-In 5 15Jun-26 19-Jun-26 0 _In_:WaIIMEPRmgYFln ................................__._...___.....................-----.____..___ _ -____ _-_-_--_ __....__ .__..__ E1110 Wall pose Lip 3 22Jun-26 24-Jun-26 i i i i --- � yyall Close Lip - E1120 Tape/Foat Walls 5 25Jun-26 01Jul-26 Tape/Fioet Wells E1130 Prime/First Coat Walls 2 02-Jul-26 06-Jul-26 Prime/fimt Cost :Wafle E1140 Install Fodums 2 07-Jul-26 08Jul-26 Install Fortums E1150 Trim Out Devices 2 09JuL26 10Jul-26 I Trim Out Devices ....._....:...........L......_._................._.......___.____.......____.-_._._..__._-- .. ...._._ ----- _._.. E1190 Install Doors 8 HeWdrem 1 13,1u1-28 13-Jul-26 I Install Doom&Hpidvsre E1170 Final Paint 2 14Jul-26 15-Jul-26 Rnel Paint E1180 Final Clean 2 16Jul-26 17-Jul-26 Finpl Clean 28-Sp-26jAdd 1-Generatorand Add-1-1000 Dsmolfion, 10 12-Jun-26 25-Jun-26 pe_mol8bn y----------=--- Add-1-1010 Pbrs and Foundation 5 26Jun-26 02-Jul-267Piem and Foundatbri Add-1-1020 Undersleb Electrical 5 O"l-26 10Jul-26 0 Undemlab Elsoncill Add-1-1030 RR/P Slab 5 13Ju1-26 17-Jul-26 F4P Slab Add-1-1040 Set&Connect Generator 15 27Ju1-26 14-Aug-26 OM Sol&Conned Genemtor Add-1-1050 Inste11 FJectncal Equipment 20 17-Aug-26 14-Sep-26 I Install Electrical equipment _ _____________________:..........:-....................-..........:.............. -----------------------------_----- Add-1- 1060 Install Screen Well 10 15-Sep-26 28-Sep-26 � Install Speen Wal Add-1-1070 Commission Generator and Eladnral Equipment 10 15-Sep-26 28-Se p-26 Commission Genamtot and Elect Dept .r r, ^:28-A g-28j Add 2-Fire Dept SWIb PAdd 2-Fire ed Add-2-1010 Building Pad Prep• 10 06-Jul-26 17Ju626 Binding Pad Prbp Add-2-1020 F/WP Slab and Paving 20 20Ju1-26 14Jwg-28 FI_Wp ShC end paving ....... .---------:..........:..........y__._.._..j..........Y.........Y_......_..y..........1......_._.;.._ Add-2-1030 Install Asphalt Paving 5 17-Ag21 dwg-26 InstallAsphat Peking Add-2-1000 Install Curb 5 24-Aug-26 28-Aug-26 aInstall CuWh a 02odA Oon Ou' A21190 Test&Balance 10 07Ju1-26 20.1ul-26 Trjst&Balance A2100 Commissioning 20 21-Jul-26 17-Aug-26 ..; ......1...........}----------h---------1-----------r----------}----------f----------}___.__ --Cin-A1m_ meronmQ_.._._._..f------------- A2110 AP Pm-Punch 20 31-Aug-26 28Sep-26 AP Pre-Puhrh A2120 OvnedArchilad Punch 10 14-Sep-26 25Sep-26 :OwredMllAad Punch A2130 Foal Inspections 5 28-Sep-26 02,Oct 26 Final hapecbons A2140 Substantial Completion 0 02-0d-26 ;P Substantpl Completiyn A2150 Certificate of Occupancy 0 02-Oct-26 �111,Certffkate of Ocarpahcy aaaaa� Remaining Level of Effort Actual Work Cn ical Remaining Work tri►Summary Page 3 of 3 Adolfson PMwy Baseline Remaining Work ♦ ♦Milestone / 1 &Peterson Construction a Proprietary and Confidential Appendix F 1295 Form, Cost Detail z 00 � - -. _ -... ..._, }' �+ �.:.';;::�� may L _ ••ilf-I,VwI 1 __ � I I S - I i QQ I 1 i Sunrise Commerce Center CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 lofl Complete Nos.1-4 and 6 if there are interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY Complete Nos.1,2,3,5,and 6 if there are no interested parties CERTIFICATION OF FILING 1 Name of business entity filing form,and the city,state and country of the business entity's place Certificate Number: of business. 2025-1325834 AP Gulf States, Inc. Richardson,TX United States Date Filed: 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is 06/17/2025 being filed. City of Round Rock Date Acknowledged: 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract,and provide a description of the services,goods,or other property to be provided under the contract. Public Safety Training Ctr Ph2 Construction Management Nature of interest 4 Name of Interested Party City,State,Country(place of business) (check applicable) Controlling I Intermediary Adolfson&Peterson, Inc. Bloomington, MN United States X 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. ❑ 6 UNSWORN DECLARATION My name is Granger Hassmann and my date of birth is My address is 1600 N.Collins Blvd.,Suite 2000 Richardson TX 75080 USA (street) (city) (state) (zip code) (country) I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed in Dallas County, State of Texas on the 27 day of June 120 25 pA (month) (year) �0.-• C1Qk ` Signature of authorized agent of contracting business entity (Declarant) Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V4.1.0.26f08dd9 � 4 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—April 29, 2025 SECTION 00 52 13 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT Standard Form of Agreement follows this page. STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT 0052 13 - 1 00500 STANDARD FORM AGREEMENT City of Round Rock, Texas Contract Forms Standard Form of Agreement for Competitive Sealed Proposal: Section 00500 City of Round Rock, Texas Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor AGREEMENT made as of the li 0 (42)day of OWtWm the year 2025. BETWEEN the Owner: City of Round Rock,Texas (hereafter"Owner"or"City") 221 East Main Street Round Rock,Texas 78664 and the Contractor: AP Gulf States,Inc D/B/A"Adolfson&Peterson Construction" (hereafter"Contractor") 807 Las Cimas,Suite 255 Austin,Texas 78746 The Project is described as: Public Safety Training Center Enhancement Phase 2 2801 North Mays Street Round Rock,Texas 78665 The Architect is: Brinkley Sargent Wiginton Architects 1005 East Elmo Street,Building 8 Austin,Texas 78745 For and in consideration of the mutual terms, conditions and covenants of this Agreement and all accompanying documents between Owner and Contractor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE I THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement; these form the Contract and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than Modifications,appears in Article 7. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. 00500 Page 1 of 6 Standard Form of Agreement 4899-1527-6387/ss2 ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT;DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION;DATE OF FINAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a Notice to Proceed issued by Owner. 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date delineated in the Notice to Proceed. 3.3 Contractor shall commence Work within ten (LO) calendar days from the date delineated in the Notice to Proceed. 3.4 Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work no later than Four Hundred Twenty-Six (426)calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed, subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. 3.5 If Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof)on or before the date(s) specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement, Contractor shall pay to Owner, as liquidated damages, the sum of Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($5,000.00 for each calendar day that Substantial Completion is delayed after the date(s)specified for Substantial Completion. It is hereby agreed that the liquidated damages to which Owner is entitled hereunder are a reasonable forecast of just compensation for the harm that would be caused by Contractor's failure to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof)on or before the date(s)specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement.It is agreed that the harm that would be caused by such failure, which includes loss of expected use of the Project areas, provision of alternative storage facilities and rescheduling of moving and occupancy dates, is one that is incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation.It is hereby agreed that if Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof)is not achieved on or before thirty (30) days after the date(s) specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement, the Owner shall have the option to either collect liquidated damages as set forth herein or to thereafter rely on its remedies under the Contract Documents and at law and in equity, including without limitation, the recovery of actual damages. The date(s) specified for Substantial Completion of the Work(or any portion thereof) in the Agreement shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the Contract Documents. 3.6 Contractor shall achieve Final Completion of the entire Work no later than Four Hundred Fifty-Six (456) calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 4.1 Owner shall pay Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for Contractor's performance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be Fifteen Million One Hundred Two Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-One and No/100 Dollars($15,102,231.00),subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 Does the Contract Sum include alternates which are described in the Bid Form? No_. Yes X. If yes,please provide details below: Alternate No. 1 -$1,065,175.00 Alternate No.2-$1,327,870.00 ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to Architect and Owner by Contractor,and Certificates for Payment issued by Architect and not disputed by Owner and/or Owner's lender, Owner shall make progress Page 2 of 6 This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least two(2) original copies,of which one is to be delivered to Owner. OWNER CONTRACTOR CITY OF ROUND ROCK,TEXAS AP GULF STATES,INC D/B/A"ADOLFSON& PETERSON CON TRUCTIO Signature: (V� Signature: Printed Name:Craig Morgan Printed Name:Eric Churchill Title: Mayor �^ Title: Vice President,Central Texas Date Signed: ��LTJ Date Signed: T!, zyzs EST: City Clerk FOR CITY,APPROVED AS TO FORM: City A mey Page 6 of 6 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—April 29, 2025 SECTION 00 61 09 BONDS AND INSURANCE INSTRUCTIONS Bonds and Insurance Instructions follows this page. BONDS AND INSURANCE INSTRUCTIONS 0061 09 - 1 BONDS AND INSURANCE INSTRUCTIONS Instruction Sheet 1. Insurance Company must be licensed by State of Texas. 2. Agent signing bonds must be licensed in Texas. 3. Agent signing bonds must have Power of Attorney on behalf of insurance company. 4. If Agent signing bonds has Power of Attorney, but not licensed in Texas, then the bond must be counter-signed by Texas local recording agent. ALL THE ABOVE INFORMATION CAN BE FOUND AT Texas Department of Insurance website—www.tdi.state.tx.us 5. Make sure the dollar amount on both Performance and Payment Bonds match the amount of the Agreement& Bid Form Sheet. 6. Both Performance and Payment Bonds should be signed by Authorized Person. If the contractor is a corporation, then it should be signed by the President or the Vice-President. If the contractor is not incorporated, then it may be signed by the Owner. Please state the title of the authorized person. Bond No.:30255228/47-SUR-300007-01-0465 PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON § AP Gulf States,Inc.dba That Adolfson&Peterson Construction , of the City of Austin County of Travis and State of Texas , as Principal,and Continental Casualty Company& authorized under the law of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals,are held and firmly bound unto the CM OF ROUND ROCK,TEXAS (Owner),in the penal sum of Fifteen Million One Hundred Two Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-One and 00/100 Dollars ($ 15,102,231.00 ) for the payment whereof, well and truly to be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns jointly and severally by these presents: *Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance Company WHEREAS,the Pri>�ipal has entered into a certain written Agreement with the Owner dated the 2bday of VA14 20Z,:rto which the Agreement is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein consisting of- Public fPublic Safety Training Center Enhancement Phase 2 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Agreement and shall, in all respects, duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in and by said Agreement, agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, including but not limited to, the repair of any and all defects in said work occasioned by and resulting from defects in materials furnished by or workmanship of,the Principal in performing the Work covered by said Agreement and occurring within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Final Completion and all other covenants and conditions, according to the true intent and meaning of said Agreement and the Plans and Specifications hereto annexed,then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Page 1 00610 4-2020 Performance Bond 00443639 PERFORMANCE BOND(continued) Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the Plans, Specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond,and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,extension of time,alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement,or to the work to be performed thereunder. If Principal fails to faithfully perform said Agreement, Surety, after receipt of written notice of Principal's default,shall perform all of Principal's duties and obligations under the Agreement. If, within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice from Owner, Surety does not commence to complete the obligations of Principal with a contractor acceptable to Owner and diligently complete the performance of the Principal's duties and obligations,Owner shall have the right but not the obligation to have the duties and obligations of Principal performed. In such event, Surety shall pay to Owner,upon demand,all costs,expenses and damages sustained by Owner as a result of Principal's failure to perform its duties and obligations under the Agreement up to the unpaid sum of this Performance Bond, plus all costs and expenses, including attorney's fees and expert and consultant fees incurred by Owner to enforce its rights under this Performance Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this day of , 20_ AP Gulf States,Inc.dba Continental Casualty Company& Adolfson&Peterson Construction Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance Company 4'.AuIL�, Principal Surety _ Kathryn E.Kade Printed Name Printed Name o s £ Iasi By: By: u�w. Tit e: y2 e4- C'a*jz,,/ ?a kr s Title: Attorney-• -Fact •°•11�� Address: 807 Las Cimas,Suite 225 Address: 8400 Normandale Lake Blvd.,Suite 1700 s �� Austin,TX 78746 Bloomington,MN 55437 d° Resident Agent of Surety: Sign ^ �( ,_ Jack A Crowley Printed Name 500 North Akard Street,Suite 4300 Street Address Dallas,TX 75201 City, State&Zip Code Page 2 006104-2020 Performance Bond 00443639 Bond No.: 30255228/47-SUR-300007-01-0465 PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON § AP Gulf States,Inc.dba That Adolfson&Peterson Construction , of the City of Austin County of Travis , and State of Texas , as Principal, and Continental Casualty Company&* authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as Surety on Bonds for Principals,are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS (OWNER), and all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics and suppliers as their interest may appear, all of whom shall have the right to sue upon this bond, in the penal sum of Fifteen Million One Hundred Two Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-One and 00/100 Dollars($ 15,102,231.00 )for the payment whereof,well and truly be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns,jointly and severally, by these presents: *Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance Company WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a certain written Agreement with the Owner,dated the m ay of Ne*j/,d, , 20_Za to which Agreement is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein consisting of- Public fPublic Safety Training Center Enhancement Phase 2 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall well and truly pay all subcontractors,workers, laborers, mechanics, and suppliers, all monies to them owing by said Principals for subcontracts,work,labor,equipment,supplies and materials done and furnished for the construction of the improvements of said Agreement, then this obligation shall be and become null and void;otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER,that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Page 1 00620 04-2020 Payment Bond 00437699 PAYMENT BOND (continued) Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond,and it does hereby waive notice of any such change,extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this Instrument this day of , 20 AP Gulf States, Inc.dba Continental Casualty Company& Adolfson&Peterson Construction Berkshire Hathaway Specialty Insurance Company {S,, Principal Surety �Kc,1tc /tc Kathryn E.Kade �� a Printed Name Printed Name ,er, f' � �. By: % By: fA47V4 Title: ✓/ ,�.I 'Eckg4y Title: ttorney- -Fact � ,"�' Address:807 Las Cimas,Suite 225 Address: 8400 Normandale Lake Blvd.,Suite 1700 W Austin,TX 78746 Bloomington,MN 55437 Resident Agent of Surety: 9,0& JM -CIAUXAOUI Sign re Q Jack M.Crowley Printed Name 500 North Akard Street,Suite 4300 Street Address Dallas,TX 75201 City, State&Zip Code Page 2 006201-2020 Payment Bond 00090656 POWER OF ATTORNEY APPOINTING INDIVIDUAL ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Know All Men By These Presents,That Continental Casualty Company,an Illinois insurance company,National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford,an Illinois insurance company,and American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania,a Pennsylvania insurance company(herein called"the CNA Companies"),are duly organized and existing insurance companies having their principal offices in the City of Chicago,and State of Illinois,and that they do by virtue of the signatures and seals herein affixed hereby make,constitute and appoint Laurie Pflug, Brian D Carpenter, Nicole Langer, Craig Olmstead, Blake S. Bohlig, Heather R. Goedtel, Kelly Nicole Enghauser,Jessica Hecker,Michelle Halter,Haley Pflug,Katie Rooney,Kathryn E.Kade,Trisha Kasper,Individually of Bloomington,MN,their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign,seal and execute for and on their behalf bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature -In Unlimited Amounts- and to bind them thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by a duly authorized officer of their insurance companies and all the acts of said Attorney,pursuant to the authority hereby given is hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the By-Laws and Resolutions,printed below,duly adopted,as indicated,by the Boards of Directors of the insurance companies. In Witness Whereof,the CNA Companies have caused these presents to be signed by their Vice President and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed on this 6th day of June.2025. �Pv GASUq�r` 0*04SU194*-*N-1o, Continental Casualty Company N` National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford P:RArF + �0Pr0RgtAmerican Casualty Company of Readin Pennsylvania EAL rui. e" 1897 Larry Kasten Vice President State of South Dakota,County of Minnehaha,ss: On this 6th day of June,2025,before me personally came Larry Kasten to me known,who,being by me duly swom,did depose and say: that he resides in the City of Sioux Falls,State of South Dakota;that he is a Vice President of Continental Casualty Company,an Illinois insurance company,National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford,an Illinois insurance company,and American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania,a Pennsylvania insurance company described in and which executed the above instrument;that he knows the seals of said insurance companies;that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals;that they were so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Boards of Directors of said insurance companies and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said insurance companies. ` My commission expires M.BENT ...Mr S NOTARY Puauc sR, SOUTH DAWTA c t March 2,2026 ;,,,,,,,,,,,,.....,.,,,,: M.Bent Notary Public CERTIFICATE I,Paula Kolsrud,Assistant Secretary of Continental Casualty Company,an Illinois insurance company,National Fire Insurance Company of Hartford,an Illinois insurance company,and American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania,a Pennsylvania insurance company do hereby certify that the Power of Attorney herein above set forth is still in force,and further certify that the By-Laws and Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the insurance companies printed below are still in force. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the said insurance companies this day of Continental Casualty Company GAS 111SUR4. �pAMr a• National Fire Insurance Company ofHartford ORPORArp American Casualty Company of Reading,Pennsylvania P � Q � C+ � `1,�OIIPpWr�D � o Lp JU Y n. U SEAL r � '� �• !i" \.Tl Liu�ll�� r�/y`�Ax.7 1997 lrarnF Paula Kolsrud Assistant Secretary Authorizing By-Laws and Resolutions ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF EACH OF CONTINENTAL CASUALTY COMPANY,NATIONAL FIRE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HARTFORD,and AMERICAN CASUALTY COMPANY OF READING,PENNSYLVANIA(as defined above,the"CNA Companies"): This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the above CNA Companies at a meeting held on May 12,1995: "RESOLVED: That any Senior or Group Vice President may authorize an officer to sign specific documents,agreements and instruments on behalf of the Company provided that the name of such authorized officer and a description of the documents,agreements or instruments that such officer may sign will be provided in writing by the Senior or Group Vice President to the Secretary of the Company prior to such execution becoming effective." This Power of Attorney is signed by Larry Kasten,Vice President,who has been authorized pursuant to the above resolution to execute power of attorneys on behalf of each of the CNA Companies. This Power of Attomey is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the above Companies by unanimous written consent dated the 251 day of April,2012: "Whereas,the bylaws of the Company or specific resolution of the Board of Directors has authorized various officers(the"Authorized Officers")to execute various policies,bonds,undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature;and Whereas,from time to time,the signature of the Authorized Officers,in addition to being provided in original,hard copy format,may be provided via facsimile or otherwise in an electronic format(collectively,"Electronic Signatures");Now therefore be it resolved: that the Electronic Signature of any Authorized Officer shall be valid and binding on the Company." This Power of Attorney may be signed by digital signature and sealed by a digital or otherwise electronic-formatted corporate seal under and by the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the above CNA Companies by unanimous written consent dated the 27th day of April,2022: "RESOLVED:That it is in the best interest of the Company to periodically ratify and confirm arty corporate documents signed by digital signatures and to ratify and confirm the use of a digital or otherwise electronic-formatted corporate seal,each to be considered the act and deed of the Company." Go to www.cnasurety.com>Owner I Obligee Services>Validate Bond Coverage,If you want to verify bond authenticity. Form F6853-62023 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—April 29, 2025 SECTION 00 62 16 CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE FORM Certificate of Liability Insurance Form follows this page. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE FORM 006216 - 1 Page 1 of 2 ACOROs DATE(MMfDD/YYYY) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE F09/11/2025 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder Is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(les) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED,subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CW WEA WTW Certificate Canter N E: Willie Towers Watson Midwest, Inc. PHONE , 1-877-945-7378 FAX 1-888-467-2378 c/o 26 Century Blvd AIC No: P.O. Box 305191 E-MA� ADD SS: certificates@wtwco.cam Nashville, TN 372305191 OSA INSURE 5 AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC0 INSURER A: Continental Casualty Company 20443 INSURED INSURER B: American Casualty Company of Reading Penns 20427 AP Gulf States, Inc. 1600 N. Collins Blvd., 42000 INSURER C: Richardson, TX 75080 INSURER D: INSURER E: INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: W40226928 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERI00 INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. '"SR TR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADOL SUER POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF DIYYYYI POLICY EXP LIMITS X COMMERCIALGENERALuABILrTY EACH OCCURRENCE S 2,000,000 CLAIMS MADEi V OCCUR DAMA T R N D 1,000,000 PREMISES a occurrence S A X Contractual Liability MED EXP(Any one person) $ 10,000 Y y 7063877121 03/01/2025 03/01/2026 2,000,000 PERSONAL b ADV INJURY $ GENI,AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER GENERAL AGGREGATE S 4,000,000 1/X ,ECT POLICY L"I LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG S 4,000,000 OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILELIAStLffY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT 5 2,000,000 E accident _ X ANY AUTO BODILY WJURY(Per person) S A OWNEDSCHEDULED y y 7063877104 03/01/2025 03/01/2026 BODILY INJURY(Per accident) S AUTOS ONLY AUTOS X HIRED X NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE S AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY r a nt S UMBRELLALIAS OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE S EXCESS LAB HCLALMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTIONS $ WORKERS COMPENSATION x PER OTH- ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY YIN STATUTE ER B ANYPROPRIETORrPARTNERIEXECUT1VE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT g 1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBEREXCLUDED7 No NIA Y 7063877118 03/01/2025 03/01/2026 1,000,000 (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE g Ii yes,describe order DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT S 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES(ACORD 101,Additional Remarics Schedule,may be anached If more space Is required) Re: City of Round Rock Public Safety Training Center Enhancement Phase 2 City of Round Rock is included as an Additional Insured as respects to General Liability and Auto Liability when required by written contract, agreement or permit executed prior to loss. Waiver of Subrogation applies in favor of City of Round Rock with respects to General Liability, Auto Liability and CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. City of Round Rock, Texas AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 221 East Main Street � ,/ Round Rock, TX 78664 #,.4- ter ©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD se ID 28431116 aAl'CX: 4120176 AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: LOC#: ACO ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page 2 of 2 AGENCY NAMED INSURED Willis Towers Watson Midwest, Inc. AP Gulf States, Inc. 1600 N. Collins Blvd., 12000 POLICY NUMBER Richardson, TX 75080 See Page 1 CARRIER NAIC CODE See Page 1 See Page 1 EFFECTIVE DATE: See Page 1 ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: Certificate of Liability Insurance Workers Compensation as permitted by law when required by written contract ACORD 101 {2008/01} ©2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD SR ID: 28431116 BATCH; 4120176 CERT: W40226928 cava NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO , , . low It is understood and agreed that: If you have agreed under written contract to provide notice of cancellation to a party to whom the Agent of Record has issued a Certificate of Insurance, and if we cancel a policy term described on that Certificate of Insurance for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, then notice of cancellation will be provided to such Certificateholders at least 30 days in advance of the date cancellation is effective. If notice is mailed, then proof of mailing to the last known mailing address of the Certificateholder on file with the Agent of Record will be sufficient to prove notice. Any failure by us to notify such persons or organizations will not extend or invalidate such cancellation, or impose any liability or obligation upon us or the Agent of Record. All other terms and conditions of the policy remain unchanged. This endorsement, which forms a part of and is for attachment to the polity issued by the designated Insurers, takes effect on the Policy Effective date of said policy at the hour stated in said policy, unless another effective date (the Endorsement Effective Date) is shown below, and expires concurrently with said policy. Form No: CNA68021XX (02-2013) Policy No: 7063877104 Endorsement Effective Date: Policy Effective Date:31112025 Endorsement No: Underwriting Company: Contlnental Casualty Company ® Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. CNA CNA PARAMOUNT 1 Policy Holder Notice - Countrywide It is understood and agreed that: If the Named Insured has agreed under written contract to provide notice of cancellation to a party to whom the Agent of Record has issued a Certificate of Insurance, and if the Insurer cancels a policy term described on that Certificate of Insurance for any reason other than nonpayment of premium,then notice of cancellation will be provided to such Certificate holders at least 30 days in advance of the date cancellation is effective. If notice is mailed,then proof of mailing to the last known mailing address of the Certificate holder on file with the Agent of Record will be sufficient to prove notice. Any failure by the Insurer to notify such persons or organizations will not extend or invalidate such cancellation,or impose any liability or obligation upon the Insurer or the Agent of Record. All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged. This endorsement,which forms a part of and is for attachment to the Policy issued by the designated Insurers, takes effect on the effective date of said Policy at the hour stated in said Policy, unless another effective date is shown below, and expires concurrently with said Policy. CNA75014XX(1-15) Policy No: 7063877121 Page 1 of 1 Endorsement No: Continental Casualty Company Effective Date: 03/0112025 Insured Name: Adolfson&Peterson, W. Copynght CNA AN Rights Reserved Includes copyrighted material of Insurance services office,Inc.,with its permission. CNA68021 XX CNA (Ed. 02/13) NOTICE OF CANCELLATION TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS It is understood and agreed that: If you have agreed under written contract to provide notice of cancellation to a party to whom the Agent of Record has issued a Certificate of Insurance, and if we cancel a policy term described on that Certificate of Insurance for any reason other than nonpayment of premium, then notice of cancellation will be provided to such Certificate Holders at least 30 days in advance of the date cancellation is effective. If notice is mailed, then proof of mailing to the last known mailing address of the Certificate Holder on file with the Agent of Record will be sufficient to prove notice. Any failure by us to notify such persons or organizations will not extend or invalidate such cancellation or impose any liability or obligation upon us or the Agent of Record. CNA68021 XX (Ed. 02/13) Page 1 of 1 Copyright,CNA All Rights Reserved. ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—April 29, 2025 SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS General Conditions follows this page. GENERAL CONDITIONS 007200 - 1 City of Round Rock Contract Forms General Conditions Section 00700 TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Article Page Number& Title Number 1. DEFINITIONS.................................................................................................................................................2 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS.............................................................................................................................5 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE........................................................................7 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS..........................................................................................................8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE............................................................................................................................10 6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES.........................................................................................................16 7. OTHER WORK ..............................................................................................................................................24 8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ....................................................................................................................25 9. ENGINEER/ARCHITECT'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION...............................................................26 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK ............................................................................................................................27 11. CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT............................................................................................................28 12. CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES.................................................................................................................31 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; AND CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK........................................................................................................32 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION .................................................................................35 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION...........................................................................................39 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION ...............................................................................................................................41 17 RIGHT TO AUDIT..........................................................................................................................................42 18. MISCELLANEOUS.........................................................................................................................................43 00700 04-2020 Page 1 General Conditions 00443641 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS Whenever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents, the term printed with initial capital letters or all capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, will have the meaning indicated in the definitions below or as defined in these General Conditions or other Contract Documents: 1.1 Addenda - Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the receipt of Proposals or the opening of Bids that clarify, correct or change the proposal or bidding requirements or the Contract Documents. 1.2 Agreement- Prescribed form, referenced as Section 00500. 1.3 Alternative Dispute Resolution -The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled if the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot reach an agreement between themselves, as an alternative to litigation. 1.4 Bid - Proposal of bidder on prescribed forms setting forth prices for performing the Work described in the Contract Documents. 1.5 Bid Documents - The advertisement or invitation for bids, instructions to bidders, the bid form, the Contract Documents and Addenda. 1.6 Calendar Day -Any day of the week; no days being excepted. Work on Saturdays, Sundays, and/or Legal Holidays shall only be conducted with prior express written consent of the OWNER. 1.7 Change Directive-A written directive to the CONTRACTOR, signed by the OWNER, ordering a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. A Change Directive may be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. A Change Directive does not change the Contract Amount or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order. 1.8 Change Orders - Written agreements entered into between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Execution Date of the Agreement and within the Contract term. 1.9 Claim - A written demand seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 1.10 Contract - The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work, as evidenced by the Contract Documents. 1.11 Contract Amount- The amount payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.12 Contract Documents — Includes the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Agreement, General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Conditions, Specifications, Project Manual, Drawings, Addenda and Change Orders. 1.13 Contract Time - The number of days allowed for completion of the Work as defined by the Contract. When any period is referred to in days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. A day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day. 1.14 CONTRACTOR - The individual, firm, corporation, or other business entity with whom the OWNER has entered into the Contract. 00700 04-2020 Page 2 General Conditions 1.15 Drawings - Those portions of the Contract Documents which are graphic representations of the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by the CONTRACTOR and which have been approved by the OWNER. Drawings may include plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. Shop Drawings are not Drawings as so defined. 1.16 Engineer/Architect (E/A) - The OWNER's design professional identified as such in the Agreement. The titles of"Architect/Engineer," "Architect" and "Engineer" used in the Contract Documents shall be read the same as Engineer/Architect (E/A). Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual or agency relationship between E/A and the CONTRACTOR. 1.17 Equal - The terms "equal" or"approved equal" shall have the same meaning. 1.18 Execution Date - Date of last signature of the parties to the Agreement. 1.19 Field Order - A written order issued by Owner's Representative which orders minor changes in the Work and which does not involve a change in the Contract Amount or the Contract Time. 1.20 Final Acceptance—The stage in the Contract process when, in the OWNER's opinion, Final Completion of the Work has been attained and a Certificate of Acceptance approved by the OWNER is issued. 1.21 Final Completion - The stage in the progress of the Work when, in the OWNER's opinion, the entire Work has been completed, the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, and the OWNER is processing or has made final payment to the CONTRACTOR, as evidenced by a Certificate of Acceptance approved by the OWNER. 1.22 Inspector- The authorized representative of any regulatory agency that has jurisdiction over any portion of the Work. 1.23 Legal Holidays 1.23.1 The following are recognized by the OWNER: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Birthday Third Monday in January President's Day Third Monday in February Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Veteran's Day November 11 Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Eve December 24 Christmas Day December 25 00700 04-2020 Page 3 General Conditions 1.23.2 If a Legal Holiday falls on Saturday, it will be observed on the preceding Friday. If a Legal Holiday falls on Sunday, it will be observed on the following Monday. 1.23.3 If Christmas Eve falls on a Saturday or a Sunday, the preceding Friday is observed as the Christmas Eve holiday. 1.23.4 If Christmas Day falls on a Saturday or a Sunday, the following Monday is observed as the Christmas Day holiday. 1.24 Milestones-A significant event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.25 Notice to Proceed - A Written Notice given by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR notifying the CONTRACTOR to commence the Work and which may also fix the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which the CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. 1.26 OWNER—The City of Round Rock,Texas,a municipal corporation, home-rule city and political subdivision organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, acting through the City Manager or his/her designee, officers, agents or employees to administer design and construction of the Project. 1.27 Owner's Representative-The designated representative of the OWNER. 1.28 Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by the OWNER of a partially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29 Project - The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part, as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.30 Project Manual - That portion of the Contract Documents which may include the following: introductory information; bidding requirements, Contract forms and General and Supplemental General Conditions; General Requirements; Specifications; Drawings; Project Safety Manual; and Addenda. 1.31 Proposal—Proposal of Offeror, on prescribed forms setting forth prices for performing the Work described in the Contract Documents. 1.32 Proposal Documents—The advertisement or invitation for Proposals, Instruction to Offerors, the Proposal form, the Contract Documents and Addenda. 1.33 Resident Project Representative - The authorized representative of E/A who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.34 Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for the CONTRACTOR and submitted by the CONTRACTOR as required by the Contract Documents. 1.35 Specifications - Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions as applied to the Work, which set forth to the CONTRACTOR, in detail, the requirements which must be met by all materials, equipment, construction systems, standards,workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed and useful project. 1.36 Substantial Completion - The stage in the progress of the Work when the Work, or designated portions thereof, may still require minor modifications or adjustments but, in the OWNER's opinion,the Work has progressed to the point such that all parts of the Work under consideration are fully operational and the beneficial use and occupancy of which can be assumed by the Owner, as evidenced by a Certificate of Substantial Completion approved by the OWNER. 00700 04-2020 Page 4 General Conditions 1.37 Subcontractor-An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of the Work. 1.38 Sub-subcontractor-A person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor or a Sub- subcontractor of any tier to perform a portion of the Work. 1.39 Superintendent - The representative of the CONTRACTOR authorized in writing to receive and fulfill instructions from Owner's Representative, and who shall supervise and direct construction of the Work. 1.40 Supplemental General Conditions-The part of the Contract Documents which either amends or supplements the General Conditions. All General Conditions which are not so amended or so supplemented shall be considered as remaining in full force and effect. 1.41 Su tier-An individual or entity having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 1.42 Time Extension Request-An approved request for time extension on a form acceptable to the OWNER. 1.43 Work - The entire completed construction, or the various separately identifiable parts thereof, required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. 1.44 Working Day - Any day of the week, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or Legal Holidays, in which conditions not under the CONTRACTOR's control will permit work for at least seven(7)hours of the Working Times. Upon authorization by the Owner's Representative, work on Saturdays, Sundays and/or Legal Holidays may be allowed and, in that event, a Working Day will be counted for each such day. 1.45 Working Times — Times of day(s) during which work may be performed. Unless authorized by Owner's Representative, all Work shall be performed between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on weekdays and, if previously authorized as provided for in paragraph 1.44 or paragraph 1.6 herein, as applicable, between 9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays, Sundays or Legal Holidays. When the CONTRACTOR has been authorized to perform Work during hours outside Working Times, such hours shall be considered time worked on Working Day contracts. Notwithstanding the preceding, emergency work may be done without prior permission only as provided in paragraph 6.11.5 herein. 1.46 Written Notice-Written communication between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's duly authorized representative, or if such Written Notice is delivered to or sent by registered or certified mail to the attention of Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's duly authorized representative at the last business address known to the party giving notice. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 Delivery of Agreement, Bonds, Insurance, and Other Documentation: Within ten(10)Calendar Days after written notification of award of Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall deliver to the OWNER signed Agreement, Bond(s), Insurance Certificate(s) and other documentation required for execution of the Contract. 2.2 Copies of Documents: The OWNER shall furnish to the CONTRACTOR two (2) copies of the Contract Documents unless otherwise specified. 00700 04-2020 Page 5 General Conditions 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed: The Contract Time(s) commence on the date indicated in the Agreement or in the Notice to Proceed. Notice to Proceed will be given at any time within sixty(60)Calendar Days after the Execution Date of the Agreement, unless extended by written agreement of the parties. 2.4 Before Starting Construction: 2.4.1 No Work shall be done at the site prior to the preconstruction conference without the OWNER's approval. Before undertaking each part of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to Owner's Representative any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which the CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Owner's Representative before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the OWNER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents of which the CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known. 2.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall submit the following to Owner's Representative for review and approval no later than the preconstruction conference: .1 a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (number of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents, identifying when all Subcontractors will be utilized, and taking into consideration any limitations on Working Hours; .2 a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and sample submittals; .3 a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work, subdivided into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. The preliminary schedule of values submitted by the CONTRACTOR should include a reasonable estimation of value of each item included and shall not contain disproportionate values assigned to any item or items; .4 a letter designating CONTRACTOR's Superintendent; .5 a letter from the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor(s) listing any salaried specialists; .6 if applicable, a letter designating the "Competent Person(s)" on general safety and trench safety measures; .7 if applicable, a trench safety system plan; .8 if applicable, a plan illustrating proposed locations of temporary facilities; .9 if applicable, a traffic control plan; .10 a completed Non-Use of Asbestos Affidavit(Prior to Construction); and .11 if applicable, a letter designating the Texas Registered Professional Land Surveyor for layout of the Work. 2.5 Preconstruction Conference: Prior to commencement of Work at the site,a preconstruction conference attended by the CONTRACTOR, Owner's Representative and others will be held. 00700 04-2020 Page 6 General Conditions 2.6 Initially Acceptable Schedules: Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain approval of Owner's Representative on final versions of the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.4.2 before the first progress payment will be made to the CONTRACTOR. The progress schedule must provide for an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and Contract Times. Acceptance of the schedule by Owner's Representative will neither impose on Owner's Representative responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve the CONTRACTOR from the CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. The CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawings and sample submissions must provide an arrangement agreeable to the parties for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 2.7 Electronic Transmittals: 2.7.1 Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the OWNER, E/A, and CONTRACTOR may transmit,and shall except, Project-related correspondence,texts,data,documents, drawings, information,and graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals, in electronic media or digital format,either directly, or through access to a secure Project website. 2.7.2 When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format, the transmitting party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from the recipient's use of software application packages,operating systems,or computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items. ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,AMENDING, REUSE 3.1 Intent: 3.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all information necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the CONTRACTOR. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. In cases of disagreement, the following order of precedence shall govern (top item receiving priority of interpretation): Change Orders Modifications to the Contract Documents made after the Execution Date Signed Agreement Addenda to the Contract Documents Special Conditions Supplemental General Conditions General Conditions Other Bidding Requirements and Contract Forms Special Provisions to the Standard Technical Specifications Special Specifications Standard Technical Specifications Drawings (figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions) Project Safety manual, if applicable 3.1.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 3.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies: Prior to commencing the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall review the Contract Documents for the purpose of discovering any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents. If, at any time, the CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provisions of any such law or regulation applicable to the performance of the Work 00700 04-2020 Page 7 General Conditions or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or instructions of any Supplier, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately report it to Owner's Representative in writing, and the CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.3.1 or paragraph 3.3.2. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the OWNER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy of which the CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known. 3.3 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 3.3.1 The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: .1 Change Order. .2 Change Directive. 3.3.2 In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: .1 Field Order. .2 Review of a Shop Drawing or sample. .3 Written interpretation or clarification. 3.4 Reuse of Documents Prohibited: The CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of E/A or E/A's consultants, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of the OWNER and E/A. ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 Availability of Lands: The OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, all required rights to use the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which the CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If the OWNER fails to furnish these lands, rights-of-way or easements in a timely manner, the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for adjustments in the Contract Times. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: 4.2.1 The CONTRACTOR hereby covenants that it has examined the site of the proposed Work and is familiar with all of the conditions surrounding construction of the Project, having conducted all inquiries, tests and investigations deemed necessary and proper. Unless the CONTRACTOR, prior to the execution of the Agreement, has notified the OWNER in writing of any condition of the site of the proposed Work that would adversely impact 00700 04-2020 Page 8 General Conditions the performance of the Work by the CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR covenants that there are no conditions at the site of the proposed work which would adversely impact the performance of Work by the CONTRACTOR. 4.2.2 If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2)unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, that differ materially from those normally encountered in the type of work being performed under this Contract, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than seven (7) calendar days after first observance of the conditions. Owner's Representative will promptly investigate such conditions with E/A and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, OWNER will consider an equitable adjustment in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. If Owner's Representative determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the CONTRACTOR shall be notified in writing, stating the reasons. Any disputes arising from Owner's Representative's determination shall be resolved in accordance with Article 16. 4.2.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the location and protection of any and all public lines and utility customer service lines in the Work area. For the purposes of this section, "public lines"means the utility distribution and supply system within public rights-of-way or easements, and "utility customer service lines" (service) means any utility line connecting a utility customer to the utility distribution system. Generally, existing service connections within right-of-way or easements are not shown on the Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER and "One Call"and exercise due care to locate and to mark, uncover or otherwise protect all such lines in the construction zone and any of the CONTRACTOR's work or storage areas. The CONTRACTOR's obligation hereunder shall be primary and nondelegable. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify or reimburse the OWNER for such expenses or costs (including fines that may be levied against the OWNER) that may result from unauthorized or accidental damage to all public lines and utility customer service lines in the Work area.The OWNER reserves the right to repair such damage the CONTRACTOR may cause, at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 4.2.4 The CONTRACTOR shall take reasonable precaution to avoid disturbing primitive records and antiquities of archaeological, paleontological or historical significance. No objects of this nature shall be disturbed without written permission of the OWNER and the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection. When such objects are uncovered unexpectedly, the CONTRACTOR shall stop all Work in close proximity and notify Owner's Representative and the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection of their presence and shall not disturb them until written permission and permit to do so is granted.All primitive rights and antiquities uncovered on the OWNER's property shall remain property of the State of Texas, the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection conforming to the Texas Natural Resources Code. If it is determined by the OWNER, in consultation with the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection,that exploration or excavation of primitive records or antiquities on Project site is necessary to avoid loss, the CONTRACTOR shall cooperate in salvage work attendant to preservation. If the Work stoppage or salvage work causes an increase in the CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work, the Contract Amount and/or Contract Time may be equitably adjusted. 4.3 Reference Points: Unless otherwise specified, the OWNER will furnish all reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and control points which, in the OWNER's opinion,are suitable for laying out the Work. Such benchmarks and reference points will be placed at intervals not to exceed 1,500 feet. All reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments and control points shall be carefully preserved by the CONTRACTOR by use of flags, laths or other appropriate measures and, in case of destruction or removal by the CONTRACTOR or its employees, such reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and control points shall be replaced by a Registered Professional Land Surveyor at the CONTRACTOR's expense. When reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, or control points are in conflict with the Work, then reestablishment will be the OWNER's responsibility during or upon completion of the Work. 4.4 Hazardous Materials: 00700 04-2020 Page 9 General Conditions 4.4.1 The OWNER shall be responsible for any hazardous material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown, indicated or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify Owner's Representative of any suspected hazardous materials encountered before or during performance of the Work and shall take all necessary precautions to avoid further disturbance of the materials. 4.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any hazardous materials brought to the site by the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppliers or anyone else for whom the CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.4.3 No asbestos-containing materials shall be incorporated into the Work or brought on the Project site without prior approval of the OWNER. 4.4.4 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER, AND ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND CONSULTANTS FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO FAILURE TO CONTROL, CONTAIN OR REMOVE A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL BROUGHT TO THE SITE BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE, OR TO A HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION CREATED BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 Surety and Insurance Companies: All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents shall be obtained from solvent surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed by the State of Texas and authorized to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages required by the Contract Documents. The bonds shall be in a form acceptable to the OWNER and shall be issued by a surety which complies with the requirements of Chapter 3503, Texas Insurance Code (2005) and which is otherwise acceptable to the OWNER. OWNER may require the surety to obtain reinsurance for any portion of the risk that exceeds 10% of the surety's capital and surplus. For bonds exceeding $100,000, the surety must also hold a certificate of authority from the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury or have obtained reinsurance from a reinsurer that is authorized as a reinsurer in Texas and holds a certificate of authority from the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury. 5.2 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage: 5.2.1 Definitions: .1 Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. .2 Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the CONTRACTOR's/ person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the OWNER. .3 Persons providing services on the Project ("subcontractor" herein) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the CONTRACTOR has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the CONTRACTOR and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, by way of illustration and not of limitation, 00700 04-2020 Page 10 General Conditions independent contractors, Subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 5.2.2 The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the CONTRACTOR providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. 5.2.3 The OWNER will not execute the Contract prior to the CONTRACTOR providing all required certificates of coverage. 5.2.4 If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. 5.2.5 The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each person providing services on the Project, and provide to the OWNER: .1 a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and .2 no later than seven (7)days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. 5.2.6 The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one (1) year thereafter. 5.2.7 The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within ten (10) days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. 5.2.8 The CONTRACTOR shall post at its office or on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 5.2.9 The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a Project to: .1 provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; .2 provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; .3 provide the CONTRACTOR, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 00700 04-2020 Page 11 General Conditions .4 obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR: a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; .5 retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one (1) year thereafter; .6 notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within ten (10)days after the person knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and .7 contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs 5.2.9.1 - 5.2.9.7, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 5.2.10 By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 5.2.11 The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of Contract by the CONTRACTOR which entitles the OWNER to declare the Contract void if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten (10) days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. 5.3 Contractor Insurance Requirements: For specific bond requirements and additional insurance requirements, refer to the Supplemental General Conditions. 5.3.1.1 General Requirements: .1 CONTRACTOR shall carry insurance in the types and amounts indicated below for the duration of the Contract, which shall include items owned by OWNER in the care, custody and control of CONTRACTOR prior to and during construction and warranty period. .2 CONTRACTOR must complete and forward the required Certificates of Insurance to OWNER before the Contract is executed as verification of coverage required below. CONTRACTOR shall not commence Work until the required insurance is obtained and until such insurance has been reviewed by OWNER. Approval of insurance by OWNER shall not relieve or decrease the liability of CONTRACTOR hereunder and shall not be construed to be a limitation of liability on the part of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR must also complete and forward the required Certificates of Insurance to OWNER whenever a previously identified policy period has expired as verification of continuing coverage. .3 CONTRACTOR's insurance coverage is to be written by companies licensed to do business in the State of Texas at the time the policies are issued and shall be written by companies with A.M. Best ratings of B+VII or better, except for hazardous material insurance which shall be written by companies with A.M. Best ratings of A- or better. 00700 04-2020 Page 12 General Conditions .4 All endorsements naming the OWNER as additional insured, waivers, and notices of cancellation endorsements as well as the Certificate of Insurance shall indicate: City of Round Rock, 221 E. Main St., Round Rock, Texas 78664. .5 The "other" insurance clause shall not apply to the OWNER where the OWNER is an additional insured shown on any policy. It is intended that policies required in the Contract, covering both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, shall be considered primary coverage as applicable. .6 If insurance policies are not written for amounts specified below, CONTRACTOR shall carry Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance for any differences in amounts specified. If Excess Liability Insurance is provided, it shall follow the form of the primary coverage. .7 OWNER shall be entitled, upon request and without expense,to receive certified copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions except where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either of the parties hereto or the underwriter on any such policies. .8 OWNER reserves the right to review the insurance requirements set forth during the effective period of this Contract and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage, limits, and exclusions when deemed necessary and prudent by OWNER based upon changes in statutory law, court decisions, the claims history of the industry or financial condition of the insurance company as well as CONTRACTOR. .9 CONTRACTOR shall not cause any insurance to be canceled nor permit any insurance to lapse during the term of the Contract or as required in the Contract. .10 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for premiums, deductibles and self-insured retentions, if any, stated in policies. All deductibles or self-insured retentions shall be disclosed on the Certificate of Insurance. .11 CONTRACTOR shall provide OWNER thirty (30) days written notice of erosion of the aggregate limits below occurrence limits for all applicable coverages indicted within the Contract. .12 If OWNER-owned property is being transported or stored off-site by CONTRACTOR, then the appropriate property policy will be endorsed for transit and storage in an amount sufficient to protect OWNER's property. .13 The insurance coverages required under this contract are required minimums and are not intended to limit the responsibility or liability of CONTRACTOR. 5.3.1.2 Business Automobile Liability Insurance. Provide coverage for all owned, non-owned and hired vehicles. The policy shall contain the following endorsements in favor of OWNER: a) Waiver of Subrogation endorsement TE 2046A; b) 30 day Notice of Cancellation endorsement TE 0202A; and c) Additional Insured endorsement TE 9901 B. Provide coverage in the following types and amounts: 00700 04-2020 Page 13 General Conditions .1 A minimum combined single limit of$500,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. Alternate acceptable limits are $250,000 bodily injury per person, $500,000 bodily injury per occurrence and at least $100,000 property damage liability each accident. 5.3.1.3 Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Coverage shall be consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' Compensation Act (Section 401). CONTRACTOR shall assure compliance with this Statute by submitting two (2) copies of a standard certificate of coverage (e.g. ACCORD form) to Owner's Representative for every person providing services on the Project as acceptable proof of coverage. The required Certificate of Insurance must be presented as evidence of coverage for CONTRACTOR. Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage written by the Texas Workers Compensation Fund is acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR's policy shall apply to the State of Texas and include these endorsements in favor of OWNER: a) Waiver of Subrogation, form WC 420304; and b) 30 day Notice of Cancellation, form WC 420601. The minimum policy limits for Employers' Liability Insurance coverage shall be as follows: .1 $100,000 bodily injury per accident, $500,000 bodily injury by disease policy limit and $100,000 bodily injury by disease each employee. 5.3.1.4 Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Policy shall contain the following provisions: a) Blanket contractual liability coverage for liability assumed under the Contract and all contracts relative to this Project. b) Completed Operations/Products Liability for the duration of the warranty period. c) Explosion, Collapse and Underground (X, C & U)coverage. d) Independent Contractors coverage. e) Aggregate limits of insurance per project, endorsement CG 2503. f) OWNER listed as an additional insured, endorsement CG 2010. g) 30 day notice of cancellation in favor of OWNER, endorsement CG 0205. h) Waiver of Transfer of Recovery Against Others in favor of OWNER, endorsement CG 2404. Provide coverages A&B with minimum limits as follows: .1 A combined bodily injury and property damage limit of$500,000 per occurrence. 5.3.1.5 Builders' Risk Insurance. CONTRACTOR shall maintain Builders' Risk Insurance or Installation Insurance on an all risk physical loss form in the Contract Amount. Coverage shall continue until the Work is accepted by OWNER. OWNER shall be a loss payee on the policy. If off site storage is permitted, coverage shall include transit and storage in an amount sufficient to protect property being transported or stored. 5.4 Bonds: 00700 04-2020 Page 14 General Conditions 5.4.1 General. .1 Bonds, when required, shall be executed on forms furnished by or acceptable to OWNER. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. .2 If the surety on any bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of the preceding paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall within ten(10)days thereafter substitute another bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. .3 When Performance Bonds and/or Payment Bonds are required, each shall be issued in an amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Amount as security for the faithful performance and/or payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. Performance Bonds and Payment Bonds shall be issued by a solvent surety company authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and shall meet any other requirements established by law or by OWNER pursuant to applicable law. Any surety duly authorized to do business in Texas may write Performance and Payment Bonds on a project without reinsurance to the limit of 10 percent of its capital and surplus. Such a surety must reinsure any obligations over 10 percent. .4 If CONTRACTOR has failed to obtain or maintain a required bond, OWNER may exclude the CONTRACTOR from the site of the Project and exercise OWNER's suspension and/or termination rights under the Contract Documents. 5.4.2 Performance Bond. .1 If the Contract Amount exceeds $100,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Performance Bond in the form set out by OWNER. .2 If the Contract Amount exceeds $25,000 but is less than or equal to $100,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Performance Bond in the form set out by OWNER, unless the original Contract Time is 60 Calendar Days/40 Working Days or less, in which case CONTRACTOR can agree to the following terms and conditions for payment in lieu of providing a Performance Bond: no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER; CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive 95%of the Contract Amount following Final Completion, and the remaining 5%of the Contract Amount following the one year warranty period. .3 If the Contract Amount is less than or equal to $25,000, CONTRACTOR will not be required to furnish a Performance Bond; provided that no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER under the following terms and conditions: CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive 95%of the Contract Amount following Final Completion, and the remaining 5%of the Contract Amount following the one year warranty period. .4 If a Performance Bond is required to be furnished, it shall extend for the one year warranty period. 5.4.3 Payment Bond. .1 If the Contract Amount exceeds $50,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Payment Bond in the form set out by OWNER. .2 If the Contract Amount is less than or equal to $50,000, CONTRACTOR will not be required to furnish a Payment Bond; provided that no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER under the terms and conditions specified in paragraph 5.4.2.3. 00700 04-2020 Page 15 General Conditions ARTICLE 6 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 Supervision and Superintendence: 6.1.1 The CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise directed by the OWNER in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall have an English-speaking, competent Superintendent on the Work at all times that work is in progress. Upon request of Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall present the resume of the proposed Superintendent to Owner's Representative showing evidence of experience and successful superintendence and direction of work of a similar scale and complexity. If, in the opinion of Owner's Representative, the proposed Superintendent does not indicate sufficient experience in line with the Work, he/she will not be allowed to be the designated Superintendent for the Work. The Superintendent shall not be replaced without Written Notice to Owner's Representative. If the CONTRACTOR deems it necessary to replace the Superintendent, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the necessary information for approval, as stated above, on the proposed new Superintendent. A qualified substitute Superintendent may be designated in the event that the designated Superintendent is temporarily away from the Work, but not to exceed a time limit acceptable to Owner's Representative. The CONTRACTOR shall replace the Superintendent upon the OWNER's request in the event the Superintendent is unable to perform to the OWNER's satisfaction. The Superintendent will be the CONTRACTOR's representative on the Work and shall have the authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. All communications given to the Superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Either the CONTRACTOR or the Superintendent shall provide an emergency and home telephone number at which one or the other may be reached if necessary when work is not in progress. 6.2 Labor, Materials and Equipment: 6.2.1 The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in performance of the type of Work required under this Contract. The CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and their employees may not use or possess any firearms, alcoholic or other intoxicating beverages, illegal drugs or controlled substances while on the job or on the OWNER's property, nor may such workers be intoxicated, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs, on the job. If the OWNER or Owner's Representative notifies the CONTRACTOR that any worker is incompetent, disorderly or disobedient, has knowingly or repeatedly violated safety regulations, has possessed any firearms, or has possessed or was under the influence of alcohol or drugs on the job, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately remove such worker from performing Contract Work, and may not employ such worker again on Contract Work without the OWNER's prior written consent. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order on or off the site in all matters pertaining to the Project. The CONTRACTOR shall pay workers no less than the wage rates established in Section 00900, and maintain weekly payroll reports as evidence thereof. 6.2.2 Unless otherwise specified, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, re-testing of defective work, start-up and completion of the Work. 6.2.3 All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new (including new products made of recycled materials), except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (reports of required tests, manufacturer's certificates of compliance with material requirements, mill reports, etc.) as to the kind, quantity and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 00700 04-2020 Page 16 General Conditions 6.2.4 Substitutes and "Approved Equal" Items: 6.2.4.1 Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type,function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains words reading that no like, equivalent or"approved equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Owner's Representative under the following circumstances: .1 "Approved Equal": If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment proposed by the CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by the OWNER as an "approved equal" item, in which case review of the proposed item may, in the OWNER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for evaluation of proposed substitute items. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with the documentation required for the OWNER to make its determination. .2 Substitute Items: If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment proposed by the CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "approved equal" item under paragraph 6.2.4.1.1, then it will be considered a proposed substitute item. The CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow the OWNER to determine that the item of material or item of equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and a substitute therefor. 6.2.4.2 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR may with prior approval of the OWNER furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to Owner's Representative to allow the OWNER, in the OWNER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. 6.2.4.3 OWNER's Evaluation: The OWNER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraph 6.2.4.1.1 and paragraph 6.2.4.1.2. The OWNER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "approved equal" or substitute shall be ordered, installed, or utilized until the OWNER's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or completion of the Shop Drawing review procedure. The OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish at the CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety bond with respect to any"approved equal"or substitute. The OWNER shall not be responsible for any delay due to review time for any"approved equal"or substitute. 6.2.4.4 CONTRACTOR's Expense: All data to be provided by the CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "approved equal" or substitute item will be at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.2.5 The CONTRACTOR agrees to assign to the OWNER any rights it may have to bring antitrust suits against its Suppliers for overcharges on materials incorporated in the Project growing out of illegal price fixing agreements. The CONTRACTOR further agrees to cooperate with the OWNER should the OWNER wish to prosecute suits against Suppliers for illegal price fixing. 6.3 Progress Schedule: Unless otherwise directed, the CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.6 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below: .1 The CONTRACTOR shall submit to Owner's Representative for acceptance proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times or Milestones. Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect. 00700 04-2020 Page 17 General Conditions .2 Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times or Milestones shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Time Extension Request in accordance with Article 12. 6.4 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others: 6.4.1 Assignment: The CONTRACTOR agrees to retain direct control of and give direct attention to the fulfillment of this Contract. The CONTRACTOR agrees not to, by Power of Attorney or otherwise,assign said Contract without the prior written consent of the OWNER. 6.4.2 Award of Subcontracts for Portions of the Work: The CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, whether initially or as a substitute, against whom the OWNER may have reasonable objection. The CONTRACTOR must provide the OWNER with a list of all Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or organizations it will use in the Work, and such list must be provided prior to the preconstruction conference. Should the OWNER have objections,the OWNER will communicate such objections by Written Notice. If the OWNER requires a change without good cause of any Subcontractor, person or organization previously accepted by OWNER,the Contract Amount may be increased or decreased by the difference in the cost occasioned by any such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. The CONTRACTOR shall not substitute any Subcontractor, person or organization that has been accepted by the OWNER, unless the substitute has been accepted in writing by the OWNER. No acceptance by the OWNER of any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of the OWNER to reject defective Work. 6.4.3 The CONTRACTOR shall enter into written agreements with all Subcontractors and Suppliers which specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of the OWNER and E/A. The OWNER reserves the right to specify that certain requirements shall be adhered to by all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors as indicated in other portions of the Contract Documents and these requirements shall be made a portion of the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor or Supplier. 6.4.4 The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to the OWNER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR just as the CONTRACTOR is responsible for the CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor,Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between the OWNER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of the OWNER or E/A to pay or to see to the payment of any amounts due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by laws and regulations. 6.4.5 The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Owner's Representative through the CONTRACTOR. 6.4.6 The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control the CONTRACTOR in dividing or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.4.7 The CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor and Supplier their appropriate share of payments made to the CONTRACTOR not later than ten (10)Days after the CONTRACTOR's receipt of payment from the OWNER. 6.5 Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible at all times for compliance with applicable patents or copyrights encompassing, in whole or in part, any design, device, material, or process utilized, directly or indirectly, in the performance of the Work or the formulation or presentation of its Bid. 00700 04-2020 Page 18 General Conditions 6.5.2 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide, prior to commencement of Work hereunder and at all times during the performance of same, for lawful use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters, patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the patentee, copyright holder, or their duly authorized representative whether or not a particular design, device, material, or process is specified by the OWNER. 6.5.3 The CONTRACTOR shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyright and shall indemnify and save the OWNER harmless from any and all claims,costs, losses,expenses and damages(including but not limited to attorney's fees and consultant fees), direct or indirect,arising with respect to the CONTRACTOR's process in the formulation of its bid or the performance of the Work or otherwise arising in connection therewith. The OWNER reserves the right to provide its own defense, with counsel of its own choosing, to any suit or claim of infringement of any patent or copyright in which event the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all costs and expenses of such defense as well as satisfaction of all judgments entered against the OWNER. 6.5.4 The OWNER shall have the right to stop the Work and/or terminate this Agreement at any time in the event the CONTRACTOR fails to disclose to the OWNER that the CONTRACTOR's work methodology includes the use of any infringing design, device, material or process. 6.6 Permits, Fees: Unless otherwise provided in the Supplemental General Conditions, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits, licenses and fees required for prosecution of the Work. OWNER will obtain and pay for the following permits, licenses and/or fees, if required: .1 Site Development Permit. .2 Building Permit(s). .3 Texas Department of Transportation permit for work in State rights-of-way. .4 Railroad Utility License Agreement. 6.7 Laws and Regulations: 6.7.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws and regulations applicable to furnishing and performing the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable laws and regulations, neither the OWNER nor E/A shall be responsible for monitoring the CONTRACTOR's compliance with any laws and regulations. 6.7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute its operations in compliance with all applicable Federal, State and local laws and regulations, including those concerning control and abatement of water pollution and prevention and control of air pollution. 6.7.3 If the CONTRACTOR performs any Work that it is contrary to laws or regulations, then the CONTRACTOR shall bear and shall indemnify, defend and hold OWNER harmless from all claims, costs, losses and damages arising therefrom; however, it shall not be the CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with laws and regulations, but this does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the CONTRACTOR's obligations under Article 3. 6.8 Taxes: 6.8.1 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the laws and regulations of the State of Texas. 00700 04-2020 Page 19 General Conditions 6.8.2 The OWNER is an exempt organization as defined by Chapter 11 of the Property Tax Code of Texas and is thereby exempt from payment of Sales Tax under Chapter 151, Limited Use Sales, Excise and Use Tax, Texas Tax Code, and Chapter 321, Texas Tax Code. 6.9 Use of Premises: 6.9.1 The CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by laws and regulations, rights-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by dispute resolution proceeding or at law. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the OWNER, E/A, E/A's consultants and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against the OWNER, E/A or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon performance of the Work or failure to perform the Work. 6.9.2 During the progress of the Work and on a daily basis, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. The CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by the OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall, at a minimum, restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contact Documents. 6.9.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall the CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.10 Record Documents: The CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site, or other location acceptable to the OWNER, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Change Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.5) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. These record documents, together with all final samples and all final Shop Drawings,will be available to the OWNER and E/A for reference during performance of the Work. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, these record documents, samples and Shop Drawings showing the final "as built" construction of the Project shall be promptly delivered to Owner's Representative. 6.11 Safety and Protection: 6.11.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Upon request, and prior to installation of measures, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a site security and safety plan for approval by the OWNER. By reviewing the plan or making recommendations or comments, the OWNER will not assume liability nor will the CONTRACTOR be relieved of liability for damage, injury or loss. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .1 all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work; .2 all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and 00700 04-2020 Page 20 General Conditions .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including but not limited to, trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 6.11.2 The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. The CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of underground facilities, and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.11.1.2 and paragraph 6.11.1.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Supplier or any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be responsible, shall be remedied by the CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of the OWNER, or E/A, or E/A's consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be responsible, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the faults or negligence of the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). The CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Owner's Representative has issued a notice to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 14 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.11.3 Safety Representative: The CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Upon request of the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide certifications or other documentation of the safety representative's qualifications. At a minimum, the safety representative shall have received the OSHA thirty (30) hour training and a certificate evidencing that the safety representative has received such training within the last five (5) years shall be provided to the OWNER's representative. 6.11.4 Hazard Communication Programs: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with laws and regulations. 6.11.5 Emergencies: 6.11.5.1 In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work at the site or adjacent thereto, the CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from the OWNER or E/A, is obligated to act reasonably to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss and to mitigate damage or loss to the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall give Owner's Representative prompt written notice if the CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by the CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency,a Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action; otherwise the OWNER will not be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's emergency action. 6.11.5.2 Authorized agents of the CONTRACTOR shall respond immediately to call-out at any time of any day or night when circumstances warrant the presence on Project site of the CONTRACTOR or its agent to protect the Work or adjacent property from damage, restriction or limitation or to take such action or measures pertaining to the Work as may be necessary to provide for the safety of the public. Should the CONTRACTOR and/or its agent fail to respond and take action to alleviate such an emergency situation, the OWNER may direct other forces to take action as necessary to remedy the emergency condition,and the OWNER will deduct any cost of such remedial action from the funds due to the CONTRACTOR under this Contract. 6.11.5.3 In the event there is an accident involving injury to any individual on or near the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative within twenty-four (24) hours of the event and shall be responsible for recording the location of the event and the circumstances surrounding the event through 00700 04-2020 Page 21 General Conditions photographs, interviewing witnesses, obtaining medical reports and other documentation that describes the event. Copies of such documentation shall be provided to Owner's Representative, for the OWNER's and E/A's records, within forty-eight (48) hours of the event. 6.12 Continuing the Work: The CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR may agree in writing. 6.13 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee: 6.13.1 The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to the OWNER that all Work will be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. The CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: .1 abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or .2 normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.13.2 The CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of the CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: .1 observations by Owner's Representative and/or E/A; .2 recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative; .3 the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents; .4 use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the OWNER; .5 any acceptance by the OWNER or any failure to do so; .6 any review of a Shop Drawing or sample submittal; .7 any inspection, test or approval by others; or .8 any correction of defective Work by the OWNER. .9 the failure of the OWNER, E/A or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or E/A to observe, detect or discover any defect in the Work or any non-conformance of the Work with any requirement of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claim or defense to any claim by the OWNER that any failure by the OWNER, E/A, or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or E/A to observe, detect or discover any defect in the Work relieves or releases, in whole or in part, CONTRACTOR from any obligations or responsibility for the correction of such defects or any other obligation of CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents. 6.14 Indemnification: 00700 04-2020 Page 22 General Conditions 6.14.1 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW,AND IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR UNDER THE CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER, ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS , EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND CONSULTANTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE E/A (THE "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES" OR INDEMNIFIED PARTY", FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, CONSULTANTS, EXPERTS AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES ARE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PARTY BY THE ACTS, ACTIONS, ERRORS OR OMISSIONS OF AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY. BECAUSE OWNER IS A MUNICIPALITY, THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF SUBCHAPTER C OF CHAPTER 151 OF THE TEXAS INSURANCE CODE ("CHAPTER 151") DOES NOT APPLY TO THE OWNER. IF, HOWEVER, ANY PROVISION OF CHAPTER 151 APPLIES TO THE OWNER, IT IS THE INTENT OF THE OWNER THAT IF THE PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 151 DO APPLY, NOTHING HEREIN SHALL IMPOSE ANY REQUIREMENTS ON CONTRACTOR THAT ARE PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151 AND THAT ANY OF THE PROVISIONS HEREOF THAT ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151 SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. ACCORDINGLY, IN THE EVENT THAT IN CONSTRUING AND INTERPRETING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION OR, IF APPLICABLE, AN ARBITRATOR, DETERMINES THAT CHAPTER 151 APPLIES TO THE OWNER, THEN THE COURT OR ARBITRATOR SHALL REFORM THE PROVISIONS HEREOF SO AS TO COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 151 AND SUCH REFORMATION SHALL NOT AFFECT THE VALIDITY OF ANY PROVISIONS HEREOF THAT ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151. 6.14.2 The indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.14.1 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, or compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers'compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.14.3 The obligations of the CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.14.1 shall not extend to the liability of the OWNER, E/A, E/A's consultants, and their officers, directors, partners, employees or agents caused primarily by negligent preparation of maps, drawings, surveys, designs or specifications upon which is placed the applicable state-authorized design professional seal of the OWNER's, E/A's or E/A's consultant's officers, directors, partners, employees or agents. 6.14.4 In the event the CONTRACTOR fails to follow the OWNER's directives concerning use of the site, scheduling or course of construction, or engages in other conduct which proximately causes damage to property based on inverse condemnation or otherwise, then and in that event, the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify the OWNER against all costs resulting from such claims. 6.14.5 In the event the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delays progress of the work being done by others on the site so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 6.15 Survival of Obligations: All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. 6.16 Losses from Natural Causes: Unless otherwise specified, all loss or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from action of the elements, floods or from unforeseeable circumstances in prosecution of the Work or from 00700 04-2020 Page 23 General Conditions unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at its own cost and expense. 6.17 Notice of Claim: Should the CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the OWNER or of any of the OWNER's employees or agents or others for whose acts the OWNER is liable, a Claim will be made to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 6.17 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations, statute of repose, or any other provision of the Contract Documents. 6.18 Liquidated Damages: At set forth in the Agreement, paragraph 1.2,the CONTRACTOR or its Surety shall be liable for Liquidated Damages for the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely complete the Work or any portion thereof within the Contract Time. See Supplemental Conditions for amount of Liquidated Damages. ARTICLE 7 -OTHER WORK 7.1 The OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by the OWNER's own forces, or let other contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the CONTRACTOR believes that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall afford other contractors who are in a contract with the OWNER and each utility owner (and the OWNER, if the OWNER is performing the additional work with the OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. The CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Owner's Representative and the other contractors whose work will be affected. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remedy damage caused by the CONTRACTOR to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the OWNER or separate contractors. 7.3 If the proper execution or results of any part of the CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, the CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Owner's Representative in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of the CONTRACTOR's Work. The CONTRACTOR's failure to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with the CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or non-apparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.4 The OWNER shall provide for coordination of the activities of the OWNER's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the CONTRACTOR, who shall cooperate with them. The CONTRACTOR shall participate with other separate contractors and Owner's Representative in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The CONTRACTOR shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the CONTRACTOR, separate contractors and the OWNER until subsequently revised. 7.5 Unless otherwise stated herein, costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. 7.6 If CONTRACTOR damages,delays,disrupts or interferes with the work of any other contractor,or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the site of the Project, through CONTRACTOR's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any claim arising out of CONTRACTOR's actions, 00700 04-2020 Page 24 General Conditions inactions or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the site of the Project is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against CONTRACTOR, OWNER, or E/A, then CONTRACTOR shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law,and (2)INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE E/A FROM AND AGAINST ANY SUCH CLAIMS,AND AGAINST ALL COSTS,LOSSES,AND DAMAGES(INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO SUCH DAMAGE, DELAY, DISRUPTION, OR INTERFERENCE. ARTICLE 8 -OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1 Prior to the start of construction, the OWNER will designate in writing a person or entity to act as Owner's Representative during construction. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the OWNER shall issue all communications to the CONTRACTOR through Owner's Representative. 8.2 The OWNER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto. The OWNER is not responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with laws and regulations applicable to furnishing or performing the Work. The OWNER is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or omission of the OWNER to discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to properly and fully perform the Contract. 8.3 The OWNER is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. 8.4 Information or services under the OWNER's control shall be furnished by the OWNER with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work. 8.5 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the OWNER enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 4 (Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Reference Points), Article 7 (Other Work)and Article 14 (Payments to the CONTRACTOR and Completion). 8.6 Notice of Claim: Should the OWNER suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the CONTRACTOR or of any of the CONTRACTOR's employees or agents or others for whose acts the CONTRACTOR is liable, a notice of such injury or damage will be sent to the CONTRACTOR within thirty (30) calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 8.6 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or statute of repose. 8.7 The OWNER is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The failure or omission of the OWNER, E/A or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or the E/A to observe,detect,discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's obligation to properly and fully perform the Work pursuant to the Contract Documents. The OWNER shall not be responsible for the acts, errors or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or entity performing or furnishing any of the Work on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 9 -ENGINEER/ARCHITECT'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 E/A's Authority and Responsibilities: 9.1.1 The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of E/A during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of the OWNER and E/A. The assignment 00700 04-2020 Page 25 General Conditions of any authority, duties or responsibilities to E/A under the Contract Documents, or under any agreement between the OWNER and E/A, or any undertaking, exercise or performance thereof by E/A, is intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the OWNER and is not for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor, Supplier, or any other person or organization, or for any surety or employee or agent of any of them. 9.1.2 E/A will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E/A is not responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with laws and regulations applicable to the furnishing or performing the Work. E/A is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or omission of E/A to discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to properly and fully perform the Work. 9.1.3 E/A is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. 9.1.4 If the OWNER so directs, E/A will review the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection,tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by Article 14,but only to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. 9.1.5 The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.1 shall also apply to E/A's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. 9.2 E/A as Owner's Representative: 9.2.1 E/A may be designated as Owner's Representative under paragraph 8.1. 9.3 Visits to Site: If the OWNER so directs, E/A will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as is necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of the CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, E/A will endeavor for the benefit of the OWNER to determine if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. E/A will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. E/A's efforts will be directed toward providing for the OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site observations, E/A will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defective Work. E/A's visits and on-site observations are subject to all the limitations on E/A's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.1. 9.4 Project Representative: If the OWNER and E/A agree, E/A will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist E/A in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.1 and in the Supplemental General Conditions. The OWNER may designate another representative or agent to represent the OWNER at the site who is not E/A, E/A's consultant, agent or employee. 9.5 Clarifications and Interpretations: E/A may determine that written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of drawings or otherwise) are necessary. Such written clarifications or interpretations will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents,will be issued with reasonable promptness by Owner's Representative and will be binding on the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER or the 00700 04-2020 Page 26 General Conditions CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Amount or the Contract Times, the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work: E/A may recommend that the OWNER disapprove or reject Work which E/A believes to be defective, or believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1 Changes: 10.1.1 Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, the OWNER, at any time or from time to time, may order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such changes in the Work will be authorized by Change Order, Change Directive or Field Order. 10.1.2 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Change Directive or Field Order. 10.1.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.3.1 and paragraph 3.3.2, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.4. 10.1.4 Except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5, a Change Order or Change Directive is required before the CONTRACTOR commences any activities associated with a change in the Work which, in the CONTRACTOR 's opinion, will result in a change in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Times. 10.1.5 If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Amount or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 10.2 Change Orders: 10.2.1 The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate written Change Orders covering: .1 a change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Amount, if any; and .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 10.2.2 An executed Change Order shall represent the complete, equitable, and final amount of adjustment in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Time owed to the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER as a result of the occurrence or event causing the change in the Work encompassed by the Change Order. 10.3 Change Directives: 10.3.1 The OWNER may by written Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Amount 00700 04-2020 Page 27 General Conditions and Contract Time being adjusted as necessary. A Change Directive shall be used in the absence of complete and prompt agreement on the terms of a Change Order. 10.3.2 If the Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Amount, the adjustment shall be based on the method provided for in paragraph 11.5. 10.3.3 A Change Directive shall be recorded later by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. 10.3.4 Upon receipt of a Change Directive, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved. 10.4 Field Order: 10.4.1 Owner's Representative may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Amount or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These shall be accomplished by written Field Order and shall be binding on the OWNER and on the CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 10.4.2 If the CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order would require an adjustment in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Times, the CONTRACTOR shall make written request to Owner's Representative for a Change Order. Any request by the CONTRACTOR for an adjustment in Contract Amount and/or Contract Times shall be made in writing prior to beginning the work covered by the Field Order. 10.5 No Damages for Delay: Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the OWNER to stop Work for reasons for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, or such delay is not caused by active interference in the Work by OWNER for reasons for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, then such delay will entitle the CONTRACTOR only to an equivalent extension of time, the CONTRACTOR's application for which shall, however, be subject to approval of the OWNER. No such extension of time shall release the CONTRACTOR or surety on its performance bond from all the CONTRACTOR's obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until discharge of the Contract. ARTICLE 11 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT 11.1 The Contract Amount is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 11.2 The original Contract Amount may not be increased by more than twenty-five percent(25%) and it may not be decreased more than twenty-five percent (25%)without the consent of the CONTRACTOR to such decrease. 11.3 The Contract Amount shall only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party promptly (but in no event later than thirty(30)calendar days)after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant, and shall represent that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, all Claims for adjustment in the Contract Amount shall be determined as set out in Article 16. 11.4 Determination of Value of Work: 00700 04-2020 Page 28 General Conditions 11.4.1 The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount will be determined by one or more of the following methods: .1 by application of unit prices contained in the Contract Documents to the quantities of the items involved. .2 by a mutually agreed lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation. .3 by cost of Work plus the CONTRACTOR's fee for all overhead costs and profit(determined as provided in paragraph 11.5). 11.4.2 Before using the method described in paragraph 11.4.1.3, the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree to negotiate a Change Order using the methods identified in paragraph 11.4.1.1 and paragraph 11.4.1.2, as appropriate, to determine the adjustment in the Contract Amount. 11.5 Cost of Work: If neither of the methods defined in paragraph 11.4.1.1 or paragraph 11.4.1.2 can be agreed upon before a change in the Work is commenced which will result in an adjustment in the Contract Amount, the OWNER may issue a Change Directive to the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER elects to issue a Change Directive, CONTRACTOR shall perform the Changed Work and payment will be made as follows: .1 For all personnel, the CONTRACTOR will receive the rate or wage specified in the prevailing wage rates established in Section 00900 for each hour that said personnel are actually engaged in such Work, to which will be added an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the sum thereof as compensation for the CONTRACTOR's and any affected Subcontractor's total overhead and profit. No separate charge will be made by the CONTRACTOR for organization or overhead expenses. For the cost of premiums on public liability insurance, workers' compensation insurance, social security and unemployment insurance, an amount equal to fifty-five percent (55%) of the wages paid personnel, excluding the twenty-five(25%)compensation provided above, will be paid to the CONTRACTOR. The actual cost of the CONTRACTOR's bond(s) on the extra Work will be paid based on invoices from surety. No charge for superintendence will be made unless considered necessary and ordered by the OWNER. .2 The CONTRACTOR will receive the actual cost, including freight charges, of the materials used on such Work, to which costs will be added a sum equal to twenty-five percent (25%) thereof as compensation for the CONTRACTOR's and any affected Subcontractor's total overhead and profit. In case material invoices indicate a discount may be taken, the actual cost will be the invoice price minus the discount. .3 For machinery, trucks, power tools, or other similar equipment agreed to be necessary by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER will allow the CONTRACTOR the rate as given in the latest edition of the Associated General Contractors of America "Contractor's Equipment Cost Guide" as published by Dataquest for each hour that said tools or equipment are in use on such work, which rate includes the cost of fuel, lubricants and repairs. No additional compensation will be allowed on the equipment for the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit. .4 The compensation, as herein provided for, shall be received by the CONTRACTOR and any affected Subcontractor as payment in full for work done by Change Directive and will include use of small tools, and total overhead expense and profit. The CONTRACTOR and the Owner's Representative shall compare records of work done by Change Directive at the end of each day. Copies of these records will be made upon forms provided for this purpose by the OWNER and signed by both Owner's Representative and the CONTRACTOR, with one (1) copy being retained by the OWNER and one (1) by the CONTRACTOR. Refusal by the CONTRACTOR to sign these records within two (2) working days of presentation does not invalidate the accuracy of the record. 00700 04-2020 Page 29 General Conditions 11.6 Unit Price Work: 11.6.1 Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be unit price Work, initially the Contract Amount will be deemed to include for all unit price work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Bid. The estimated quantities of items of unit price work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Amount. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of unit price work performed by the CONTRACTOR will be made by Owner's Representative. Owner's Representative will review with the CONTRACTOR the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). 11.6.2 When "plan quantity" is indicated for a bid item, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the amount specified in the Contract Documents without any measurements. 11.6.3 Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by the CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 11.6.4 A Major Item is any individual bid item in the Bid that has a total cost equal to or greater than five percent (5%) of the original Contract Amount or $50,000, whichever is greater, computed on the basis of bid quantities and Contract unit prices. 11.6.5 The OWNER or the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount in accordance with Article 11 if: .1 the actual quantity of any Major Item should become as much as twenty percent (20%) more than or twenty percent (20%) less than in the Bid; or .2 The CONTRACTOR presents proper documentation contesting the accuracy of "plan quantity," and Owner's Representative verifies quantity and determines original quantity is in error by five percent (5%) or more. 11.6.6 Right to Verify Information: The CONTRACTOR agrees that any designated representative of the OWNER shall have the right to examine the CONTRACTOR's records to verify the accuracy and appropriateness of the pricing data used to price change proposals. Even after a Change Order Proposal has been approved, the CONTRACTOR agrees that if the OWNER later determines the cost and pricing data submitted was inaccurate, incomplete, not current or not in compliance with the terms of this Agreement regarding pricing of change orders, then an appropriate contract price reduction will be made. 11.6.7 Pricing Information Requirements: The CONTRACTOR agrees to provide and require all subcontractors to provide a breakdown of allowable labor and labor burden cost information as outlined herein. This information will be used to evaluate the potential cost of labor and labor burden related to change order work. It is intended that this information represent an accurate estimate of the CONTRACTOR's actual labor and labor burden cost components. This information is not intended to establish fixed billing or change order pricing labor rates. However, at the time change orders are priced the submitted cost data for labor rates may be used to price change order work. The accuracy of any such agreed-upon labor cost components used to price change orders will be subject to later audit. Approved change order amounts may be adjusted later to correct the impact of inaccurate labor cost components if the agreed-upon labor cost components are determined to be inaccurate. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1 Working Day and Calendar Day Contracts: 12.1.1 The Contract Times (or Milestones) shall only be changed by Change Order or Time Extension Request duly executed by both the CONTRACTOR and Owner's Representative. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones)shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other 00700 04-2020 Page 30 General Conditions party promptly(but in no event later than thirty(30) calendar days)after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the delay and stating the general nature of the delay. Notice of the extent of the delay with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant, and shall represent that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, all Claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined as set out in Article 16. No Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones)will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. 12.1.2 When the CONTRACTOR is at fault and the OWNER stops the Work so that corrections in the Work can be made by the CONTRACTOR, then no extension in time will be allowed. 12.1.3 When the CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times(or Milestones) due to delay for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay will be considered by OWNER. Any extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. However, adverse weather shall not be considered justification for extension of Contract Times on Calendar Day contracts, except as provided for in paragraph 12.2. 12.1.4 The OWNER will consider time extension requests and may grant the CONTRACTOR an extension of time because of: .1 Changes ordered in the Work which justify additional time. .2 Failure of materials or products being at the Project site due to delays in transportation or failures of Suppliers,for which the CONTRACTOR,a Subcontractor or a Supplier is not responsible. The request for an extension of time shall be supported by a recitation of acts demonstrating that such delays were beyond the control of the CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor or a Supplier including but not limited to, the CONTRACTOR's, the Subcontractor's or the Supplier's efforts to overcome such delays documented as follows: a) Copy of purchase order for delayed item(s) indicating date ordered by the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor and date purchase order received by Supplier. b) If item(s) require Shop Drawings or other submittal information in accordance with the Contract Documents, provide record of date submittal(s) forwarded to Owner's Representative, date submittal(s) returned to the CONTRACTOR, and date submittal(s)forwarded to Supplier. c) Copy of document(s) from Supplier, on Supplier's letterhead, indicating date(s) item(s) would be ready for shipment and/or actual shipment date(s). d) Copies of all correspondence between the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor and Supplier indicating the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor's efforts to expedite item(s). e) If item(s) are being purchased by a Subcontractor, provision of meeting notes, correspondence, and the like which reflect the CONTRACTOR's efforts with the Subcontractor to expedite delivery of the item(s). .3 When acts of the OWNER, E/A, utility owners or other contractors employed by the OWNER delay progress of work through no fault of the CONTRACTOR. .4 When the CONTRACTOR is delayed by strikes, lockouts, fires, losses from natural causes, or other unavoidable cause or causes beyond the CONTRACTOR's control. 12.2 Calendar Day Contracts: 00700 04-2020 Page 31 General Conditions Under a Calendar Day Contract, the CONTRACTOR may also be granted an extension of time because of unusual inclement weather that is beyond the normal weather expected for the Williamson and Travis Counties, Texas area. Normal weather which prevents the CONTRACTOR from performing Work is expected during a Calendar Day Contract, and is not a justification for an extension of time. The following delineates the number of days per month for which, for purposes of Calendar Day Contracts, expected normal weather will prevent performance of Work: January.......................... 7 days February........................ 7 days March............................. 7 days April............................... 7 days May................................ 8 days June................................ 6 days July................................. 6 days August........................... 5 days September..................... 7 days October.......................... 7 days November..................... 7 days December...................... 7 days Days per month exceeding the number shown above may be credited as Rain Days if a Claim is made in accordance with paragraph 12.1.1 and meets the following definition: a "Rain Day" is any day in which a weather event occurs at the site and is sufficient to prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing units of Work critical to maintaining the project schedule during the entire day. ARTICLE 13 -TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; AND CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which the OWNER or E/A has actual knowledge will be given to the CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected or corrected as provided for in Article 13. 13.2 Access to Work: The OWNER, E/A, E/A's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of the OWNER, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies having jurisdiction will have unrestricted physical access to the Work site for observing, inspecting and testing. The CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access, and advise them of the CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.3 Tests and Inspections: 13.3.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.3.2 The OWNER shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: .1 for inspections, tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.3.3 below; .2 for reinspecting or retesting defective Work; and .3 as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. All testing laboratories shall be those selected by the OWNER. 00700 04-2020 Page 32 General Conditions 13.3.3 If laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work(or part thereof)specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, the CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. The CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for the OWNER's and E/A's review of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs or equipment submitted for review prior to the CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. 13.4 Uncovering Work: 13.4.1 If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by the CONTRACTOR without concurrence of Owner's Representative, or if any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered and recovered at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.4.2 If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed, inspected or tested, the CONTRACTOR shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, the CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount, and may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 and Article 12. 13.5 OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.5.1 If the Work is defective, or the CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of the OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR or any surety or other Party. 13.5.2 If the CONTRACTOR fails to correct defective Work or submit a satisfactory plan to take corrective action, with procedure and time schedule, the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until cause for such order has been eliminated, or take any other action permitted by this Contract. A notice to stop the Work, based on defects, shall not stop calendar or working days charged to the Project. 00700 04-2020 Page 33 General Conditions 13.6 Correction or Removal of Defective Work: If required by the OWNER,the CONTRACTOR shall promptly,as directed,either correct all defective Work,whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. The CONTRACTOR shall correct or remove and replace defective Work, or submit a plan of action detailing how the deficiency will be corrected, within the time frame identified in the notice of defective Work. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others), including but not limited to all consultant, engineering, expert and attorney's fees incurred by the OWNER as a result of such defective work or as necessary for OWNER to investigate such defective Work and/or to determine the appropriate means or methods to address or correct such defective Work. The OWNER shall have the right, in OWNER's sole discretion, to have the E/A or other consultant specify the means and methods that will be followed to correct or address any defective Work. If the OWNER specifies a means or method by which the defective Work will be addressed or corrected, the CONTRACTOR shall perform the specified work necessary to address or correct the defective Work at CONTRACTOR's sole cost and expense. 13.7 Warranty period: 13.7.1 If, at any time after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by laws or regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to the OWNER and in accordance with the OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If the CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others and all consultant, expert and attorney's fees incurred by OWNER)will be paid by the CONTRACTOR. 13.7.2 In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the warranty period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Contract Documents and agreed to by OWNER. 13.8 OWNER May Correct Defective Work: If the CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after Written Notice of the OWNER to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the OWNER may, after seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. If, in the opinion of Owner's Representative, significant progress has not been made during this seven (7)calendar day period to correct the deficiency,the OWNER may exercise any actions necessary to remedy the deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph,the OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the OWNER may exclude the CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend the CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the OWNER has paid the CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. The CONTRACTOR shall allow the OWNER, its agents and employees,the OWNER's other contractors, E/A and E/A's consultants access to the site to enable the OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against the CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the 00700 04-2020 Page 34 General Conditions Work. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of the CONTRACTOR's defective Work and any and all consultant, expert and attorneys fees incurred by OWNER as a result of OWNER's correction of defective WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or claims of damage because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the OWNER of the OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. 13.9 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work, including but not limited to any expert, engineering or other consultant's fees incurred by the OWNER to investigate such defective Work and/or to determine the appropriate means or methods and work necessary to allow OWNER to accept the defective Work and CONTRACTOR shall pay for all work required to be performed to allow OWNER to accept the defective Work and any estimated costs, expenses and damages OWNER may sustain in the future as a result of accepting the defective Work, including any diminution in value of the Project as a result of accepting the defective Work. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work shall be incorporated in a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price, then OWNER may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under the Contract Documents. If the acceptance of defective Work occurs after final payment, CONTRACTOR shall pay to OWNER the above described costs, expenses and damages incurred by OWNER as a result of OWNER's acceptance of defective Work. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.1 Application for Progress Payment: 14.1.1 Not more than once per month, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment, in a form acceptable to the OWNER, filled out and signed by the CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents or as required by OWNER. 14.1.2 Such applications shall not include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders. 14.1.3 Such applications shall not include requests for payment of amounts the CONTRACTOR does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or Supplier because of a dispute or other reason. 14.1.4 Owner will not pay for materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location. Payment will be made by Owner only for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.1.5 Where the original Contract Amount is less than $400,000, the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the total amount of approved Application for Payment, less ten percent (10%)of the amount thereof, which ten percent (10%)will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. Where the original Contract Amount is$400,000 or more, the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the total amount of approved Application for Payment, less five percent (5%) of the amount thereof, which five percent (5%)will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. In either case, if the Work is near completion and delay occurs due to no fault or neglect of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may pay a portion of the retained amount to the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the obligation to complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due under the Contract subject to the conditions stated under paragraph 15.2. 00700 04-2020 Page 35 General Conditions 14.1.6 Applications for Payment shall include the following documentation: .1 updated progress schedule; .2 monthly subcontractor report; and .3 any other documentation required under the Supplemental General Conditions. 14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title: The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the OWNER not later than the time of payment to the CONTRACTOR free and clear of all liens. 14.3 Review of Applications for Progress Payment: 14.3.1 Owner's Representative will, within seven (7) calendar days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate a recommendation for payment and forward the Application for processing by the OWNER, or return the Application to the CONTRACTOR indicating Owner's Representative's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case,the CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 14.3.2 Owner's Representative's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Owner's Representative, based upon Owner's Representative's on-site observations of the executed Work and on Owner's Representative's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Owner's Representative's knowledge, information and belief: .1 the Work has progressed to the point indicated; and .2 the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for unit price Work, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation). 14.3.3 By recommending any such payment, Owner's Representative will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: .1 inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work or that the Work has been performed in accordance with the Contract Documents; .2 examination has been made to ascertain how or for what purpose the CONTRACTOR has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Amount; .3 the CONTRACTOR's construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures have been reviewed; or .4 that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle the CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by the OWNER or entitle the OWNER to withhold payment to the CONTRACTOR. 14.4 Decisions to Withhold Payment: 14.4.1 The OWNER may withhold or nullify the whole or part of any payment to such extent as may be necessary on account of: .1 defective Work not remedied; 00700 04-2020 Page 36 General Conditions .2 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount; .3 damage to the OWNER or another contractor; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; .5 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a schedule of values in accordance with the Contract Documents; .6 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a submittal schedule in accordance with the Contract Documents; .7 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit or update construction schedules in accordance with the Contract Documents, .8 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain a record of changes on drawings and documents; .9 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain weekly payroll reports; .10 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit monthly subcontractor reports; .11 the CONTRACTOR's neglect or unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work, including failure to clean up; or .12 failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with any provision of the Contract Documents. .13 OWNER's disagreement with the recommendation of the Owner's Representative, provided the OWNER has provided a Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR specifying the reasons why OWNER does not agree with such recommendation. 14.4.2 When the above reasons for withholding payment are removed, the CONTRACTOR shall resubmit a statement for the value of Work performed. Payment will be made within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of approved Application for Payment. 14.5 Delayed Payments: Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR of a sum named in any Application for Payment with which OWNER agrees and has approved for payment within thirty (30) calendar days after the day on which the OWNER received the mutually acceptable Application for Payment, then the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR, in addition to the sum shown as due by such Application for Payment, interest thereon at the rate of one percent (1%) per month from date due until fully paid, which shall fully liquidate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment. 14.6 Arrears: No money shall be paid by the OWNER upon any claim, debt, demand or account whatsoever, to any person, firm or corporation who is in arrears to the OWNER; and the OWNER shall be entitled to counterclaim and offset against any such debt, claim, demand or account so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand or account, shall affect the right of the OWNER to so offset said amounts, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 00700 04-2020 Page 37 General Conditions 14.7 Substantial Completion: 14.7.1 If a Certificate of Occupancy is required by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work, said certificate shall be issued before the Work or any portion thereof is considered substantially complete. When the CONTRACTOR considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the OWNER agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative and request a determination as to whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If Owner's Representative does not consider the Work substantially complete, Owner's Representative will notify the CONTRACTOR giving reasons therefor. Failure on the OWNER's part to list a reason does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. After satisfactorily completing items identified by Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall then submit another request for Owner's Representative to determine substantial completion. If Owner's Representative considers the Work substantially complete, Owner's Representative will prepare and deliver a certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall include a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment, shall establish the time within which the CONTRACTOR shall finish the punch list, and shall establish responsibilities of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, warranty and insurance. Failure to include an item on the punch list does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The certificate of Substantial Completion shall be signed by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR to evidence acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in such certificate. 14.7.2 The OWNER shall have the right to exclude the CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but the OWNER will allow the CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the punch list. 14.8 Partial Utilization: The OWNER, at the OWNER's sole option, shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work regardless of the time for completing the entire Work. The OWNER's exercise of such use and possession shall not be construed to mean that the OWNER acknowledges that any part of the Work so possessed and used is substantially complete or that it is accepted by OWNER, and the OWNER's exercise of such use and possession shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its responsibility to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.9 Final Inspection: Upon Written Notice from the CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with the CONTRACTOR and provide Written Notice of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.10 Final Application for Payment: The CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments after the CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and delivered the following documents: .1 Three (3) complete operating and maintenance manuals, each containing maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, and other documentation required by the Contract Documents; .2 Record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.10); .3 Consent of surety, if any, to final payment. If surety is not provided, complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the OWNER) of all claims arising out of or filed in connection with the Work; 00700 04-2020 Page 38 General Conditions .4 Certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Supplemental General Conditions will remain in force after final payment and through any warranty period; .5 Non-Use of Asbestos Affidavit (After Construction); and .6 Any other documentation called for in the Contract Documents. 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.11.1 If, on the basis of observation of the Work during construction, final inspection, and review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and the CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will recommend the final Application for Payment and thereby notify the OWNER. If the OWNER agrees with the recommendation of the Owner's Representative, the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the balance due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of the Contract. 14.11.2 As Contract Time is measured to Final Completion, Owner's Representative will issue a letter of final acceptance to the CONTRACTOR which establishes the Final Completion date and initiates any warranty period. 14.11.3 Final payment is considered to have taken place when the CONTRACTOR or any of its representatives negotiates the OWNER's final payment check, whether labeled final or not, for cash or deposits check in any financial institution for its monetary return. 14.12 Waiver of Claims: The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: .1 a waiver of claims by the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled claims, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any warranty specified therein, or from the CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and .2 a waiver of all claims by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work Without Cause and for Convenience: At any time and without cause and for convenience, the OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety(90)calendar days by written agreement or by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR which will fix the date on which the Work will be resumed. The CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. The CONTRACTOR may be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times,or both,directly attributable to any such suspension if the CONTRACTOR makes an approved Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 and Article 12. 15.2 OWNER May Terminate Without Cause: Upon seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any right or remedy of the OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): .1 for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 00700 04-2020 Page 39 General Conditions .2 for all claims incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Suppliers, Subcontractors, and others. The CONTRACTOR agrees to negotiate in good faith with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others to mitigate the OWNER's cost CONTRACTOR shall include in any subcontract or purchase order language that provides that if the Agreement is terminated without cause, the Subcontractor and Suppliers will only be paid for work performed or materials and equipment supplied and shall not have any other claims against CONTRACTOR or OWNER; CONTRACTOR shall not be paid for any profit or overhead for Work not completed. 15.3 OWNER May Terminate With Cause: 15.3.1 Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: .1 if the CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; .2 if the CONTRACTOR disregards laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; .3 if the CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; .4 if the CONTRACTOR makes fraudulent statements; .5 if the CONTRACTOR fails to maintain a work force adequate to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time; .6 if the CONTRACTOR fails to make adequate progress and endangers successful completion of the Contract; or .7 if the CONTRACTOR otherwise violates any provisions of the Contract Documents; The OWNER may, after giving the CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice terminate the services of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER, at its option, may proceed with negotiation with surety for completion of the Work. Alternatively,the OWNER may under these circumstances exclude the CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work (without liability to the CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the OWNER has paid the CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the OWNER may deem expedient. In such case the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work, such excess will be paid to the CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and damage exceed such unpaid balance, the CONTRACTOR or surety shall pay the difference to the OWNER. 15.3.2 Where the CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by the OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR and surety then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of amounts due the CONTRACTOR by the OWNER will not release the CONTRACTOR from liability. In the event the OWNER terminates the Contract with cause, the OWNER may reject any and all bids submitted by the CONTRACTOR for up to three (3) years. 00700 04-2020 Page 40 General Conditions 15.4 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: If through no act or fault of the CONTRACTOR,the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety(90)calendar days by the OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or (except during disputes) Owner's Representative fails to forward for processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty (30) calendar days after it is submitted, or(except during disputes)the OWNER fails for sixty(60) calendar days after it is submitted to pay the CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER to be due, then the CONTRACTOR may, upon seven(7)calendar days'Written Notice to the OWNER, and provided the OWNER does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.2. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if(except during disputes) Owner's Representative has failed to forward for processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty(30)calendar days after it is submitted, or (except during disputes) the OWNER has failed for sixty (60) calendar days after it is submitted to pay the CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER to be due, the CONTRACTOR may upon seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the OWNER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due the CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.4 are not intended to preclude the CONTRACTOR from making a Claim under Article 11 and Article 12 for an increase in Contract Amount or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to the CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16-DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.1 Filing of Claims: 16.1.1 Claims arising from the circumstances identified in paragraphs 3.2, 4.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.4, 6.4.2, 6.11.5.2, 6.17, 7.5, 8.6,9.5, 10.4.2, 13.8, 15.1, 15.2, 15.3, or 15.4,or other occurrences or events, shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant and shall represent that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant is entitled. 16.1.2 Within thirty(30)calendar days of receipt of notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data, Owner's Representative and the CONTRACTOR shall meet to discuss the Claim, after which an offer of settlement or notification of no settlement offer will be made to claimant. If claimant is not satisfied with the proposal presented, claimant shall have thirty(30)calendar days in which to: .1 submit additional supporting data requested by the other party; .2 modify the initial Claim; or .3 request Alternative Dispute Resolution. 16.2 Alternative Dispute Resolution: 16.2.1 If a dispute exists concerning a Claim, the parties agree to use the following procedure prior to pursuing any other available remedies. The OWNER reserves the right to include E/A as a party. 16.2.2 Negotiating with Previously Uninvolved Personnel: Either party may make a written request for a meeting to be held between representatives of each party within fourteen (14) calendar days of the request or such later period that the parties may agree to. Each party shall endeavor to include, at a minimum, one (1) previously uninvolved senior level decision maker empowered to negotiate on behalf of their organization. The purpose of this and subsequent meetings will be good faith negotiations of the matters constituting the dispute. Negotiations shall be concluded within thirty(30)calendar days of the first meeting, unless mutually agreed otherwise. This step may 00700 04-2020 Page 41 General Conditions be waived by written agreement of both parties, in which event the parties may proceed directly to mediation as described below. 16.2.3 Mediation: 16.2.3.1 If the procedure described in paragraph 16.2.2 proves unsuccessful or is waived pursuant to its terms, the parties shall initiate the mediation process. The parties agree to select within thirty (30) calendar days one (1) mediator trained in mediation skills, to assist with resolution of the dispute. The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree to act in good faith in the selection of the mediator and to give consideration to qualified individuals nominated to act as mediator. Nothing in this agreement prevents the parties from relying on the skills of a person who also is trained in the subject matter of the dispute and/or a contract interpretation expert. 16.2.3.2 Mediation is a forum in which an impartial person, the mediator, facilitates communication between parties to promote reconciliation, settlement, or understanding among them. The parties hereby agree that mediation, at a minimum, shall provide for 1)conducting an on-site investigation, if appropriate, by the mediator for fact-gathering purposes, 2) a meeting of all parties for the exchange of points of view and 3) separate meetings between the mediator and each party to the dispute for the formulation of resolution alternatives. The parties agree to participate in mediation in good faith for up to thirty(30)calendar days from the date of the first mediation session, unless mutually agreed otherwise. Should the parties fail to reach a resolution of the dispute through mediation, then each party is released to pursue other remedies available to them. ARTICLE 17—RIGHT TO AUDIT 17.1 Right to Audit: Whenever the OWNER enters into any type of contractual arrangement with the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR's "records" shall upon reasonable notice be open to inspection and subject to audit and/or reproduction during normal business working hours. The OWNER's representative, or an outside representative engaged by the OWNER, may perform such audits. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain all records relating to this Agreement for four (4) years from the date of final payment under this Agreement, or until pending litigation has been completely and fully resolved, whichever occurs later. 17.1.1 The OWNER shall have the exclusive right to examine the records of the CONTRACTOR. The term "records"as referred to herein shall include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character, including without limitation records, books, papers, documents, contracts, schedules, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers and memoranda, and any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in the OWNER's judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any contract document. Such records shall include (hard copy, as well as computer-readable data if it can be made available), written policies and procedures, time sheets, payroll registers, cancelled checks, personnel file data, correspondence, general ledger entries, and any other record in the CONTRACTOR's possession which may have a bearing on matters of interest to the OWNER in connection with the CONTRACTOR's dealings with the OWNER(all of the foregoing are hereinafter referred to as "records"). In addition,the CONTRACTOR shall permit interviews of employees as well as agents, representatives, vendors, subcontractors and other third parties paid by the CONTRACTOR to the extent necessary to adequately permit evaluation and verification of the following: a) The CONTRACTOR's compliance with contract requirements; b) The CONTRACTOR's compliance with the OWNER'S business ethics policies; and c) If necessary, the extent of the Work performed by the CONTRACTOR at the time of contract termination. 17.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall require all payees(examples of payees include subcontractors, insurance agents, material suppliers, etc.) to comply with the provisions of this Article 17 by securing the requirements hereof in a 00700 04-2020 Page 42 General Conditions written agreement between the CONTRACTOR and payee. Such requirements include a flow-down right of audit provision in contracts with payees that also apply to subcontractors and sub-subcontractors, material suppliers, etc. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully and shall require Related Parties and all of the CONTRACTOR's subcontractors to cooperate fully in furnishing or in making available to the OWNER from time to time whenever requested, in an expeditious manner, any and all such information, materials, and data. 17.1.3 The OWNER's authorized representative or designee shall have reasonable access to the CONTRACTOR's facilities, shall be allowed to interview all current or former employees to discuss matters pertinent to the performance of this Agreement, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with this Article 17. 17.1.4 If an audit inspection or examination in accordance with this Article 17 discloses overpricing or overcharges of any nature by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER in excess of one-half of one percent(.5%)of the total contract billings, then the reasonable actual cost of the OWNER's audit shall be reimbursed to the OWNER by the CONTRACTOR. Any adjustments and/or payments,which must be made as a result of any such audit or inspection of the CONTRACTOR's invoices and/or records, shall be made within a reasonable amount of time (not to exceed 90 days)from presentation of the OWNER's findings to the CONTRACTOR. 17.1.5 The CONTRACTOR shall take reasonable actions to prevent any actions or conditions which could result in a conflict with the OWNER's best interests. These obligations shall apply to the activities of the CONTRACTOR's employees, agents, subcontractors, etc. in their dealings and relations with the OWNER's current and former employees and their relatives. For example,the CONTRACTOR's employees,agents or subcontractors should not make or provide to be made any employment, gifts, extravagant entertainment, payments, loans or other considerations to the OWNER's representatives, employees or their relatives. 17.1.6 It is also understood and agreed by the CONTRACTOR that any solicitation of gifts or any other item of value by anyone representing the OWNER is to be reported within two (2) business working days to the OWNER at the following telephone number: 512-218-5401. Failure to report any such solicitations or offers shall be deemed a material breach of contract entitling the OWNER to pursue damages resulting from the failure to comply with this provision. ARTICLE 18—MISCELLANEOUS 18.1 Venue: In the event of any suit at law or in equity involving the Contract, venue shall be in Williamson County, Texas and the laws of the state of Texas shall apply to Contract interpretation and enforcement. 18.2 Extent of Agreement: This Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. 18.3 Cumulative Remedies: The rights and remedies available to the parties are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by laws or regulations, by special warranty or guarantees or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 00700 04-2020 Page 43 General Conditions 18.4 Severability: If any word, phrase, clause, sentence or provision of the Contract, or the application of same to any person or set of circumstances is for any reason held to be unconstitutional, invalid or unenforceable, that finding shall only effect such word, phrase, clause, sentence or provision, and such finding shall not effect the remaining portions of this Contract; this being the intent of the parties in entering into the Contract; and all provisions of the Contract are declared to be severable for this purpose. 18.5 Independent Contractor The Contract shall not be construed as creating an employer/employee relationship,a partnership,or a joint venture. The CONTRACTOR's services shall be those of an independent contractor. The CONTRACTOR agrees and understands that the Contract does not grant any rights or privileges established for employees of the OWNER. 18.6 Prohibition of Gratuities The OWNER may, by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, terminate the Contract without liability if is determined by the OWNER that gratuities were offered or given by the CONTRACTOR or any agent or representative of the CONTRACTOR to any officer or employee of the OWNER with a view toward securing the Contract or securing favorable treatment with respect to the awarding or amending or the making of any determinations with respect to the performing of such Contract. In the event the Contract is terminated by the OWNER pursuant to this provision, the OWNER shall be entitled, in addition to any other rights and remedies, to recover or withhold the amount of the cost incurred by the CONTRACTOR in providing such gratuities. 18.7 Prohibition Against Personal Interest in Contracts No officer, employee, independent consultant, or elected official of the OWNER who is involved in the development, evaluation, or decision-making process of the performance of any solicitation shall have a financial interest, direct or indirect, in the Contract resulting from that solicitation. Any violation of this provision, with the knowledge, expressed or implied, of the CONTRACTOR shall render the Contract voidable by the OWNER. End of General Conditions 00700 04-2020 Page 44 General Conditions ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—April 29, 2025 SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS Supplemental General Conditions follows this page. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS 007300 - 1 City of Round Rock Contract Forms Supplemental General Conditions Section 00800 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS TO AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES The Supplemental General Conditions contained herein shall amend or supplement the General Conditions, Section 00700. ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS 1.16 Engineer/Architect(E/A): Add the following: Name (Representative): Denny Bales Firm: Brinldey Sargent Wiginlon Architects,Inc. Address: 1005 E St.Elm Building 8 City, State, Zip: Austin,TX78745 Telephone: 512-610-4700 Facsimile: Email dboies@bsrr-archnects.com 1.27 Owner's Representative: Add the following: Name: MalthmSmilh Title: Project manager Address: 212 Born a BNd City, State, Zip: Round Rods 7X78664 Telephone: 512-639-7493 Facsimile: Email: msm t@roundrocktexas.gov ARTICLE 6 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.18 Liquidated Damages Add the following: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IN THE AMOUNT OF Five Thousand AND NO/100 DOLLARS $5,000- PER DAY FOR EACH DAY BEYOND THE DATE ESTABLISHED THEREFOR THAT THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO ACHIEVE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, AND FOR WHICH OWNER IS UNABLE TO UTILIZE THE IMPROVEMENTS AND FACILITIES DUE TO THE FAILURE OF CONTRACTOR TO HAVE ACHIEVED SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT. END OF SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 00800 10-2015 Supplemental General Conditions 00090669 00900 SPECIAL CONDITIONS SECTION 01-INFORMATION 01-01 COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED The Agreement will be prepared in not less than two (2) (original signed) sets. The OWNER will furnish to the CONTRACTOR one (1) copy of conforming Contract Documents and Specifications unless otherwise requested. 01-02 GOVERNING CODES All construction as provided for under the Contract Documents shall be governed by any existing Resolutions, Codes and Ordinances, and any subsequent amendments or revisions thereto as set forth by the OWNER. 01-03 LOCATION The location of work shall be as set forth in the Notice to Bidders and as indicated in the Contract Documents. 01-04 USAGE OF WATER All water used during construction shall be provided by the OWNER and shall be metered. The OWNER shall specify the location from which the CONTRACTOR is to procure water. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining a bulk water permit from the OWNER and providing all apparatus necessary for procuring, storing, transporting and using water during construction. The CONTRACTOR shall strive to use no more water than reasonable to perform the work associated with this Contract and shall avoid waste. The CONTRACTOR will be required to pay for all water used if it is found that waste is occurring during construction. SECTION 02-SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 02-01 CROSSING UTILITIES Prior to commencing the Work associated with this Contract, it shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to make arrangements with the owners of utility companies to uncover their particular utility lines or otherwise confirm their location. Certain utility companies perform such services at their own expense, however, where such is not the case, the CONTRACTOR will cause such work to be done at his own expense. 02-02 UTILITY SERVICES FOR CONSTRUCTION The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for providing its own utility services while performing the Work associated with this Contract. Provision of said utility services shall be subsidiary to the various bid items and no additional payment will be made for this item. 009004-2025 Page 1 Special Conditions 4839-3043-5583 02-03 WAGE RATES Wage Rates (Information From Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code Title 10) 2288.021. Duty of Government Entity to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates a. The State or any political subdivision of the State shall pay a worker employed by it or on behalf of it: (1) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed; and (2) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work. b. Subsection(a) does not apply to maintenance work. C. A worker is employed on a public work for the purposes of this section if a Contractor or Subcontractor in the execution of a contract for the public work with the State, a political subdivision of the State or any officer or public body of the State or a political subdivision of the State, employs the worker. 2258.023. Prevailing Wage Rates to be Paid by Contractor and Subcontractor; Penalty a. The contractor who is awarded a contract by a public body, or a Subcontractor of the Contractor, shall pay not less than the rates determined under Section 2258.022 to a worker employed by it in the execution of the contract. b. A Contractor or Subcontractor who violates this section shall pay to the state or a political subdivision of the state on whose behalf the contract is made, $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract. A public body awarding a contract shall specify this penalty in the contract. C. A contractor or subcontractor does not violate this section if a public body awarding a contract does not determine the prevailing wage rates, and specify the rates in the contract as provided by Section 2258.022. d. The public body shall use any money collected under this section to offset the costs incurred in the administration of this chapter. C. A municipality is entitled to collect a penalty under this section only if the municipality has a population of more than 10,000. 00900-4-2025 Page 2 Special Conditions 4839-3043-5583 2258.051. Duty of Public Body to Hear Complaints and Withhold Payment A public body awarding a contract, and an agent or officer of the public body, shall: 1. take cognizance of complaints of all violations of this chapter committed in the execution of the contract; and 2. withhold money forfeited or required to be withheld under this Chapter from the payments to the Contractor under the contract, except that the public body may not withhold money from other than the final payment without determination by the public body that there is good cause to believe that the Contractor has violated this chapter. Applicable wage rates to be used in Williamson and/or Travis County may be obtained from the U.S. Department of Labor website at the following web addresses: Construction Types: Heavy (Sewer/Water Treating Plant and Sewer/Incidental to Highway) https:Hsam.gov/wage-detennination/TX20250033/0 Construction Types: Heavy and Highway https:Hsam.gov/wage-determination/TX20250007/0 Construction Type: Building https://sam.gov/wage-detennination/TX20250275/2 02-04 LIMIT OF FINANCIAL RESOURCES The OWNER has a limited amount of financial resources committed to this Project; therefore, it shall be understood by all bidders that the OWNER may be required to change and/or delete any items which it may feel is necessary to accomplish all or part of the scope of work within its limit of financial resources. CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to no claim for damages or anticipated profits on any portion of work that may be omitted. At any time during the duration of this contract, the OWNER reserves the right to omit any work from this contract. Unit prices for all items previously approved in this contract shall be used to delete or add work per change order. 02-05 LIMITS OF WORK AND PAYMENT It shall be the obligation of the CONTRACTOR to complete all work included in this Contract, so authorized by the OWNER, as described in the contract documents and technical specifications. All items of work not specifically paid for in the bid proposal shall be included in the unit price bids. Any question arising as to the limits of work shall be left up to the interpretation of the E/A. 009004-2025 Page 3 Special Conditions 4839-3043-5583 02-06 LAND FOR WORK OWNER provides, as indicated on Drawings, land upon which work is to be done, right- of-way for access to same and such other lands that are designated for the use of the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR provides, at his expense and without liability of OWNER, any additional land and access thereto that may be required for his construction operations, temporary construction facilities, or for storage of materials. 02-07 DEVIATIONS OCCASIONED BY UTILITY STRUCTURES Whenever existing utilities, not indicated on the Drawings, present obstructions to grade and alignment of proposed improvements immediately notify engineer, who without delay, will determine if existing utilities are to be relocated, or grade and alignment of proposed improvements changed. Where necessary to move existing utilities and appurtenances as determined by the E/A, the E/A and CONTRACTOR will make relocation arrangements with the utility owner. The OWNER will not be liable for delay costs or damages due to relocations of utilities which hinder progress of the work. 02-08 CONSTRUCTION STAKING All construction staking required to complete the work associated with this contract shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for determining the layout and extent of staking necessary to construct the improvements to the lines and grades shown in the Drawings and such staking shall be satisfactory to the E/A. The CONTRACTOR shall consult with the E/A and Owners Representative in the field for assistance as necessary. Sufficient staking materials and equipment shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR including but not limited to: paint, flagging, laths, hubs, blue tops, nails, hammers, measuring chains or tapes, transits and levels. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for setting and marking control and off-set points for measuring distances and angles, for shooting levels, and for any other items pertaining to construction staking. This item shall not be paid for separately and shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. 00900-4-2025 Page 4 Special Conditions 4839-3043-5583 SECTION 03-ACCESS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL Access shall be provided for the public and emergency vehicles at all possible times. When it becomes necessary to restrict access, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER and coordinate with the OWNER, all applicable agencies (i.e. Fire Department, E.M.S., Public Works, etc.), residents, and affected parties. If emergency access is required during the work and such access is being hindered by the work, the CONTRACTOR will suspend the work if necessary, and otherwise endeavor to assist emergency personnel in accessing a location restricted by the work. Unless otherwise approved by the E/A, at the end of each day all lanes of traffic shall be opened to the public. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure compliance at all times with the accepted Traffic Control Plan for the project and shall be responsible for all maintenance, signing and safety precautions necessary for traffic control. These items shall be included in the bid item Traffic Control. 00900-4-2025 Page 5 Special Conditions 4839-3043-5583 SECTION 04-MATERIAL ESCALATION AND DE-ESCALATION CLAUSE In the event of a significant material price increase occurring during the performance of the work, at no fault to the CONTRACTOR or Subcontractor, material price adjustments may be submitted for the OWNER'S review and approval by a Change Order, following the correct process set forth in the Contract Documents. In the event of a significant material price decrease occurring during the performance of the work, material price adjustments shall be submitted for the OWNER's review and approval by Change Order, following the correct process set forth in the Contract Documents. A significant increase or decrease in material price is defined as a seven percent (7%) or more increase or decrease in material price. The following documentation must be presented by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER as supporting documentation for the Change Order: 1. Quote of material at time of bid or proposal with required length of time per bidding documents that quote was held. 2. Bid Forms and/or verification of the amount the CONTRACTOR or Subcontractor carried in bid for material escalation, contingency, and/or an allowance applicable to material cost increases or decreases, including CONTRACTOR's or Subcontractor's bid with breakdown of labor, materials, and markup. 3. Revised quote at time of purchase and/or actual receipt of purchase of material. 4. Documentation of reasons for the cost increase or decrease, such as enacted tariff and/or imposed federal tax, including correspondence between vendor and CONTRACTOR or Subcontractor. 5. Material Escalation/De-Escalation Cost Form provided by the OWNER. The OWNER will not review or approve any material price increase submitted by the CONTRACTOR if not all documentation described above is submitted to the OWNER. The OWNER reserves the right to audit the work as set forth in the Contract Documents, and this right shall extend to this Material Escalation/De- Escalation Clause. Any overages for material(s) discovered through an audit shall be credits to the OWNER. 00900-4-2025 Page 6 Special Conditions 4839-3043-5583 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—April 29, 2025 SECTION 00 74 00 SPECIAL CONDITIONS Special Conditions follows this page. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 00 74 00 - 1 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Envelope Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2015 IECC Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 - Classroom Facility Location: Round Rock, Texas Climate Zone: 2a Project Type: New Construction Vertical Glazing/Wall Area: 11% Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: 2801 N Mays St, Round Rock,Texas 78665 Additional Efficiency Package(s) Credits: 1.0 Required 1.0 Proposed Enhanced Interior Lighting Controls, 1.0 credit Building Area Floor Area 1-Police& Fire Training Center-Classrooms(Police) : 4741 Nonresidential Envelope Assemblies Assembly Gross Area Cavity Cont. Proposed Budget U- or R-Value R-Value U-Factor Factor(.) Perimeter Floor: Unheated Slab-On-Grade, [Bldg. Use 1- Police& Fire 4732 --- --- 0.730 0.730 Training Center-Classrooms] (c) Roof: Insulation Entirely Above Deck, High Albedo Roof 5522 --- 30.0 0.032 0.039 Exemption = Steep Sloped Roof, [Bldg. Use 1 - Police&Fire Training Center-Classrooms] NORTH Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1-Police&Fire 243 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1-Police&Fire 143 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Door: Insulated Metal, Swinging, [Bldg. Use 1 -Police& Fire 24 --- --- 0.240 0.610 Training Center-Classrooms] Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Police& Fire 786 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Police&Fire 466 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Window: Metal Frame with Thermal Break: Fixed, Perf. Specs.: 220 --- --- 0.290 0.500 Product ID N/A, SHGC 0.17, [Bldg. Use 1 -Police& Fire Training Center-Classrooms] (b) Door: Insulated Metal, Swinging, [Bldg. Use 1 -Police& Fire 24 --- --- 0.240 0.610 Training Center-Classrooms] EAST Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1-Police& Fire 381 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Door: Insulated Metal, Swinging, [Bldg. Use 1 -Police&Fire 24 --- --- 0.240 0.610 Training Center-Classrooms] Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Police&Fire 456 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 1 of 19 Assembly Gross Area Cavity Cont. Proposed Budget U- or R-Value R-Value U-Factor Factor(.) Perimeter Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1-Police& Fire 375 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Door: Insulated Metal, Swinging, [Bldg. Use 1 -Police& Fire 24 --- --- 0.240 0.610 Training Center-Classrooms] SOUTH Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1- Police& Fire 240 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Police & Fire 165 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Door: Insulated Metal, Swinging, [Bldg. Use 1 -Police& Fire 47 --- --- 0.240 0.610 Training Center-Classrooms] Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1- Police& Fire 784 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1- Police&Fire 450 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Window: Metal Frame with Thermal Break: Fixed, Perf. Specs.: 220 --- --- 0.290 0.500 Product ID N/A, SHGC 0.17, [Bldg. Use 1 - Police& Fire Training Center-Classrooms] (b) Door: Insulated Metal, Swinging, [Bldg. Use 1 -Police& Fire 24 --- --- 0.240 0.610 Training Center-Classrooms] WEST Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1- Police& Fire 83 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Police & Fire 413 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Police&Fire 145 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Window: Metal Frame with Thermal Break: Fixed, Perf. Specs.: 120 --- --- 0.290 0.500 Product ID N/A, SHGC 0.17, [Bldg. Use 1 - Police& Fire Training Center-Classrooms] (b) Door: Glass (over 50%glazing): Metal Frame, Entrance Door, 24 --- --- 0.290 0.830 Perf. Specs.: Product ID N/A, SHGC 0.17, [Bldg. Use 1 - Police& Fire Training Center-Classrooms] (b) Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Police& Fire 400 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Police&Fire 126 0.0 35.9 0.026 0.077 Training Center-Classrooms] Door: Glass (over 50%glazing): Metal Frame, Entrance Door, 24 --- --- 0.290 0.830 Perf. Specs.: Product ID N/A, SHGC 0.17, [Bldg. Use 1 - Police& Fire Training Center-Classrooms] (b) (a) Budget U-factors are used for software baseline calculations ONLY, and are not code requirements. (b) Fenestration product performance must be certified in accordance with NFRC and requires supporting documentation. (c) Slab-On-Grade proposed and budget U-factors shown in table are F-factors. Project Notes Envelope PASSES. Design 11% better than . . - Envelope Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed envelope design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application.The proposed envelope systems have been designed to meet the 2015 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version COMcheckWeb and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Inspection Checklist. Name-Title Signature Date Classroom Facility Building Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 2 of 19 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Interior Lighting Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2015 IECC Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 - Classroom Facility Project Type: New Construction Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: 2801 N Mays St, Round Rock,Texas 78665 Additional Efficiency Package(s) Credits: 1.0 Required 1.0 Proposed Enhanced Interior Lighting Controls, 1.0 credit Allowed Interior Lighting Power A B C D Area Category Floor Area Allowed Allowed Watts (ft2) Watts/ft2 1-Police& Fire Training Center-Classrooms (Police) 4741 0.87 4125 Total Allowed Watts= 4125 Proposed Interior Lighting Power A B C D E Fixture ID : Description/Lamp/Wattage Per Lamp/ Ballast Lamps/ #of Fixture (C X D) Fixture Fixture Watt. 1-Police & Fire Training Center- Classrooms (Police) LED: F1: LED RECESSED LINEAR: LED Other Fixture Unit 6.5W: 1 6 3 18 LED: F4: LED LINEAR PENDANT: LED Other Fixture Unit 25W: 1 3 20 60 LED: F5: LED LINEAR PENDANT: LED Other Fixture Unit 36W: 1 40 36 1440 LED: G1: LED 6" DOWNLIGHT: LED Other Fixture Unit 16W: 1 12 16 192 LED: G3: LED 6" DOWNLIGHTS: LED Other Fixture Unit 13W: 1 6 10 60 LED: H2: LED STRIP FIXTURE: LED Other Fixture Unit 50W: 1 7 50 350 LED: 1-2: LED 6" DOWNLIGHT: LED PAR 20W: 1 13 20 260 LED: N5: LED CYLINDER PENDANT: LED Other Fixture Unit 25W: 1 8 24 192 Total Proposed Watts= 2572 Interior Lighting PASSES: Design 38% better than . . Interior Lighting Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed interior lighting design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application.The proposed interior lighting systems have been designed to meet the 2015 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version COMcheckWeb and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Inspection Checklist. Name-Title Signature Date Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 3 of 19 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Exterior Lighting Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2015 IECC Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 - Classroom Facility Project Type: New Construction Exterior Lighting Zone 2 (Light industrial area with limited nighttime use (LZ2)) Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: 2801 N Mays St, Round Rock,Texas 78665 Allowed Exterior Lighting Power A B C D E Area/Surface Category Quantity Allowed Tradable Allowed Watts Watts/ Wattage (B X C) ENTRY 1101A(Main entry) 3 ft of door 20 Yes 60 EXIT 1109C (Other door(not main entry)) 3 ft of door 20 Yes 60 EXIT 1109D(Other door(not main entry)) 3 ft of door 20 Yes 60 EXIT 1114A(Other door(not main entry)) 3 ft of door 20 Yes 60 EXIT 1113C (Other door(not main entry)) 3 ft of door 20 Yes 60 EXIT 1113D (Other door(not main entry)) 3 ft of door 20 Yes 60 Illuminated area of facade wall or surface 2520 ft2 0.1 No 252 Total Tradable Watts(a)= 360 Total Allowed Watts= 612 Total Allowed Supplemental Watts(b)= 600 (a)Wattage tradeoffs are only allowed between tradable areas/surfaces. (b)A supplemental allowance equal to 600 watts may be applied toward compliance of both non-tradable and tradable areas/surfaces. Proposed Exterior Lighting Power A B C D E Fixture ID : Description/Lamp/Wattage Per Lamp/Ballast Lamps/ #of Fixture (C X D) Fixture Fixture Watt. ENTRY 1101A (Main entry. 3 ft of door width): Tradable Wattage LED:T5: LED WALL PACK: LED Other Fixture Unit 36W: 1 1 31 31 EXIT 1109C (Other door(not main entry). 3 ft of door width): Tradable Wattage LED:T5: LED WALL PACK: LED Other Fixture Unit 36W: 1 1 31 31 EXIT 1109D (Other door(not main entry). 3 ft of door width): Tradable Wattage LED:T5: LED WALL PACK: LED Other Fixture Unit 36W: 1 1 31 31 EXIT 1114A(Other door(not main entry). 3 ft of door width): Tradable Wattage LED:T5: LED WALL PACK: LED Other Fixture Unit 36W: 1 1 31 31 EXIT 1113C (Other door(not main entry). 3 ft of door width): Tradable Wattage LED:T5: LED WALL PACK: LED Other Fixture Unit 36W: 1 1 31 31 EXIT 1113D (Other door (not main entry). 3 ft of door width): Tradable Wattage LED:T5: LED WALL PACK: LED Other Fixture Unit 36W: 1 1 31 31 Illuminated area of facade wall or surface (2520 ft2): Non-tradable Wattage LED:Tl: LED WALL PACK: LED Other Fixture Unit 50W: 1 7 50 350 Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 4 of 19 Total Tradable Proposed Watts= 186 Exterior Lighting PASSES: Design 78%better than code Lighting Compliance Statement Compliance Statement. The proposed exterior lighting design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application.The proposed exterior lighting systems have been designed to meet the 2015 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version COMcheckWeb and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Inspection Checklist. Name-Title Signature Date Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 5 of 19 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Mechanical Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2015 IECC Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 - Classroom Facility Location: Round Rock, Texas Climate Zone: 2a Project Type: New Construction Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: 2801 N Mays St, Round Rock,Texas 78665 Additional Efficiency Package(s) Credits: 1.0 Required 1.0 Proposed Enhanced Interior Lighting Controls, 1.0 credit Mechanical Systems List Quantity System Type&Description 1 HVAC System (Single Zone): Split System Heat Pump Heating Mode: Capacity = 24 kBtu/h, Proposed Efficiency = 9.00 HSPF, Required Efficiency = 8.20 HSPF Cooling Mode: Capacity = 24 kBtu/h, Proposed Efficiency = 15.70 SEER, Required Efficiency = 14.00 SEER Proposed Part Load Efficiency = 0.00 , Required Part Load Efficiency = 0.00 Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 800 CFM --Compliance (Motor nameplate HP and fan efficiency method) : Passes Fans: FAN 1 Supply, Constant Volume, 800 CFM, 0.3 motor nameplate hp, 0.0 fan efficiency grade, 0.0 total fan efficiency, 0.0 design fan efficiency,fan exception: Outside of AMCA 205 scope 1 HVAC System (Single Zone): Split System Heat Pump Heating Mode: Capacity= 43 kBtu/h, Proposed Efficiency = 9.00 HSPF, Required Efficiency = 8.20 HSPF Cooling Mode: Capacity = 24 kBtu/h, Proposed Efficiency = 16.00 SEER, Required Efficiency = 14.00 SEER Proposed Part Load Efficiency = 0.00 , Required Part Load Efficiency = 0.00 Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 1400 Compliance (Motor nameplate HP and fan efficiency method) : Passes Fans: FAN 2 Supply, Constant Volume, 1400 CFM, 0.8 motor nameplate hp, 0.0 fan efficiency grade, 0.0 total fan efficiency, 0.0 design fan efficiency ,fan exception: Outside of AMCA 205 scope 2 HVAC System (Single Zone): Split System Heat Pump Heating Mode: Capacity = 43 kBtu/h, Proposed Efficiency = 9.00 HSPF, Required Efficiency = 8.20 HSPF Cooling Mode: Capacity = 24 kBtu/h, Proposed Efficiency = 16.00 SEER, Required Efficiency = 14.00 SEER Proposed Part Load Efficiency = 0.00 , Required Part Load Efficiency = 0.00 Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 1600 CFM--Compliance(Motor nameplate HP and fan efficiency method) : Passes Fans: FAN 3 Supply, Constant Volume, 1600 CFM, 0.8 motor nameplate hp, 0.0 fan efficiency grade, 0.0 total fan efficiency, 0.0 design fan efficiency,fan exception: Outside of AMCA 205 scope 1 HVAC System (Single Zone): Cooling: 1 each-Split System,Capacity = 24 kBtu/h,Air-Cooled Condenser, Unknown Economizer Proposed Efficiency= 17.60 SEER, Required Efficiency = 13.00 SEER Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 6 of 19 Quantity System Type&Description Proposed Part Load Efficiency= 0.00 , Required Part Load Efficiency = 0.00 Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 800 CFM --Compliance (Motor nameplate HP and fan efficiency method) : Passes Fans: FAN 1 Supply, Constant Volume, 800 CFM, 0.3 motor nameplate hp, 0.0 fan efficiency grade, 0.0 total fan efficiency, 0.0 design fan efficiency,fan exception: Outside of AMCA 205 scope Mechanical Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed mechanical design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application.The proposed mechanical systems have been designed to meet the 2015 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version COMcheckWeb and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Inspection Checklist. Name-Title Signature Date Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 7 of 19 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Inspection Checklist Energy Code: 2015 IECC Requirements: 0.0% were addressed directly in the COMcheck software Text in the "Comments/Assumptions" column is provided by the user in the COMcheck Requirements screen. For each requirement, the user certifies that a code requirement will be met and how that is documented, or that an exception is being claimed. Where compliance is itemized in a separate table, a reference to that table is provided. Section # Plan Review Complies? Comments/Assumptions &Re .ID C103.2 Plans and/or specifications provide all ❑Complies [PR1)1 information with which compliance ❑Does Not can be determined for the building envelope and document where ❑Not Observable exceptions to the standard are ❑Not Applicable claimed. C103.2 Plans,specifications, and/or ❑Complies [PR2)1 calculations provide all information []Does Not with which compliance can be determined for the mechanical ❑Not Observable systems and equipment and ❑Not Applicable document where exceptions to the standard are claimed. Load calculations per acceptable engineering standards and handbooks. C103.2 Plans, specifications,and/or ❑Complies [PR4]1 calculations provide all information ❑Does Not with which compliance can be determined for the interior lighting [:]Not Observable and electrical systems and equipment ❑Not Applicable and document where exceptions to the standard are claimed. Information provided should include interior lighting power calculations, wattage of bulbs and ballasts, transformers and control devices. C103.2 Plans, specifications,and/or ❑Complies [PR8)1 calculations provide all information ❑Does Not with which compliance can be determined for the exterior lighting ❑Not Observable and electrical systems and equipment ❑Not Applicable and document where exceptions to the standard are claimed. Information provided should include exterior lighting power calculations, wattage of bulbs and ballasts, transformers and control devices. C402.4.1 The vertical fenestration area <= 30 ❑Complies [PR10)1 percent of the gross above-grade wall ❑Does Not area. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.4.1 The skylight area <= 3 percent of the ❑Complies [PR1111 gross roof area. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable 11 High Impact(Tier 1) 12 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 8 of 19 Section # Plan Review Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C402.4.2 In enclosed spaces > 2,500 ft2 ❑Complies [PR14]1 directly under a roof with ceiling ❑Does Not heights>15 ft. and used as an office, lobby, atrium, concourse,corridor, []Not Observable storage, gymnasium/exercise center, ❑Not Applicable convention center, automotive service, manufacturing, non- refrigerated warehouse, retail store, distribution/sorting area, transportation, or workshop,the following requirements apply: (a)the daylight zone under skylights is>_ half the floor area; (b)the skylight area to daylight zone is >= 3 percent with a skylight VT>= 0.40; or a minimum skylight effective aperture >= 1 percent. C406 Plans, specifications, and/or ❑Complies [PR9]1 calculations provide all information ❑Does Not with which compliance can be determined for the additional energy ❑Not Observable efficiency package options. ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 111 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 9 of 19 Section # Footing/Foundation Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .I D C303.2 Slab edge insulation installed per ❑Complies [FO4]2 manufacturer's instructions. []Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C303.2.1 Exterior insulation protected against ❑Complies [FO6]' damage, sunlight, moisture, wind, ❑Does Not landscaping and equipment maintenance activities. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C104 Installed slab-on-grade insulation type ❑Complies See the Envelope assemblies table for values. [FO3]2 and R-value consistent with insulation ❑Does Not specifications reported in plans and COMcheck reports. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.2.6 Radiant heating systems panels ❑Complies See the Envelope assemblies table for values. [FO12]3 insulated to >=R-3.5 on face opposite ❑Does Not space being heated. ❑Not Observable []Not Applicable C403.2.4. Snow/ice melting system sensors for ❑Complies 5, future connection to controls. Freeze []Does Not C403.2.4. protection systems have automatic 6 controls installed. ❑Not Observable [FO9]3 ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 111 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 10 of 19 Section # Framing/Rough-In Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C303.1.3 Fenestration products rated in ❑Complies [FR12]2 accordance with NFRC. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable []Not Applicable C303.1.3 Fenestration products are certified as ❑Complies [FR13]1 to performance labels or certificates ❑Does Not provided. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.4.3 Vertical fenestration SHGC value. ❑Complies See the Envelope Assemblies table for values. [FR10]1 ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.4.3, Vertical fenestration U-Factor. ❑Complies See the Envelope Assemblies table for values. C402.4.3. ❑Does Not 4 1 ❑Not Observable [FR8] ❑Not Applicable C402.4.4 U-factor of opaque doors associated ❑Complies See the Envelope Assemblies table for values. [FR14]2 with the building thermal envelope ❑Does Not meets requirements. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.5.1 The building envelope contains a ❑Complies [FR16]1 continuous air barrier that is sealed in ❑Does Not an approved manner and either constructed or tested in an approved ❑Not Observable manner.Air barrier penetrations are ❑Not Applicable sealed in an approved manner. C402.5.2, Factory-built fenestration and doors ❑Complies C402.5.4 are labeled as meeting air leakage []Does Not [FR18]3 requirements. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 11 of 19 Section # Plumbing Rough-In Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C404.5, Heated water supply piping conforms ❑Complies C404.5.1, to pipe length and volume []Does Not C404.5.2 requirements. Refer to section details. [PL6]3 ❑Not Observable []Not Applicable C404.6.3 Pumps that circulate water between a ❑Complies [PL7]3 heater and storage tank have controls ❑Does Not that limit operation from startup to <= 5 minutes after end of heating ❑Not Observable cycle. ❑Not Applicable C404.7 Water distribution system that pumps ❑Complies [PL8]3 water from a heated-water supply ❑Does Not pipe back to the heated-water source ❑Not Observable through a cold-water supply pipe is a demand recirculation water system. ❑Not Applicable Pumps within this system have controls that start the pump upon receiving a signal from the action of a user of a fixture or appliance and limits the temperature of the water entering the cold-water piping to 104°F. Additional Comments/Assumptions: 111 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 12 of 19 Section # Mechanical Rough-In Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C402.2.6 Thermally ineffective panel surfaces of❑Complies [ME41]3 sensible heating panels have ❑Does Not insulation >= R-3.5. [--]Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.5.5, Stair and elevator shaft vents have ❑Complies C403.2.4. motorized dampers that automatically ❑Does Not 3 close. ❑ (ME3]3 Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.13 Unenclosed spaces that are heated ❑Complies [ME71]2 use only radiant heat. []Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.6. Demand control ventilation provided ❑Complies 1 for spaces >500 ft2 and >25 ❑Does Not [ME59]1 people/1000 ft2 occupant density and served by systems with air side ❑Not Observable economizer, auto modulating outside ❑Not Applicable air damper control, or design airflow >3,000 cfm. C403.2.6. Enclosed parking garage ventilation ❑Complies 2 has automatic contaminant detection ❑Does Not [ME115]3 and capacity to stage or modulate fans to 50%or less of design capacity. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.7 Exhaust air energy recovery on ❑Complies [ME57]1 systems meeting Table C403.2.7(1) ❑Does Not and C403.2.7(2). ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.8 Kitchen exhaust systems comply with ❑Complies [ME116]3 replacement air and conditioned ❑Does Not supply air limitations, and satisfy hood rating requirements and maximum ❑Not Observable exhaust rate criteria. ❑Not Applicable C403.2.9 HVAC ducts and plenums insulated. ❑Complies [ME60]2 Where ducts or plenums are installed ❑Does Not in or under a slab,verification may need to occur during Foundation ❑Not Observable Inspection. ❑Not Applicable C403.2.9 Ducts and plenums sealed based on ❑Complies [ME10]2 static pressure and location. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.9. Ductwork operating >3 in. water ❑Complies 1.3 column requires air leakage testing. ❑Does Not [ME11]3 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.4.4. Multiple zone VAV systems with DDC ❑Complies See the Mechanical Systems list for values. 6 of individual zone boxes have static ❑Does Not [ME110]3 pressure setpoint reset controls. [-]Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.2. Air outlets and zone terminal devices ❑Complies 1 have means for air balancing. ❑Does Not [ME53]3 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 1 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 13 of 19 Section # Mechanical Rough-In Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C403.5, Refrigerated display cases, walk-in ❑Complies C403.5.1, coolers or walk-in freezers served by ❑Does Not C403.5.2 remote compressors and remote [ME123]3 condensers not located in a ❑Not Observable condensing unit, have fan-powered ❑Not Applicable condensers that comply with Sections C403.5.1 and refrigeration compressor systems that comply with C403.5.2.. Additional Comments/Assumptions: 111 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 14 of 19 Section # Rough-In Electrical Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C405.2.1 Lighting controls installed to uniformly ❑Complies [EL15]1 reduce the lighting load by at least ❑Does Not 50%. []Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.1 Occupancy sensors installed in ❑Complies [EL18]1 required spaces. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.1, Independent lighting controls installed ❑Complies C405.2.2. per approved lighting plans and all []Does Not 3 manual controls readily accessible and [EL23]2 visible to occupants. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.2. Automatic controls to shut off all ❑Complies 1 building lighting installed in all ❑Does Not [EL22]2 buildings. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.3 Daylight zones provided with ❑Complies [EL16]2 individual controls that control the ❑Does Not lights independent of general area ❑ lighting. Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.3, Primary sidelighted areas are ❑Complies C405.2.3. equipped with required lighting ❑Does Not 1, controls. C405.2.3. ❑Not Observable 2 ❑Not Applicable [EL20]1 C405.2.3, Enclosed spaces with daylight area ❑Complies C405.2.3. under skylights and rooftop monitors ❑Does Not 1, are equipped with required lighting C405.2.3. controls. ❑Not Observable 3 ❑Not Applicable [EL21]1 C405.2.4 Separate lighting control devices for ❑Complies [EL4]1 specific uses installed per approved ❑Does Not lighting plans. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.4 Additional interior lighting power ❑Complies [EL8]1 allowed for special functions per the ❑Does Not approved lighting plans and is automatically controlled and ❑Not Observable separated from general lighting. ❑Not Applicable C405.2.5 Automatic lighting controls for exterior ❑Complies [EL25]ni0 lighting installed. Controls will be ❑Does Not daylight controlled, set based on business operation time-of-day,or ❑Not Observable reduce connected lighting > 30%. ❑Not Applicable C405.3 Exit signs do not exceed 5 watts per ❑Complies [EL6]1 face. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 15 of 19 Section # Insulation Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C303.1 Roof insulation installed per ❑Complies [IN3]1 manufacturer's instructions. Blown or ❑Does Not poured loose-fill insulation is installed only where the roof slope is<=3 in ❑Not Observable 12. ❑Not Applicable C303.1 Building envelope insulation is labeled ❑Complies [IN10]2 with R-value or insulation certificate []Does Not providing R-value and other relevant [:]Notdata. Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C303.2 Above-grade wall insulation installed ❑Complies [IN7]1 per manufacturer's instructions. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C303.2.1 Exterior insulation is protected from ❑Complies [IN14]2 damage with a protective material. ❑Does Not Verification for exposed foundation insulation may need to occur during ❑Not Observable Foundation Inspection. ❑Not Applicable C402.2.1 Insulation intended to meet the roof ❑Complies [IN17]3 insulation requirements cannot be ❑Does Not installed on top of a suspended ceiling. Mark this requirement ❑Not Observable compliant if insulation is installed ❑Not Applicable accordingly. C104 Installed above-grade wall insulation ❑Complies See the Envelope Assemblies table for values. [IN6]1 type and R-value consistent with ❑Does Not insulation specifications reported in plans and COMcheck reports. ❑Not Observable []Not Applicable C104 Installed floor insulation type and R- ❑Complies See the Envelope Assemblies table for values. [IN8]2 value consistent with insulation ❑Does Not specifications reported in plans and COMcheck reports. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.2.6 Radiant panels and associated ❑Complies [IN18]3 components, designed for heat ❑Does Not transfer from the panel surfaces to the occupants or indoor space are ❑Not Observable insulated with a minimum of R-3.5. ❑Not Applicable C402.3 High-albedo roofs satisfy one of the ❑Complies [IN5]3 following: 3-year-aged solar ❑Does Not reflectance >= 0.55 and thermal emittance >= 0.75 or 3-year-aged ❑Not Observable solar reflectance index >= 64.0. ❑Not Applicable C104 Installed roof insulation type and R- ❑Complies See the Envelope Assemblies table for values. [IN2]1 value consistent with insulation ❑Does Not specifications reported in plans and COMcheck reports. For some ceiling ❑Not Observable systems, verification may need to ❑Not Applicable occur during Framing Inspection. C402.5.1. All sources of air leakage in the ❑Complies 1 building thermal envelope are sealed, ❑Does Not [IN1]1 caulked, gasketed, weather stripped or wrapped with moisture vapor- permeable Observable permeable wrapping material to []Not Applicable minimize air leakage. Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 16 of 19 Section # Final Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C303.3, Furnished O&M instructions for ❑Complies C408.2.5. systems and equipment to the ❑Does Not 2 building owner or designated [FI17]3 representative. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C303.3, Furnished O&M manuals for HVAC ❑Complies C408.2.5. systems within 90 days of system ❑Does Not 3 acceptance. []Not Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.5.3 Where open combustion air ducts ❑Complies [FI51]3 provide combustion air to open []Does Not combustion fuel burning appliances, the appliances and combustion air ❑Not Observable opening are located outside the ❑Not Applicable building thermal envelope or enclosed in a room, isolated from inside the thermal envelope. Such rooms are sealed and insulated. C402.5.6 Weatherseals installed on all loading ❑Complies [FI37]1 dock cargo doors. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.5.8 Recessed luminaires in thermal ❑Complies [FI26]3 envelope to limit infiltration and be IC ❑Does Not rated and labeled. Seal between interior finish and luminaire housing. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.2 HVAC systems and equipment ❑Complies [FI27]3 capacity does not exceed calculated ❑Does Not loads. [-]Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is []Complies 1 controlled by a thermostat control. ❑Does Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device per installed ❑Not Observable humidification/dehumidification ❑Not Applicable system. C403.2.4. Heat pump controls prevent ❑Complies 1.1 supplemental electric resistance heat ❑Does Not [F142]3 from coming on when not needed. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Thermostatic controls have a 5 °F ❑Complies 1.2 deadband. ❑Does Not [FI38]3 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Temperature controls have setpoint ❑Complies 1.3 overlap restrictions. ❑Does Not [F120]3 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Each zone equipped with setback ❑Complies 2 controls using automatic time clock or ❑Does Not [FI39]3 programmable control system. ❑Not Observable []Not Applicable 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 12 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 17 of 19 Section # Final Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .I D C403.2.4. Automatic Controls: Setback to 55°F ❑Complies 2.1, (heat)and 85°F (cool); 7-day clock, 2- ❑Does Not C403.2.4. hour occupant override, 10-hour ❑ 2.2 backup Not Observable [F140]3 ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Systems include optimum start ❑Complies 2.3 controls. []Does Not [FI41]3 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.4.1 Interior installed lamp and fixture ❑Complies See the Interior Lighting fixture schedule for values. [F118]1 lighting power is consistent with what ❑Does Not is shown on the approved lighting plans, demonstrating proposed watts ❑Not Observable are less than or equal to allowed ❑Not Applicable watts. C405.5.1 Exterior lighting power is consistent ❑Complies See the Exterior Lighting fixture schedule for values. [FI19]1 with what is shown on the approved ❑Does Not lighting plans, demonstrating proposed watts are less than or equal ❑Not Observable to allowed watts. []Not Applicable C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls ❑Complies [F154]1 efficiency package: Interior lighting ❑Does Not has following enhanced lighting controls in accordance with Section ❑Not Observable C405.2.2: Luminaires capable of ❑Not Applicable continuous dimming and being addressed individually, <= 8 luminaires controlled in combination in a daylight zone, digital control system for fixtures, "Sequence of Operations" documentation, and functional testing per Section C408. C408.2.1 Commissioning plan developed by ❑Complies [F128]1 registered design professional or ❑Does Not approved agency. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.3. HVAC equipment has been tested to ❑Complies 1 ensure proper operation. ❑Does Not [FI31]1 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.3. HVAC control systems have been ❑Complies 2 tested to ensure proper operation, ❑Does Not [FI10]1 calibration and adjustment of controls. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.4 Preliminary commissioning report ❑Complies [FI29]1 completed and certified by registered ❑Does Not design professional or approved ❑ agency. Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.5. Furnished HVAC as-built drawings ❑Complies 1 submitted within 90 days of system ❑Does Not [F17]3 acceptance. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.5. Furnished as-built drawings for ❑Complies 1 electric power systems within 90 days ❑Does Not [FI16]3 of system acceptance. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable 11 High Impact(Tier 1) 12 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 18 of 19 Section # Final Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C408.2.5. An air and/or hydronic system ❑Complies 3 balancing report is provided for HVAC ❑Does Not [FI43)1 systems. []Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.5. Final commissioning report due to ❑Complies 4 building owner within 90 days of ❑Does Not [F130)1 receipt of certificate of occupancy. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.3 Lighting systems have been tested to ❑Complies [F133)1 ensure proper calibration, adjustment, ❑Does Not programming, and operation. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: F1 Figh Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Classroom Facility Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 19 of 19 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Envelope Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2015 IECC Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 - Main Lecture Building Location: Round Rock, Texas Climate Zone: 2a Project Type: Addition Vertical Glazing/Wall Area: 35% Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: 2801 N Mays St, Round Rock,Texas 78665 Building Area Floor Area 1-Police& Fire Training and Admin. (Police) :Nonresidential 6602 Envelope Assemblies Assembly Gross Area Cavity Cont. Proposed Budget U- or R-Value R-Value U-Factor Factor(.) Perimeter Floor: Unheated Slab-On-Grade, [Bldg. Use 1 - Police& Fire 6580 --- --- 0.730 0.730 Training and Admin.] (d) Roof: Other Insulation Above Deck Roof, 3-Year-Aged Solar 6435 --- --- 0.034 0.039 Reflectance Index = 70.00 (f), [Bldg. Use 1 - Police&Fire Training and Admin.] (b) NORTH Ext. Wall: Solid Concrete, 6in.Thickness, Medium Density, 233 --- 18.6 0.049 0.151 Furring: None, [Bldg. Use 1 -Police& Fire Training and Admin.] Ext. Wall: Concrete Block, Sin., Partially Grouted, Cells Ins., 29 --- 15.9 0.044 0.151 Light Density, Furring: None(e), [Bldg. Use 1 - Police&Fire Training and Admin.] Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Police&Fire 62 0.0 35.3 0.026 0.077 Training and Admin.] Ext.Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1- Police&Fire 2127 0.0 38.1 0.024 0.077 Training and Admin.] Window: Metal Frame with Thermal Break: Fixed, Perf. Specs.: 1254 --- --- 0.290 0.500 Product ID N/A, SHGC 0.17, [Bldg. Use 1 - Police&Fire Training and Admin.] (c) Door: Glass(over 50%glazing): Metal Frame, Entrance Door, 48 --- --- 0.290 0.830 Perf. Specs.: Product ID N/A, SHGC 0.17, [Bldg. Use 1 - Police& Fire Training and Admin.] (c) Door: Glass(over 50%glazing): Metal Frame, Entrance Door, 56 --- --- 0.290 0.830 Perf. Specs.: Product ID N/A, SHGC 0.17, [Bldg. Use 1 - Police& Fire Training and Admin.] (c) Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1-Police&Fire 87 0.0 38.1 0.024 0.077 Training and Admin.] EAST Ext. Wall: Concrete Block, Bin., Partially Grouted, Cells Ins., 162 --- 15.9 0.044 0.151 Light Density, Furring: None (e), [Bldg. Use 1 -Police& Fire Training and Admin.] Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1- Police&Fire 743 0.0 38.1 0.024 0.077 Training and Admin.] Window: Metal Frame with Thermal Break: Fixed, Perf. Specs.: 406 --- --- 0.290 0.500 Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 1 of 17 Assembly Gross Area Cavity Cont. Proposed Budget U. or R-Value R-Value U-Factor Factor(.) Perimeter Product ID N/A, SHGC 0.17, [Bldg. Use 1 - Police& Fire Training and Admin.] (c) Door: Glass (over 50%glazing): Metal Frame, Entrance Door, 24 --- --- 0.290 0.830 Perf. Specs.: Product ID N/A, SHGC 0.17, [Bldg. Use 1 - Police& Fire Training and Admin.] (c) Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1-Police& Fire 99 0.0 38.1 0.024 0.077 Training and Admin.] SOUTH Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Police&Fire 59 0.0 35.3 0.026 0.077 Training and Admin.] WEST Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1 - Police&Fire 1365 0.0 35.3 0.026 0.077 Training and Admin.] Ext. Wall: Steel-Framed, 16in. o.c., [Bldg. Use 1-Police& Fire 86 0.0 38.1 0.024 0.077 Training and Admin.] (a) Budget U-factors are used for software baseline calculations ONLY,and are not code requirements. (b) 'Other' components require supporting documentation for proposed U-factors. (c) Fenestration product performance must be certified in accordance with NFRC and requires supporting documentation. (d) Slab-On-Grade proposed and budget U-factors shown in table are F-factors. (e)CMU insulated cells must be filled with a material having a maximum thermal conductivity of 0.44 Btu in./h-ft2-degrees F. Perlite, vermiculite, polystyrene beads, or spray foam as defined in ASHRAE 2009 Handbook of Fundamentals meet this requirement. Other materials require documentation of thermal conductivity. (0 High albedo roof requirement options: 1) 3-year aged solar reflectance>= 0.55 thermal emittance >= 0.75, 2) 3-year aged solar reflectance index >= 64.0, 3) Initial year aged solar reflectance >= 0.70 thermal emittance >= 0.75, 4) Initial year aged solar reflectance index >= 82.0. Project Notes Envelope PASSES: Design 8%better than code Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed envelope design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application.The proposed envelope systems have been designed to meet the 2015 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version COMcheckWeb and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Inspection Checklist. Name-Title Signature Date Main Lecture Building Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 - Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 2 of 17 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Interior Lighting Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2015 IECC Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 - Main Lecture Building Project Type: Addition Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: 2801 N Mays St, Round Rock,Texas 78665 Allowed Interior Lighting Power A B C D Area Category Floor Area Allowed Allowed Watts (ft2) Watts/ft2 1-Police& Fire Training and Admin. (Police) 6602 0.87 5744 Total Allowed Watts= 5744 Proposed Interior Lighting Power A B C D E Fixture ID : Description/ Lamp/Wattage Per Lamp/Ballast Lamps/ #of Fixture (C X D) Fixture Fixture Watt. 1-Police & Fire Training and Admin. (Police) LED: 132: LED 2 X 4 LAY-IN: LED Other Fixture Unit 36W: 1 10 36 360 LED: H2: LED STRIP FIXTURE: LED Other Fixture Unit 50W: 1 9 50 450 LED: L2: LED 6" DOWNLIGHT: LED PAR 20W: 1 1 20 20 LED: N3: LED MINI BAY PENDANT: LED Other Fixture Unit 50W: 1 8 50 400 LED: N5: LED CYLINDER PENDANT: LED Other Fixture Unit 25W: 1 13 24 312 LED: N7L: LED CYLINDER PENDANT: Other: 1 12 153 1836 LED: U3: LED HIGH BAY: LED Other Fixture Unit 80W: 1 4 70 280 Total Proposed Watts= 3658 Interior Lighting PASSES: D- . . - Interior Lighting Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed interior lighting design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application.The proposed interior lighting systems have been designed to meet the 2015 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version COMcheckWeb and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Inspection Checklist. Name-Title Signature Date Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 3 of 17 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Exterior Lighting Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2015 IECC Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 - Main Lecture Building Project Type: Addition Exterior Lighting Zone 2 (Light industrial area with limited nighttime use (LZ2)) Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: 2801 N Mays St, Round Rock,Texas 78665 Allowed Exterior Lighting Power A B C D E Area/Surface Category Quantity Allowed Tradable Allowed Watts Watts/ Wattage (B X C) EXIT 1001A(Other door(not main entry)) 6 ft of door 20 Yes 120 EXIT 1005A(Other door(not main entry)) 7 ft of door 20 Yes 140 EXIT 1013B (Other door(not main entry)) 3 ft of door 20 Yes 60 Total Tradable Watts(a)= 320 Total Allowed Watts= 320 Total Allowed Supplemental Watts(b)= 600 (a)Wattage tradeoffs are only allowed between tradable areas/surfaces. (b)A supplemental allowance equal to 600 watts may be applied toward compliance of both non-tradable and tradable areas/surfaces. Proposed Exterior Lighting Power A B C D E Fixture ID : Description/Lamp/Wattage Per Lamp/Ballast Lamps/ #of Fixture (C X D) Fixture Fixture Watt. EXIT 1001A (Other door(not main entry). 6 ft of door width): Tradable Wattaae LED:T5: LED WALL PACK: LED Other Fixture Unit 36W: 1 1 31 31 EXIT 1005A(Other door(not main entry). 7 ft of door width): Tradable Wattage LED:T5: LED WALL PACK: LED Other Fixture Unit 36W: 1 1 31 31 EXIT 1013B (Other door (not main entry) 3 ft of door width): Tradable Wattage LED: T5: LED WALL PACK: LED Other Fixture Unit 36W: 1 1 31 31 Total Tradable Proposed Watts= 93 DesignExterior Lighting PASSES: 0. better than code Exterior Lighting Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed exterior lighting design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application.The proposed exterior lighting systems have been designed to meet the 2015 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version COMcheckWeb and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Inspection Checklist. Name-Title Signature Date Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 4 of 17 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Mechanical Compliance Certificate Project Information Energy Code: 2015 IECC Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 - Main Lecture Building Location: Round Rock,Texas Climate Zone: 2a Project Type: Addition Construction Site: Owner/Agent: Designer/Contractor: 2801 N Mays St, Round Rock,Texas 78665 Mechanical Systems List Quantity System Type& Description 1 HVAC System (Single Zone): Heating: 1 each -Other, Gas, Capacity= 65 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Cooling: 1 each -Single Package DX Unit, Capacity = 34 kBtu/h,Air-Cooled Condenser, No Economizer, Economizer exception: Humidity Requirements Proposed Efficiency = 17.00 SEER, Required Efficiency= 14.00 SEER Proposed Part Load Efficiency = 0.00 , Required Part Load Efficiency = 0.00 Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 1200 CFM --Compliance(Motor nameplate HP and fan efficiency method) : Passes Fans: FAN 1 Supply, Constant Volume, 1200 CFM, 0.5 motor nameplate hp, 0.0 fan efficiency grade, 0.0 total fan efficiency, 0.0 design fan efficiency,fan exception: Outside of AMCA 205 scope 1 HVAC System (Single Zone): Heating: 1 each -Other, Gas, Capacity= 65 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Cooling: 1 each -Single Package DX Unit, Capacity = 57 kBtu/h,Air-Cooled Condenser, No Economizer, Economizer exception: Humidity Requirements Proposed Efficiency = 17.00 SEER, Required Efficiency = 14.00 SEER Proposed Part Load Efficiency = 0.00 , Required Part Load Efficiency = 0.00 Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 2000 Compliance (Motor nameplate HP and fan efficiency method) : Passes Fans: FAN 2 Supply, Constant Volume, 2000 CFM, 1.0 motor nameplate hp, 0.0 fan efficiency grade, 0.0 total fan efficiency, 0.0 design fan efficiency,fan exception: Outside of AMCA 205 scope 2 HVAC System (Single Zone): Heating: 2 each-Other, Gas, Capacity = 65 kBtu/h No minimum efficiency requirement applies Cooling: 2 each- Single Package DX Unit, Capacity = 70 kBtu/h,Air-Cooled Condenser, No Economizer, Economizer exception: Humidity Requirements Proposed Efficiency = 12.10 EER, Required Efficiency = 11.00 EER Proposed Part Load Efficiency = 17.00 IEER, Required Part Load Efficiency = 12.60 IEER Fan System: FAN SYSTEM 2300 CFM--Compliance (Motor nameplate HP and fan efficiency method) : Passes Fans: FAN 3 Supply, Constant Volume, 2300 CFM, 1.5 motor nameplate hp, 0.0 fan efficiency grade, 0.0 total fan efficiency, 0.0 design fan efficiency,fan exception: Outside of AMCA 205 scope Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 5 of 17 Mechanical Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed mechanical design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications, and other calculations submitted with this permit application.The proposed mechanical systems have been designed to meet the 2015 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version COMcheckWeb and to comply with any applicable mandatory requirements listed in the Inspection Checklist. Name-Title Signature Date Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 6 of 17 COMcheck Software Version COMcheckWeb Inspection Checklist Energy Code: 2015 IECC Requirements: 0.0% were addressed directly in the COMcheck software Text in the "Comments/Assumptions" column is provided by the user in the COMcheck Requirements screen. For each requirement, the user certifies that a code requirement will be met and how that is documented, or that an exception is being claimed. Where compliance is itemized in a separate table, a reference to that table is provided. Section # Plan Review Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C103.2 Plans and/or specifications provide all ❑Complies [PR1]1 information with which compliance ❑Does Not can be determined for the building envelope and document where ❑Not Observable exceptions to the standard are ❑Not Applicable claimed. C103.2 Plans, specifications,and/or ❑Complies [PR2]1 calculations provide all information ❑Does Not with which compliance can be determined for the mechanical ❑Not Observable systems and equipment and ❑Not Applicable document where exceptions to the standard are claimed. Load calculations per acceptable engineering standards and handbooks. C103.2 Plans, specifications, and/or ❑Complies [PR4]1 calculations provide all information ❑Does Not with which compliance can be determined for the interior lighting ❑Not Observable and electrical systems and equipment ❑Not Applicable and document where exceptions to the standard are claimed. Information provided should include interior lighting power calculations, wattage of bulbs and ballasts, transformers and control devices. C103.2 Plans,specifications, and/or ❑Complies (PR8]1 calculations provide all information []Does Not with which compliance can be determined for the exterior lighting [:]Not Observable and electrical systems and equipment ❑Not Applicable and document where exceptions to the standard are claimed. Information provided should include exterior lighting power calculations, wattage of bulbs and ballasts, transformers and control devices. C402.4.1 The vertical fenestration area <= 30 ❑Complies [PR10]1 percent of the gross above-grade wall ❑Does Not area. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.4.1 The skylight area <= 3 percent of the ❑Complies [PR11]1 gross roof area. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable 11 High Impact(Tier 1) 12 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 7 of 17 Section # Plan Review Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C402.4.2 In enclosed spaces > 2,500 ft2 ❑Complies [PR14]1 directly under a roof with ceiling ❑Does Not heights >15 ft. and used as an office, lobby, atrium, concourse, corridor, ❑Not Observable storage, gymnasium/exercise center, ❑Not Applicable convention center, automotive service, manufacturing, non- refrigerated warehouse, retail store, distribution/sorting area, transportation, or workshop,the following requirements apply: (a)the daylight zone under skylights is>_ half the floor area; (b)the skylight area to daylight zone is>= 3 percent with a skylight VT>= 0.40; or a minimum skylight effective aperture >= 1 percent. C406 Plans, specifications, and/or ❑Complies [PR9]1 calculations provide all information ❑Does Not with which compliance can be determined for the additional energy ❑Not Observable efficiency package options. ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 111 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 8 of 17 Section # Footing/Foundation Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C303.2 Slab edge insulation installed per ❑Complies [FO411 manufacturer's instructions. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C303.2.1 Exterior insulation protected against ❑Complies [FO6]1 damage, sunlight, moisture, wind, ❑Does Not landscaping and equipment maintenance activities. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C104 Installed slab-on-grade insulation type ❑Complies See the Envelope Assemblies table for values. [FO3]2 and R-value consistent with insulation ❑Does Not specifications reported in plans and COMcheck reports. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.2.6 Radiant heating systems panels ❑Complies See the Envelope Assemblies table for values. [FO12]3 insulated to >=R-3.5 on face opposite ❑Does Not space being heated. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Snow/ice melting system sensors for ❑Complies 5, future connection to controls. Freeze ❑Does Not C403.2.4. protection systems have automatic 6 controls installed. [:]Not Observable [FO9]3 ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 11 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 9 of 17 Section # Framing/Rough-in Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C303.1.3 Fenestration products rated in ❑Complies [FR12]2 accordance with NFRC. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C303.1.3 Fenestration products are certified as ❑Complies [FR13]1 to performance labels or certificates ❑Does Not provided. []Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.4.3 Vertical fenestration SHGC value. ❑Complies see the Envelope Assemblies table for values. [FR10]1 ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.4.3, Vertical fenestration U-Factor. ❑Complies see the Envelope Assemblies table for values. C402.4.3. ❑Does Not 4 1 ❑Not Observable [FR8] ❑Not Applicable C402.4.4 U-factor of opaque doors associated ❑Complies see the Envelope Assemblies table for values. [FR14]2 with the building thermal envelope ❑Does Not meets requirements. ❑Not Observable []Not Applicable C402.5.1 The building envelope contains a ❑Complies [FR16]1 continuous air barrier that is sealed in ❑Does Not an approved manner and either constructed or tested in an approved ❑Not Observable manner.Air barrier penetrations are ❑Not Applicable sealed in an approved manner. C402.5.2, Factory-built fenestration and doors ❑Complies C402.5.4 are labeled as meeting air leakage ❑Does Not [FR18]3 requirements. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 - Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 10 of 17 Section # Plumbing Rough-In Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C404.5, Heated water supply piping conforms ❑Complies C404.5.1, to pipe length and volume ❑Does Not C404.5.2 requirements. Refer to section details. [PL6]3 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C404.6.3 Pumps that circulate water between a ❑Complies [PL7]3 heater and storage tank have controls ❑Does Not that limit operation from startup to <= 5 minutes after end of heating ❑Not Observable cycle. ❑Not Applicable C404.7 Water distribution system that pumps ❑Complies [PL8]3 water from a heated-water supply ❑Does Not pipe back to the heated-water source through a cold-water supply pipe is a ❑Not Observable demand recirculation water system. ❑Not Applicable Pumps within this system have controls that start the pump upon receiving a signal from the action of a user of a fixture or appliance and limits the temperature of the water entering the cold-water piping to 104'F. Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 11 of 17 Section # Mechanical Rough-In Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C402.2.6 Thermally ineffective panel surfaces of ❑Complies [ME41]3 sensible heating panels have ❑Does Not insulation >= R-3.5. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.5.5, Stair and elevator shaft vents have ❑Complies C403.2.4. motorized dampers that automatically ❑Does Not 3 ]3 close. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.13 Unenclosed spaces that are heated ❑Complies [ME71]2 use only radiant heat. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.6. Demand control ventilation provided ❑Complies 1 for spaces >500 ft2 and >25 ❑Does Not [ME59]1 people/1000 ft2 occupant density and served by systems with air side ❑Not Observable economizer, auto modulating outside ❑Not Applicable air damper control, or design airflow >3,000 cfm. C403.2.6. Enclosed parking garage ventilation ❑Complies 2 has automatic contaminant detection ❑Does Not [ME115]3 and capacity to stage or modulate fans to 50%or less of design capacity. []Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.7 Exhaust air energy recovery on ❑Complies [ME57]1 systems meeting Table C403.2.7(1) ❑Does Not and C403.2.7(2). ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.8 Kitchen exhaust systems comply with ❑Complies [ME116]3 replacement air and conditioned ❑Does Not supply air limitations, and satisfy hood rating requirements and maximum ❑Not Observable exhaust rate criteria. ❑Not Applicable C403.2.9 HVAC ducts and plenums insulated. ❑Complies [ME60]2 Where ducts or plenums are installed ❑Does Not in or under a slab,verification may need to occur during Foundation [:]Not Observable Inspection. ❑Not Applicable C403.2.9 Ducts and plenums sealed based on ❑Complies [ME10]2 static pressure and location. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.9. Ductwork operating >3 in. water ❑Complies 1.3 column requires air leakage testing. ❑Does Not [ME1113 ❑Not Observable []Not Applicable C403.4.4. Multiple zone VAV systems with DDC ❑Complies See the Mechanical Systems list for values. 6 of individual zone boxes have static ❑Does Not [ME110]3 pressure setpoint reset controls. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.2. Air outlets and zone terminal devices ❑Complies 1 have means for air balancing. ❑Does Not [ME53]3 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable 11 High Impact(Tier 1) 12 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 1 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 12 of 17 Section # Mechanical Rough-In Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C403.5, Refrigerated display cases, walk-in ❑Complies C403.5.1, coolers or walk-in freezers served by ❑Does Not C403.5.2 remote compressors and remote [ME123]3 condensers not located in a ❑Not Observable condensing unit, have fan-powered []Not Applicable condensers that comply with Sections C403.5.1 and refrigeration compressor systems that comply with C403.5.2.. Additional Comments/Assumptions: 11 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 13 of 17 Section # Rough-In Electrical Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C405.2.1 Lighting controls installed to uniformly ❑Complies [EL15]1 reduce the lighting load by at least ❑Does Not 50%. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.1 Occupancy sensors installed in ❑Complies [EL18]1 required spaces. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.1, Independent lighting controls installed ❑Complies C405.2.2. per approved lighting plans and all ❑Does Not 3 manual controls readily accessible and [EL23]2 visible to occupants. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.2. Automatic controls to shut off all ❑Complies 1 building lighting installed in all ❑Does Not [EL22]2 buildings. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.3 Daylight zones provided with ❑Complies [EL16]2 individual controls that control the ❑Does Not lights independent of general area ❑ lighting. Not Observable []Not Applicable C405.2.3, Primary sidelighted areas are ❑Complies C405.2.3. equipped with required lighting []Does Not 1, controls. ❑Not Observable C405.2.3. 2 ❑Not Applicable [EL20]1 C405.2.3, Enclosed spaces with daylight area ❑Complies C405.2.3. under skylights and rooftop monitors ❑Does Not 1, are equipped with required lighting C405.2.3. controls. ❑Not Observable 3 ❑Not Applicable [EL21]1 C405.2.4 Separate lighting control devices for ❑Complies [EL4]1 specific uses installed per approved ❑Does Not lighting plans. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.2.4 Additional interior lighting power ❑Complies [EL8]1 allowed for special functions per the ❑Does Not approved lighting plans and is automatically controlled and ❑Not Observable separated from general lighting. ❑Not Applicable C405.2.5 Automatic lighting controls for exterior ❑Complies [EL25]na° lighting installed. Controls will be ❑Does Not daylight controlled,set based on business operation time-of-day, or ❑Not Observable reduce connected lighting > 30%. ❑Not Applicable C405.3 Exit signs do not exceed 5 watts per ❑Complies [EL6]1 face. ❑Does Not []Not Observable ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 1 I High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 - Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 14 of 17 Section # Insulation Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions &Re .ID C303.1 Roof insulation installed per ❑Complies [IN3]1 manufacturer's instructions. Blown or ❑Does Not poured loose-fill insulation is installed only where the roof slope is <=3 in ❑Not Observable 12. ❑Not Applicable C303.1 Building envelope insulation is labeled ❑Complies [IN10]2 with R-value or insulation certificate ❑Does Not providing R-value and other relevant ❑ data. Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C303.2 Above-grade wall insulation installed ❑Complies [IN7]1 per manufacturer's instructions. []Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C303.2.1 Exterior insulation is protected from ❑Complies [IN14]2 damage with a protective material. []Does Not Verification for exposed foundation insulation may need to occur during [:]Not Observable Foundation Inspection. ❑Not Applicable C402.2.1 Insulation intended to meet the roof ❑Complies [IN17]3 insulation requirements cannot be ❑Does Not installed on top of a suspended ceiling. Mark this requirement ❑Not Observable compliant if insulation is installed ❑Not Applicable accordingly. C104 Installed above-grade wall insulation ❑Complies see the Envelope Assemblies table for values. [IN6]1 type and R-value consistent with ❑Does Not insulation specifications reported in plans and COMcheck reports. ❑Not Observable []Not Applicable C104 Installed floor insulation type and R- ❑Complies See the Envelope Assemblies table for values. [IN8]2 value consistent with insulation ❑Does Not specifications reported in plans and COMcheck reports. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.2.6 Radiant panels and associated ❑Complies [IN18]3 components, designed for heat ❑Does Not transfer from the panel surfaces to the occupants or indoor space are ❑Not Observable insulated with a minimum of R-3.5. ❑Not Applicable C402.3 High-albedo roofs satisfy one of the ❑Complies [IN5]3 following: 3-year-aged solar ❑Does Not reflectance >= 0.55 and thermal emittance>= 0.75 or 3-year-aged ❑Not Observable solar reflectance index >= 64.0. ❑Not Applicable C104 Installed roof insulation type and R- ❑Complies See the Envelope Assemblies table for values. [IN2]1 value consistent with insulation []Does Not specifications reported in plans and COMcheck reports. For some ceiling ❑Not Observable systems, verification may need to ❑Not Applicable occur during Framing Inspection. C402.5.1. All sources of air leakage in the ❑Complies 1 building thermal envelope are sealed, ❑Does Not [IN1]1 caulked, gasketed, weather stripped or wrapped with moisture vapor- permeable Observable permeable wrapping material to ❑Not Applicable minimize air leakage. Additional Comments/Assumptions: 111 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 - Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 15 of 17 Section # Final Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .1 D C303.3, Furnished O&M instructions for ❑Complies C408.2.5. systems and equipment to the ❑Does Not 2 building owner or designated [FI17]3 representative. []Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C303.3, Furnished O&M manuals for HVAC ❑Complies C408.2.5. systems within 90 days of system ❑Does Not 3 acceptance. ❑ [F18]3 Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.5.3 Where open combustion air ducts ❑Complies [F151]3 provide combustion air to open ❑Does Not combustion fuel burning appliances, the appliances and combustion air ❑Not Observable opening are located outside the ❑Not Applicable building thermal envelope or enclosed in a room, isolated from inside the thermal envelope. Such rooms are sealed and insulated. C402.5.6 Weatherseals installed on all loading ❑Complies [FI37]1 dock cargo doors. ❑Does Not ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C402.5.8 Recessed luminaires in thermal ❑Complies [FI26]3 envelope to limit infiltration and be IC ❑Does Not rated and labeled. Seal between interior finish and luminaire housing. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.2 HVAC systems and equipment ❑Complies [FI27]3 capacity does not exceed calculated ❑Does Not loads. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Heating and cooling to each zone is ❑Complies 1 controlled by a thermostat control. ❑Does Not [F147]3 Minimum one humidity control device per installed ❑Not Observable humidification/dehumidification ❑Not Applicable system. C403.2.4. Thermostatic controls have a 5 °F ❑Complies 1.2 deadband. ❑Does Not [FI38]3 ❑Not Observable []Not Applicable C403.2.4. Temperature controls have setpoint ❑Complies 1.3 overlap restrictions. ❑Does Not [F120]3 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Each zone equipped with setback ❑Complies 2 controls using automatic time clock or ❑Does Not [FI39]3 programmable control system. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C403.2.4. Automatic Controls: Setback to 55°F ❑Complies 2.1, (heat)and 85°F (cool); 7-day clock, 2- ❑Does Not C403.2.4. hour occupant override, 10-hour 2.2 backup ❑Not Observable [F140]3 ❑Not Applicable 11 High Impact(Tier 1) 12 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 16 of 17 Section # Final Inspection Complies? Comments/Assumptions & Re .ID C403.2.4. Systems include optimum start ❑Complies 2.3 controls. ❑Does Not [FI41]3 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C405.4.1 Interior installed lamp and fixture ❑Complies See the Interior Lighting fixture schedule for values. [FI18]1 lighting power is consistent with what ❑Does Not is shown on the approved lighting plans, demonstrating proposed watts ❑Not Observable are less than or equal to allowed []Not Applicable watts. C405.5.1 Exterior lighting power is consistent ❑Complies See the Exterior Lighting fixture schedule for values. [FI19]1 with what is shown on the approved ❑Does Not lighting plans, demonstrating proposed watts are less than or equal ❑Not Observable to allowed watts. ❑Not Applicable C408.2.1 Commissioning plan developed by ❑Complies [FI2811 registered design professional or ❑Does Not approved agency. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.3. HVAC equipment has been tested to ❑Complies 1 ensure proper operation. ❑Does Not [FI3111 ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.3. HVAC control systems have been ❑Complies 2 tested to ensure proper operation, ❑Does Not [FI10]1 calibration and adjustment of controls. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.4 Preliminary commissioning report ❑Complies [F12911 completed and certified by registered ❑Does Not design professional or approved ❑ agency. Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.5. Furnished HVAC as-built drawings []Complies 1 submitted within 90 days of system ❑Does Not [FI7]3 acceptance. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.5. Furnished as-built drawings for ❑Complies 1 electric power systems within 90 days ❑Does Not [FI16]3 of system acceptance. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.5. An air and/or hydronic system ❑Complies 3 balancing report is provided for HVAC ❑Does Not [FI4311 systems. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.2.5. Final commissioning report due to ❑Complies 4 building owner within 90 days of ❑Does Not [F13011 receipt of certificate of occupancy. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable C408.3 Lighting systems have been tested to ❑Complies [FI3311 ensure proper calibration, adjustment, ❑Does Not programming, and operation. ❑Not Observable ❑Not Applicable Additional Comments/Assumptions: 111 High Impact(Tier 1) 2 1 Medium Impact(Tier 2) 3 Low Impact(Tier 3) Project Title: Round Rock PSTC2 -Main Lecture Building Report date: 05/14/25 Data filename: Page 17 of 17 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT PROPOSED PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER ADDITIONAL BORINGS 2801 North Mays Street Round Rock, Texas UES Project No. Y251115 April 25, 2025 Prepared for: CITY OF ROUND ROCK 212 Commerce Cove Round Rock, Texas 78664 Attention: Matthew Smith Prepared By: UES PROFESSIONAL SOLUTIONS 45, LLC r/0 TPA ,/0 • GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ENGINEERING & TESTING UES,,, • SOILS • ASPHALT • CONCRETE April 25, 2025 City of Round Rock 212 Commerce Cove Round Rock, Texas 78664 Attention: Matthew Smith Re: Geotechnical Engineering Report Public Safety Training Center Additional Borings 2801 North Mays Street Round Rock, Texas UES Report No. Y251115 Dear Mr. Smith UES Professional Solutions 45, LLC (hereinafter "UES") has performed a geotechnical exploration for the project referenced above. This study was authorized in accordance with the City of Round Rock Work Authorization No. 12 contract reference R-2023-297 dated September 28, 2023. The results of this exploration, together with our recommendations, are presented in the accompanying Final Report, an electronic copy of which is being transmitted herewith. UES appreciates the opportunity to be of service on this project. After members of the Design Team have reviewed this Final Report and provided comment, UES will review the comments and prepare a Final Report for submission. Sincerely, UES Professional Solutions 45, LLC ZE OF TF�% f lip ........'r9s�111 1 MOS1AfABNMUWisH00RIJEH i 0145328 r Mostafa Bahmani, Ph.D., P.E. 4,�0. �o_:��% Gary Gai, Ph.D., P.E. CENS._ Geotechnical Engineer t�`;�;' ;,�E�G" Engineering Manager 7 Roundville Ln I Round Rock,TX 78664 1 ph 512-284-8022 TeamUES.com TABLE OF • 1.0 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................................................1 2.0 FIELD EXPLORATION..........................................................................................................................2 3.0 LABORATORY TESTING......................................................................................................................4 4.0 SITE CONDITIONS..............................................................................................................................4 4.1 General..........................................................................................................................................4 4.2 Geology.........................................................................................................................................5 4.3 Soil/Rock Conditions.....................................................................................................................6 4.4 Groundwater.................................................................................................................................8 5.0 ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS...............................................................................................8 5.1 Seismic Site Classification .............................................................................................................8 5.2 Potential Vertical Rise(PVR)of Expansive Soil .............................................................................9 5.3 Soluble Sulfates...........................................................................................................................11 5.4 Construction Excavations............................................................................................................11 5.5 Groundwater Control..................................................................................................................13 5.6 Earthwork....................................................................................................................................13 5.6.1 Site Preparation....................................................................................................................13 5.6.2 Proof-Roll..............................................................................................................................13 5.6.3 Construction Considerations................................................................................................13 5.6.4 Grading, Drainage, Other Considerations...........................................................................14 5.6.5 Wet Weather/Soft Subgrade...............................................................................................15 5.6.6 Fill..........................................................................................................................................15 5.6.7 Testing................................................................................................................................... 16 5.7 Loading on Buried Structures......................................................................................................17 5.8 Buried Pipe..................................................................................................................................17 5.9 Existing Fill...................................................................................................................................18 5.10 Foundation System .....................................................................................................................19 5.10.1 Straight Shaft Drilled Piers...............................................................................................20 5.10.2 Mat Foundation................................................................................................................23 5.10.3 Subgrade Improvement...................................................................................................24 5.10.4 Main Building Expansion .................................................................................................26 5.11 Pavement....................................................................................................................................26 5.11.1 Rigid Pavements..............................................................................................................27 5.11.2 Pavement Materials........................................................................................................27 5.12 Slope Stability..............................................................................................................................28 6.0 LIMITATIONS/GENERAL COMMENTS..............................................................................................30 APPENDICES APPENDIX A- PROJECT LOCATION DIAGRAMS APPENDIX B- BORING LOCATION DIAGRAM APPENDIX C- BORING LOGS AND LABORATORY RESULTS APPENDIX D-AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS APPENDIX E - USGS TOPOGRAPHIC MAP APPENDIX F -SITE PHOTOGRAPHS APPENDIX G -GEOLOGIC INFORMATION APPENDIX H - UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM APPENDIX I -SLOPE STABILITY ANALYSIS RESULTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION Purpose and Scope. The purpose of this geotechnical study was to evaluate some of the physical and engineering properties of subsurface materials at selected locations at the subject site to develop geotechnical engineering design parameters and recommendations for the proposed project. To accomplish this,the scope of this study included field exploration consisting of drilling test borings and collecting samples of the subsurface materials, performing laboratory testing on selected samples obtained during the field exploration, performing engineering analysis and evaluation of the subsurface conditions with respect to the project characteristics, and development of foundation and pavement recommendations suitable for the proposed project. The scope of services did not include an environmental assessment of the site. Project Description. Based on our review of the referenced information and information presented in emails prepared by Arnie Hammock dated February 28, 2025, we understand that the proposed project will consist of the construction of the following: • Police and Fire Sheds and Observation Tower • Slope Stability Analysis for area between Fire shed and training track • Emergency Generator Pad and Screen Wall • Dual Classroom Building Project Location. The project site is located at 2801 North Mays Street in Round Rock,Texas. The general location and orientation of the site are provided in Appendix A — Project Location Diagrams. Grading plan. Based on the most recent proposed grading plans "Grading Plan Rear Storage" by 2P Consultants, LLC (Sheet C403, dated March 26, 2025); "Grading Plan" by Brinkley Sargent Wiginton Architects (Sheet C3.02, dated December 16, 2016), and "Grading Plan Classroom" by 2P Consultants, LLC (Sheet C401, dated March 26, 2025), the approximate existing grade range across the proposed Fire and Police Sheds, Observation Tower, Emergency Generator Pad, and Dual Classroom Building footprint areas, along with the proposed Finished Floor Elevations (FFE) and the resulting required cut depths and fill material thicknesses, are summarized in the following table. The presented cut and fill thicknesses are approximate and do not account for over-excavation or additional fill resulting from any necessary site remediation, as discussed in forthcoming sections of this report. Page 1 Finished Floor Approximate Range to Achieve Building Estimated Existing Elevation,HE Final Grade Elevation(feet) (feet) Required Cut(feet) Required Fill (feet) Fire Shed 749 to 751 749.3 to 749.9 0 to-1 0 to+0.5 Police Shed and Observation 740 to 746 739 to 739.5 -2 to-7 - Tower Generator Pad 757 to 758 758 0 to+1 Dual Classroom Building 746 to 749 750 +1 to+4 Any changes to the site grading plan should be brought to the attention of UES for review and revision of recommendations, as appropriate. Cautionary Statement Regarding Use of this Report. As with any geotechnical engineering report, this report presents technical information and provides detailed technical recommendations for civil and structural engineering design and construction purposes. UES, by necessity, has assumed the user of this document possesses the technical acumen to understand and properly utilize the information and recommendations provided herein. UES strives to be clear in its presentation and, like the user, does not want potentially detrimental misinterpretation or misunderstanding of this report. Therefore, UES encourages any user of this Final Report with questions regarding its content to contact UES for clarification. Clarification will be provided verbally and/or issued by UES in the form of a report addendum, as appropriate. Report Specificity. This Final Report was prepared to meet the specific needs of the client for the specific project identified. Recommendations contained herein should not be applied to any other project on or off this site by the client or anyone else without the explicit approval of UES. This Report is NOT a Specification. Recommendations in this report are not specifications. Geotechnical engineering requires significant experience and professional judgment. Conditions vary in the field which require and/or allow modification to recommendations provided herein at the discretion of the Geotechnical Engineer of Record. 2.0 FIELD EXPLORATION Test Borings. The field exploration for this project included two (2) new test borings and three (3) previous test borings, as summarized in the table below. Depths referenced in this report and in the table below are measured from the existing ground surface at the respective test boring location at time of the field exploration. Page 2 Test Boring Identification Depth,feet Date Drilled Location B-01 Emergency Generator Pad 30 3/13/2025 B-02 Fire Shed Building B-24(Report No. G315132) 20 7/14/2015 Dual Classroom Building B-02(Report No. G324215) 15 9/5/2024 Near the Police Shed and B-31(Report No. 20 7/14/2015 Observation Tower G315132) UES determined the test boring depths and locations, as well as performed the drilling operations. The test boring locations were not surveyed. Rather, UES personnel located the test borings in the field using a recreational hand-held GPS unit and therefore should be considered approximate. The approximate test boring locations are provided in Appendix B- Boring Location Diagram. The test borings were performed using a drilling rig equipped with a rotary head and solid flight auger and rock coring drilling methods were used to advance the boreholes to their desired depths. Disturbed samples were obtained employing split-barrel sampling procedures in general accordance with the procedures for "Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils" (ASTM D1586). Rock Core Sampling. Rock coring using a NX size core barrel was used to obtain relatively undisturbed rock core samples of the limestone strata encountered in the test borings. The percent core recovery (REC) and rock quality designation (RQD) from the rock cores were determined in the field and are noted on the Logs of Boring provided in the Appendix of this report. The samples were placed in plastic bags, marked according to test boring number, depth and any other pertinent field data, and stored in special containers. At the completion of the drilling operations the samples were delivered to UES's laboratory for testing. Granular Soil Sampling. During the sampling procedures, standard penetration tests (SPT) were performed to obtain the standard penetration value of the subsurface materials encountered. The standard penetration value (N) is defined as the number of blows of a 140-pound hammer, falling 30-inches, required to advance the split-barrel sampler 1-foot into the soil. The sampler is lowered to the bottom of the previously cleaned drill hole and advanced by blows from the hammer. The number of blows is recorded for each of three successive 6-inch penetrations. The "N" value is obtained by adding the second and third 6-inch increment number of blows. The results of standard penetration tests indicate the relative density of cohesionless soils and comparative consistency of cohesive soils, thereby providing a basis for estimating the relative strength and compressibility of the soil profile components. Page 3 Within the test borings where rock-coring was completed, REC and RQD values are represented in numerical form as well as in their associated descriptors on the Logs of Boring provided in the Appendix B -Boring Location Diagram. Borehole Backfilling and Plugging. Upon completion of the drilling operations and after obtaining groundwater observations, the boreholes were backfilled with excavated soil materials generated during the drilling operations. A Test Boring Location Plan, which is a reproduction of the referenced Site Plan is provided in Appendix B - Boring Location Diagram. 3.0 LABORATORY TESTING UES performs visual classification and any of a number of laboratory tests, as appropriate, to define pertinent engineering characteristics of the soils encountered. Laboratory tests are performed in general accordance with ASTM or other standards and the results included at the respective sample depths on the Logs of Boring or separately tabulated, as appropriate, and included in Appendix C- Boring Logs and Laboratory Results. Laboratory tests and procedures utilized during this geotechnical study are indicated in the following table. Test Procedure Description ASTM D1140 Standard Test Methods for Amount of Material in Soils Finer than the No. 200(75-µm) Sieve ASTM D2216 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Determination of Water(Moisture)Content of Soil and Rock by Mass ASTM D2487 Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes(Unified Soil Classification System) ASTM D4318 Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils Tex-145-E Determining Sulfate Content in Soils-Colorimetric Method 4.0 SITE CONDITIONS 4.1 General Review of Aerial Photographs. Readily available on-line historical aerial photographs of the site were reviewed for potential past alterations to the site which could impact geotechnical design conditions. Specifically, aerial photographs were reviewed to visually assess obvious areas of significant past fill on site. Aerial photographs reviewed for this study are identified in the following table. Page 4 Aerial Photographs Reviewed Year Observations Since Prior Aerial Photograph 1995 The southern portion of the property was developed. 2009 Signs of fill were noticed on the south end of the property. 2017 New buildings were developed to the north of the property. 2023 No visible changes were noticed. The aerial photographs reviewed show that the site was developed with buildings on both the north and south sides of the property boundary. Limitations. Due to the intermittent nature and relatively low resolution of aerial photographs, as well as our lack of detailed information regarding the past land use of the site, our review should not be interpreted as eliminating the possibility of cuts and/or fills on site which could detrimentally affect future construction. Topography. A United States Geological Survey (USGS) topographic map of the site is provided in Appendix E - USGS Topographic Map. The map indicates the site slopes from the southwest to the northeast. 4.2 Geology Geologic Formation. Geologic Formation Based on available surface geology maps and our experience, it appears this site is located within the Del Rio Clay and Georgetown Limestone, undivided and Quaternary Deposits, undivided. Del Rio Clay is a dark gray to bluish-gray claystone or mudstone, rich in clay minerals like montmorillonite. It often contains a high percentage of calcium carbonate and may include gypsum and other evaporite minerals. Soils in the Georgetown Limestone formation are typically thin and well-drained, formed from weathering of limestone bedrock. These soils are often clayey, containing calcareous material, and may exhibit moderate to high shrink-swell potential depending on clay content. Soils in Quaternary deposits are typically formed from unconsolidated sediments like sand, silt, clay, and gravel, deposited by glacial, fluvial, or aeolian processes. Geologic Faults. Geologic faults are known to exist within the project area. Although the local faults are inactive faults, their presence could be evidenced through sharply contrasting subsurface conditions within relatively small distances. A geologic fault study was beyond the scope of this study. Page 5 4.3 Soil/Rock Conditions Stratigraphy. Descriptions of the various strata and their approximate depths and thickness per the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) are provided on the Logs of Boring included in Appendix C Boring Logs and Laboratory Results. Terms and symbols used in the USCS are presented in Appendix H. A generalized summary of the stratigraphy indicated by the test borings are provided in the tables below. Depths referenced in this report and in the tables below are measured from the existing ground surface at the respective test boring location at time of the field exploration. Generalized Subsurface Conditions at Emergency Generator Pad (Test Boring B-01) Nominal Depth,feet General Detailed Description of Top Bottom of Description Soils/Materials Encountered Layerr Layer 0 3%2 SANDY LEAN CLAY FILL Very Stiff to Hard SANDY LEAN CLAY FILL(CL) 3% 30 LIMESTONE Hard Gray LIMESTONE Generalized Subsurface Conditions at Proposed Fire Shed (Test Boring B-02) Nominal Depth,feet General Detailed Description of Top Bottom of Description Soils/Materials Encountered Layerr Layer 0 4 FAT CLAY with SAND FILL Stiff to Very Stiff FAT CLAY WITH SAND FILL(CH) 4 8%2 SANDY LEAN CLAY FILL Very Stiff SANDY LEAN CLAY FILL(CL) 8%2 28%2 SANDY FAT CLAY Stiff to Very Stiff SANDY FAT CLAY(CH) 28%2 30 LIMESTONE SEVERLY WEATHERED LIMESTONE Generalized Subsurface Conditions near the Proposed Police Shed and Observation Tower (Test Boring B-2,Previous Test Boring from Report No. G324315) Nominal Depth,feet General Detailed Description of Top Bottom of Description Soils/Materials Encountered Layerr Layer 0 6.5 FAT CLAY with SAND Very Stiff FAT CLAY WITH SAND(CH) 6.5 15 LEAN CLAY with SAND Stiff to very Stiff SANDY LEAN CLAY(CL) Page 6 Generalized Subsurface Conditions at Proposed Dual Classroom Building (Test Boring B-24, Previous Test Boring from Report No.G315132) Nominal Depth,feet General Detailed Description of Top Bottom of Description Soils/Materials Encountered Layerr Layer 0 2 SANDY FAT CLAY Stiff SANDY FAT CLAY(CH) Light brown SEVERLY WEATHERED LIMESTONE 2 20 LIMESTONE Light brown WEATHERED LIMESTONE Gray LIMESTONE Generalized Subsurface Conditions near the Proposed Police Shed and Observation Tower (Test Boring B-31,Previous Test Boring from Report No.G315132) Nominal Depth,feet General Detailed Description of Top Bottom of Description Soils/Materials Encountered Layerr Layer 0 6 FAT CLAY with some Very stiff SANDY FAT CLAY(CH) SAND Very stiff FAT CLAY(CH) 6 13 CLAYEY GRAVEL Hard CLAYEY GRAVEL(GC) 13 20 LIMESTONE Light brown WEATHERED LIMESTONE Light brown LIMESTONE Existing fill material encountered at Boring B-02 extended to a depth of approximately 8.5 feet, and at Boring B-01 to approximately 3.5 feet below ground surface (bgs). According to the previous Test Boring B-24, as documented in Geotechnical Report No. G315132, no existing fill was identified in the Dual Classroom Building area. However, the provided grading plan indicates that existing fill may be present in the area. It should be noted that the depths provided in the previous tables and on the logs of boring are based on our Field Technician's and Engineer's interpretation of conditions believed to exist between actual samples retrieved. Therefore, depth information contains both factual and interpretive information. Lines delineating subsurface strata are approximate and the actual transition between strata may be gradual or not clearly defined. In addition,variations may occur between or beyond the boring locations. Expansive Potential based on Atterberg Limits. Atterberg (plastic and liquid) limits tests were performed on selected representative samples of the subsurface materials obtained. Based on the Atterberg limits test results, the upper clayey and sandy soils are moderate to high in plasticity, with Plasticity Index (PI) values ranging from 22 to 66 and have moderate to very high expansive potential. The intermediate depth severely weathered limestone to limestone soils are generally low in expansive potential to non-expansive. Page 7 4.4 Groundwater Groundwater Levels. Groundwater was not encountered during the drilling operations nor measured in the test borings upon completion of the drilling. Based on observations made in the field and moisture contents obtained in the laboratory, it appears that groundwater at this site during the time of our field investigation is greater than the -foot depth, the deepest test boring termination depths. Long-term Groundwater Monitoring. These groundwater observations are indicative of the groundwater conditions present at the time the test borings were drilled. The amount of water in an open borehole largely depends on the permeability of the soils encountered at the test boring location. In relatively impervious soils, such as clayey soils, a suitable estimate of the groundwater depth may not be possible, even after several days of observation. Long-term monitoring of groundwater conditions via piezometers or groundwater monitoring wells was not performed during this study and was beyond the scope of this study. Long-term monitoring can reveal groundwater levels materially different than those encountered during measurements taken while drilling the bore holes. Groundwater Fluctuations. It is difficult to accurately predict the magnitude of subsurface water fluctuations that might occur based upon short-term observations. Future construction activities may alter the surface and subsurface drainage characteristics of this site. Seasonal variations, temperature, land-use, proximity to water bodies, and recent rainfall conditions may influence the depth to the groundwater. With these considerations UES recommends that the contractor verifies the groundwater elevation before construction starts. 5.0 ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 5.1 Seismic Site Classification The Site Class assigned for seismic design considers various factors, such as the soil profile (whether it's soil or rock), shear wave velocity, and strength, averaged over a depth of 100 feet. As our test borings didn't reach depths of 100 feet, UES made determinations under the assumption that the subsurface materials beneath the borehole bottoms resembled those encountered at the termination depth. Following the guidelines outlined in Section 1613.3.2 of the 2018 International Building Code and Table 20.3-1 in the 2010 ASCE-7, UES recommend utilizing Site Class C (very dense soil and soft rock profile) for seismic design purposes at this location. Page 8 5.2 Potential Vertical Rise (PVR) of Expansive Soil Potential Vertical Rise. Potential Vertical Rise, PVR, is the calculated upward heave of the ground surface due to expansive soils related to weather-related changes in soil moisture in the active zone. PVR only applies to upward movement. The term settlement applies to downward movement related to loads on the soil. Problem Discussion. Most clay soils swell when subjected to increases in moisture content. Swelling clay soils exert an outward pressure that can easily exceed 5,000 psf when subjected to moisture increases. Swell potential and swell pressures are a function of several factors including clay mineralogy and antecedent moisture condition. Generally, for a given clay soil, the drier the soil the greater its potential to swell and the higher its swell pressure. Conversely, wetter soils generally have a lower potential to swell and have lower swell pressures. The potential for a clay soil to swell is a variable and cannot be separated from its moisture condition. The overburden pressure at a given depth above the groundwater table is calculated as the unit weight of the soil times the depth. For a soil with a unit weight of 125 pcf, the overburden pressure at 10 feet would be 1250 psf (125 pcf x 10-feet). Thus, the swell pressure can exceed the overburden at depths of over 40 feet. This means soils at 40 feet exposed to changes in moisture can impact movements at the ground surface. For clay soil to swell or shrink, it must be subjected to increases or decreases in moisture content, respectively. The predominant way clay soils are subjected to increases or decreases in moisture content is the weather. As would be expected, extended periods of wet weather cause soil to get wetter and extended dry weather cause soil to get drier. The longer the period of wet or dry weather, the deeper the influence of the weather. Vegetation also causes variations in soil moisture content. Shallow rooted grass and bushes have a shallower impact, deep rooted trees have a deeper impact. For clay soil at a given depth to influence surface heave, two things must happen: (1) the soil must be subjected to an increase in moisture, and (2) the swell pressure of the soil must exceed the overburden pressure. Swell is typically calculated by assuming an "active" zone, a depth of soil impacted by weather which predominantly affects surface movements due to soil swell. Expansive soils below the active zone are typically ignored as they are assumed to be exposed to lower increases in moisture, experience higher overburden pressures, and have a less significant impact on the surface heave than the soils in the active zone. As evidenced in this discussion, calculation of PVR is based on soil data, model assumptions, experience,and professional judgment. PVR is a calculated estimate and should not be construed to be an absolute number or a guarantee of performance. PVR can be higher or lower depending on actual site conditions. The PVR estimate we provide is our best estimate of what will be encountered and the user of this report with doubts is encouraged to get another professional opinion prior to using this report. However, based on this discussion, the reader understands variations between the model and reality can introduce significant differences in calculated PVR. Page 9 The user of this report understands and accepts this risk. If this risk is intolerable, the user of this report should be prepared to utilize a structural slab suspended adequately above the subgrade surface and supported on deep foundations. Differential swelling of clay soil is generally most pronounced around the perimeter of slabs or pavement where weather and/or vegetative influences are greatest. Unstiffened slabs or paving are generally prone to cracking around 5 to 10 feet from and parallel to the slab edge due to differential soil movements. If this expected cracking is unacceptable or needs to be minimized, the structural engineer should consider slab stiffening using grade beams and/or a flexible slab/wall connection design. We should be consulted by the structural engineer for clarifications and input regarding this type of slab movement if it is deemed critical. Maintaining a consistent moisture content in the soil is the key to minimizing both heave and shrinkage related structural problems. PVR or Equivalent Calculations. UES utilizes the TxDOT method to provide the best possible understanding of expected PVR and its variability. Calculated PVR using TxDOT Method Tex-124-E. PVR calculations were performed in general accordance with the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Method Tex-124-E. The Tex- 124-E method is empirical and is based on the Atterberg limits and moisture content of the subsurface soils. The calculated PVR is an empirical estimate of a soil's potential for swell based upon the soil's plasticity index, applied loading(due to structures or overburden),and antecedent moisture condition. The PVR calculated using TxDOT Method Tex-124-E is summarized in the table below assuming dry moisture condition. The calculated PVR is consistent with soil moisture conditions at the time this study was conducted. A 12-feet zone of seasonal moisture variation was used in our analysis based on local experience. Area. Approximate PVR(inches) Proposed Emergency Generator Pad 1.0 to 1.5 Proposed Fire and Police Sheds and Observation Up to about 3% Tower Proposed Dual Classroom Building 1.0 to 1.5 Soil Moisture Confirmation Prior to Construction. The calculated PVR can vary considerably with prolonged wet or dry periods. We recommend the moisture content for the upper 12-feet(active zone) of soils be assessed for consistency with this report prior to construction if: 1. An extended period of time has elapsed between the performance of this study and construction of pavement subgrade, or 2. Unusually wet or dry weather is experienced between the performance of this study and construction of the pavement subgrade. Page 10 5.3 Soluble Sulfates Sulfate/sulfide minerals, when exposed to water, will react with calcium-based additives (lime, cement, and Class CS fly ash) and clay soils to form ettringite. As the mineral ettringite forms, it can expand approximately 2 to 2.5 times its original volume. This process is known as sulfate induced heave and is the cause of swelling in the treated subgrade soils and the overlying pavement/slab structure. The table provided below outlines the guidelines established by TxDOT for lime treatment and soil sulfate mitigation: Soluble Sulfate TxDOT Guidelines for Soil Sulfate Mitigation Concentration (ppm) 0 to 3,000 No restrictions 3,001 to 7,000 In a single application, add the prescribed total amount of lime. Uniformly mix the lime into the soil being treated. Lightly compact the mixture to seal and minimize carbonation. Maintain moisture content above the optimum moisture content of the soil being treated. Three days after the initial addition of lime, determine the soluble sulfate concentration at locations sampled as directed using Tex-145-E, and if the sulfate measurement has been reduced to 3,000 ppm or less,then no additional lime or mellowing time is necessary; however, if sulfate measurement has not been reduced to 3,000 ppm or less, then add 4% additional lime. Uniformly mix the lime into the pretreated soil. Lightly compact the mixture to seal and minimize carbonation and mellow an additional 7 days while maintaining moisture content above optimum. Reprocess the soil-lime mixture to meet the gradation requirements in TxDOT Item 260- Lime Treatment,Table 1, and compact it at the optimum moisture content. Greater than 7,000 Subgrade soil should NOT be treated by lime. Based on the testing results presented in Section 4.3, the sulfate content of tested soil samples is approximately 220 indicating that the levels of sulfate are low. Additional sulfate screening testing is recommended to be performed on potential material to receive lime treatment prior to construction. 5.4 Construction Excavations Applicability. Recommendations in this section apply to short-term construction-related excavations for this project with excavation depth of less than 10-feet. Recommendations provided herein are not valid for any long-term or permanent slopes on-site. Stability of long- term unprotected slopes will require much flatter slopes. Slope protection for excavations greater than 10-feet need to be designed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Texas. Short-Term Sloped Excavations. All short-term sloped construction excavations on-site should be designed in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) excavation standards. The following table provides a summary of the OSHA Soil Type Classification based on the soils encountered at the test boring location. Page 11 Soil Type Classification Table Depth (feet, bgs) Soi Description OSHA Soil Type Classification 0 to 10 Cohesive Soil Above Water Table'-' Type B Note: 1. Any soil from which water is freely seeping should be downgraded to Type C soil. 2. If excavations deeper than 10 feet are to be pursued, then the Type B soils would be downgraded to Type C. It should be noted that the contractor's "competent person" shall make the final determination of the OSHA Soil Type during excavation of the soils at the jobsite. The maximum allowable slopes during construction for soil OSHA soil types are provided in the following table. Guidelines for Maximum Allowable Slopes Less Than 20-feet Deep Soil Type Max.Allow.Slopes for Excavations Type B 1 Horizontal: 1 Vertical Type C 1.5 Horizontal: 1 Vertical Shored Excavations. As an alternative to sloped excavations, vertical short-term construction excavations may be used in conjunction with trench boxes or other shoring systems. Shoring systems should be designed using an equivalent fluid weight of 75 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) above the groundwater table and 100 pcf below the groundwater table. Surcharge pressures at the ground surface due to dead and live loads should be added to the lateral earth pressures where they may occur. Lateral surcharge pressures should be assumed to act as a uniform pressure along the upper 10 feet of the excavation based on a lateral earth coefficient of 0.5. Surcharge loads set back behind the excavation at a horizontal distance equal to or greater than the excavation depth may be ignored. UES recommends that no more than 200 feet of unshored excavation should be open at any one time to prevent the possibility of failure and excessive ground movement to occur. UES also recommends that unshored excavations do not remain open for a period of time longer than 24 hours. Limitations. Recommendations provided herein assume there are no nearby structures or other improvements which might be detrimentally affected by the construction excavation. Before proceeding, UES should be contacted to evaluate construction excavations with the potential to affect nearby structures or other improvements. Excavation Monitoring. Construction excavations and their related safety are the responsibility of the Contractor. Excavations should be monitored and documented by a competent professional to confirm site soil conditions consistent with those encountered in the borings drilled as part of this study. Discrepancies in soil conditions should be brought to the attention of UES for review and revision of recommendations, as appropriate. Page 12 5.5 Groundwater Control Groundwater was not encountered during drilling, if groundwater is encountered during excavation, dewatering to bring the groundwater below the bottom of excavations may be required. Dewatering could consist of standard sump pits and pumping procedures, which may be adequate to control seepage on a local basis during excavation. Supplemental dewatering will be required in areas where standard sump pits and pumping is not effective. Supplemental dewatering could include submersible pumps in slotted casings, well points, or eductors. The contractor should submit a groundwater control plan, prepared by a licensed engineer experienced in that type of work. 5.6 Earthwork 5.6.1 Site Preparation In the area of improvements, all concrete, trees, stumps, brush, debris, septic tanks, abandoned structures, roots, vegetation, rubbish and any other undesirable matter should be removed and properly disposed. 5.6.2 Proof-Roll Building pad and paving subgrades should be proof-rolled with a fully loaded tandem axle dump truck or similar pneumatic-tire equipment weighing approximately 20 tons to locate areas of loose subgrade. In areas to be cut, the proof-roll should be performed after the final grade is established. In areas to be filled,the proof-roll should be performed prior to fill placement. Areas of loose or soft subgrade encountered in the proof roll should be removed and replaced with engineered fill, moisture conditioned (dried or wetted, as needed) and compacted in place. Prior to placement of any fill, the exposed soil subgrade should then be scarified to a minimum depth of 8 inches and recompacted as outlined in Section 5.6.6. 5.6.3 Construction Considerations Excavation of Rock. Due to the existence of shallow rock / bedrock in the vicinity, it is recommended that the construction contractor address the need for rock excavation. The necessity for rock excavation and/or over excavation will depend on the foundation and final floor elevations design for the building. Therefore, UES suggest that the ultimate site grading plans undergo a thorough review by UES before commencing construction. It is important to note that in assessing grading factors, the distribution, depth, and extent of weathered rock, as well as rock lenses or seams, may significantly fluctuate within short distances across the geological area where this site is situated. Page 13 Maintenance of Subgrade during Construction. While the exposed subgrade is expected to remain relatively stable initially, unstable conditions may arise during general construction activities, particularly if the soil is exposed to wet weather conditions and repetitive construction traffic. The use of lighter construction equipment can help minimize disturbance to the subgrade. In the event of unstable conditions, stabilization measures will be necessary. After grading is completed, it's crucial to maintain the moisture content of the subgrade before proceeding with pavement construction. Minimizing construction traffic over the finished subgrade is advisable. If the subgrade becomes frozen, desiccated, saturated, or disturbed, the affected material should either be removed or treated by scarification, moisture conditioning, and recompaction before pavement construction begins. UES should be retained to observe earthwork and to perform necessary tests and observations during subgrade preparation. 5.6.4 Grading, Drainage, Other Considerations Efforts should be made to minimize the excessive wetting or drying of the underlying soil. Standard construction practices of providing good surface water drainage should be used. A positive slope of the ground away from any foundation should be provided. Ditches or swales should be provided to carry the run-off water both during and after construction. Stormwater runoff should be collected by gutters and downspouts and should discharge away from the buildings. In areas with pavement or sidewalks adjacent to the structure, a positive seal must be maintained between the structure and the pavement or sidewalk to minimize seepage of water into the underlying supporting soils. Post-construction movement of pavement and flatwork is common. Normal maintenance should include examination of all joints in paving and sidewalks, etc. as well as re-sealing where necessary. Since granular bedding backfill is used for most utility lines, the backfilled trench should not become a conduit and allow access for surface or subsurface water to travel toward the new structures. Concrete cut-off collars or clay plugs should be provided where utility lines cross building lines to prevent water from traveling in the trench backfill and entering beneath the structures. Root systems from trees and shrubs can draw a substantial amount of water from the clay soils at this site, causing the clays to dry and shrink. This could cause settlement beneath grade- supported slabs such as floors, walks and paving. Trees and large bushes should be located a distance equal to at least one-half their anticipated mature height away from grade slabs. Lawn areas should be watered moderately, without allowing the clay soils to become too dry or too wet. Page 14 5.6.5 Wet Weather/Soft Subgrade Soft and/or wet surface soils may be encountered during construction, especially following periods of wet weather. Wet or soft surface soils can present difficulties for compaction and other construction equipment. If specified compaction cannot be achieved due to soft or wet surface soils, one of the following corrective measures will be required: 1. Removal of the wet and/or soft soil and replacement with select fill, 2. Chemical treatment of the wet and/or soft soil with lime-fly ash or cement to improve the subgrade stability 3. If allowed by the schedule, drying by natural means. Chemical treatment is usually the most effective way to improve soft and/or wet surface soils. UES should be contacted for additional recommendations if chemical treatment is planned due to wet and/or soft soils. 5.6.6 Fill Select Fill. Any fill placed in the proposed improvement area should consist of select fill. Select fill should consist of imported crushed limestone meeting the gradation and Plasticity Index requirements set-forth in TOOT Item 247, Type A, Grade 3 or better. The select fill should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 8-inches and shall be compacted to at least 95 percent maximum dry density (per TEX-113-E) and at a moisture content above the optimum moisture content. Processed Limestone. Processed on-site rock materials may be used in lieu of select fill or as general site fill. Processed limestone to meet the specifications previously outlined above for select fill shall be compacted to at least 95 percent maximum dry density (per TEX-113-E) and at a moisture content above the optimum moisture content. General Fill. General fill may be placed in improved areas outside of building pad areas. General fill should consist of material approved by the Geotechnical Engineer with a liquid limit less than 30. General fill should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 8 inches, moisture-conditioned, and compacted as necessary to achieve a density of at least 95 percent but not more than 102 percent, in accordance with TxDOT Test Method TEX-114-E, and at a moisture content at least 3 percent above the optimum. Page 15 Fill Restrictions. Select fill and general fill should consist of those materials meeting the requirements stated. General fill should not contain material greater than 3-inches in any direction, debris, vegetation, waste material, environmentally contaminated material, or any other unsuitable material. Unsuitable Materials. Materials considered unsuitable for use as general fill include low and high plasticity silt (ML and MH), silty clay (CL-ML), organic clay and silt (OH and OL) and highly organic soils such as peat (Pt). These soils may be used for site grading and restoration in unimproved areas as approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. Soil placed in unimproved areas should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 10-inches and should be compacted to at least 92 percent maximum dry density (per TxDOT TEX-114E) and at a moisture content within 3 percentage points of above the optimum moisture content. Cautionary Note. It is extremely important that select fill placed within building pads be properly characterized using one or more representative proctor samples. The use of a proctor sample which does not adequately represent the select fill being placed can lead to erroneous compaction (moisture and density) results which can significantly increase the potential for swelling of the select fill. The plasticity index of select fill soils placed during construction should be checked every day to confirm conformance to the project specifications and consistency with the proctor being utilized. 5.6.7 Testing Required Testing and Inspections. Field compaction and classification tests should be performed by UES. Compaction tests should be performed in each lift of the compacted material. We recommend the following minimum soil compaction testing be performed: one test per lift per 2,500 square feet (SF) in the area of the building pad, one test per lift per 5,000 SF outside the building pad, and one test per lift per 100 linear feet of utility backfill. If the materials fail to meet the density or moisture content specified, the course should be reworked as necessary to obtain the specified compaction. Classification confirmation inspection/testing should be performed daily on select fill materials(whether on-site or imported)to confirm consistency with the project requirements. The testing frequency recommended herein can be altered (increased or decreased) at the discretion of the geotechnical engineer of record. Liability Limitations. Since proper field inspection and testing are critical to the design recommendations provided herein, UES cannot assume responsibility or liability for Page 16 recommendations provided in this report if construction inspection and/or testing is performed by another party. 5.7 Loading on Buried Structures Uplift. Buried water-tight structures are subjected to uplift forces caused by differential water levels adjacent to and within the structure. Soils with any appreciable silt or sand content will likely become saturated during periods of heavy rainfall and the effective static water level will be at the ground surface. For design purposes, we recommend the groundwater level be assumed at the ground surface. Resistance to uplift pressure is provided by soil skin friction and the dead weight of the structure. Skin friction should be neglected for the upper 3 feet of soil. A skin friction of 200 pounds per square foot (psf) may be used below a depth of 3 feet. Lateral Pressure. Lateral pressures on buried structures due to soil loading can be determined using an equivalent fluid weight of 100 pcf. This includes hydrostatic pressure but does not include surcharge loads. The lateral load produced by a surcharge may be computed as 50 percent of the vertical surcharge pressure applied as a constant pressure over the full depth of the buried structure. Surcharge loads located a horizontal distance equal to or greater than the buried structure depth may be ignored. Vertical Pressure. Vertical pressures on buried structures due to soil loading can be determined using an equivalent fluid weight of 125 pcf. This does not include surcharge loads. The vertical load produced by a surcharge may be computed as 100 percent of the vertical surcharge pressure applied as a constant pressure over the full width of the buried structure. 5.8 Buried Pipe Applicability. Recommendations in this section are applicable to the design of buried piping placed by open cut methods associated with this project. Pressure on Buried Pipe. Design recommendations provided in the "Loading on Buried Structures" section of this report apply to buried piping. Thrust Restraints. Resistance to lateral forces at thrust blocks will be developed by friction developed along the base of the thrust block and passive earth pressure acting on the vertical face of the block. We recommend a coefficient of base friction of 0.3 along the base of the thrust Page 17 block. Passive resistance on the vertical face of the thrust block may be calculated using the allowable passive earth pressures presented below. Allowable Passive Earth Pressure by Material Type Material Allowable Passive Pressure (psf) Native Clay and Clayey Sand 2,000 Compacted Clay Fill 1,500 Severely Weathered Limestone/Limestone 3,000 Note: Passive resistance should be neglected for any portion of the thrust block within 3 feet of the final site grade. The allowable passive resistance for native clays and clayey sand is based on the thrust block bearing directly against vertical, undisturbed cuts in these materials. Bedding and Backfill. Pipe bedding and pipe-zone backfill for the water and sanitary sewer piping should be in accordance with TxDOT standard specification Item 400 or the local equivalent. The pipe-zone consists of all materials surrounding the pipe in the trench from six (6) inches below the pipe to 12 inches above the pipe. Trench Backfill. Excavated site soils will be utilized to backfill the trenches above the pipe-zone. Backfilled soil should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 8-inches and should be compacted to at least 95 percent maximum dry density (per ASTM D-698) and at a moisture content between optimum and 4 percent above optimum moisture content. Trench Settlement. Settlement of backfill should be anticipated. Even for properly compacted backfill, fills are still subject to settlements over time of up to 2 percent of the total fill thickness. This level of settlement can be significant for fills beneath streets. Therefore, close coordination and monitoring should be performed to reduce the potential for future movement. 5.9 Existing Fill The review of aerial photographs and soil borings and grading plans indicates that fill was previously used in the location of the Proposed Fire Shed, Dual Classroom Building and Generator Pad areas during Phase 1 construction. The Fill material encountered at Test Boring B-02 location extended to depth of up to about 8% feet bgs. Existing fill may be present and can be deeper in other areas. In practice, it is difficult to accurately delineate fill soils that are similar to the native soils based on discrete test boreholes. Therefore, the recorded fill depths should be considered estimates and may vary somewhat from the actual fill depths. For the purpose of this report, we have assumed the existing fill was placed under engineered supervision. Although not encountered in the borings for this project, uncontrolled fills may contain trash, debris, concrete rubble, construction debris, boulders, and other unsuitable materials. As explained in Section Page 18 5.10.4, subgrade improvement in the Fire Shed area should be performed to a depth of 7 feet. For areas where the existing fill is deeper than 7 feet from the existing grade, the existing fill may remain in place as long as proof-roll, conducted in accordance with Section 5.6.2 — Proof-Roll of this report, is successfully passed. After the proof-rolling operations are completed, the exposed soils should be scarified to a depth of 8 inches, and then subgrade improvement, as explained in Section 5.10.3, can be performed. 5.10 Foundation System Appropriate Foundation Types. The following foundation types are appropriate to the proposed improvements based on the geotechnical conditions encountered: • Straight shaft drilled piers for the Police and Fire Sheds, Screen Wall and Dual Classroom Building • Mat Foundation for the Observation Tower and Generator Pad Foundation Determination. We have assumed that structural loads will be typical for the type and size of building proposed. Recommendations for the foundation types are presented below. Final determination of the foundation type to be utilized for this project should be made by the Structural Engineer based on loading, economic factors and risk tolerance. Foundations Adiacent to Existing Buildings. Differential movements can occur between the existing building and the proposed addition. Methods should be implemented to allow for differential movement between the foundation system of the existing building and the proposed addition. Further, preventative measures should be taken to avoid damaging or adversely affecting the integrity of the existing foundation system during construction. Foundations Adiacent to Slopes. Foundations placed too close to adjacent slopes steeper than 5H:1V may experience reduced bearing capacities and/or excessive settlement. Recommendations provided herein assume foundations are not close enough to adjacent slopes in excess of 5H:1V to be detrimentally affected. Therefore, foundations closer than 5 times the depth of adjacent slopes, pits, or excavations in excess of 5H:1V should be brought to our attention in order that UES may review the appropriateness of our recommendations. Grading plan. Based on the most recent proposed grading plans "Grading Plan Rear Storage" by 2P Consultants, LLC (Sheet C403, dated March 26, 2025); "Grading Plan" by Brinkley Sargent Wiginton Architects (Sheet C3.02, dated December 16, 2016), and "Grading Plan Classroom" by 2P Consultants, LLC (Sheet C401, dated March 26, 2025), the approximate existing grade range across the proposed Fire and Police Sheds, Observation Tower, Emergency Generator Pad, and Dual Classroom Building footprint areas, along with the proposed Finished Floor Elevations (FFE) and the resulting required cut depths and fill material thicknesses, are summarized in the Page 19 following table. The presented cut and fill thicknesses are approximate and do not account for over-excavation or additional fill resulting from any necessary site remediation, as discussed in forthcoming sections of this report. Finished Floor Approximate Range to Achieve Building Estimated Existing Elevation, HE Final Grade Elevation(feet) (feet) Required Cut(feet) Required Fill (feet) Fire Shed 749 to 751 749.3 to 749.9 0 to-1 0 to+0.5 Police Shed and Observation 740 to 746 739 to 739.5 -2 to-7 - Tower Generator Pad 757 to 758 758 0 0 to+1 Dual Classroom Building 746 to 749 750 - +1 to+4 Any changes to the site grading plan should be brought to the attention of UES for review and revision of recommendations, as appropriate. Foundation Plans Review. Our office should be contacted to review the foundation plans, details and related structural loads, prior to finalizing the design to check conformance with the recommendations presented herein. 5.10.1 Straight Shaft Drilled Piers General Requirement. The proposed Police and Fire Sheds, Screen Wall and Dual Classroom Building may be supported using straight-shaft piers if recommendations in the Section 5.10.3 — Subgrade Improvement are followed. Straight shaft drilled piers should have adequate embedment depth to develop the required axial capacity and uplift/lateral resistance. Drilled piers should be a minimum of 18-inches in diameter. The pier excavation and installation operations must be observed in the field by UES. Our office should be contacted to review the foundation plans prior to finalizing the design to check conformance with the recommendations presented herein. Axial Resistance — Fire and Police Sheds. The structural designer may use an allowable end bearing capacity of 5,000 pounds per square foot for straight shaft drilled piers bearing in the sandy fat clay layer. To utilize the provided end bearing capacity, the straight-shaft drilled piers should bear at least 5 feet into the Sandy Fat Clay layer. Additionally, an allowable unit skin friction value of 500 pounds per square foot may be used for the portion of the pier shaft in contact with this stratum. Skin friction and end bearing resistance for the upper 10 feet of the piers, measured from existing ground surface, should be neglected.The recommended allowable end bearing and skin friction values incorporate safety factors of 3 and 2, respectively, to prevent Page 20 shear failure. Uplift resistance may be calculated as 70 percent of the frictional capacity of a straight shaft drilled pier. Axial Resistance — Screen Wall and Dual Classroom Building. The structural designer can utilize an allowable end bearing value of 25,000 pounds per square foot for straight shaft drilled piers bearing at least two (2) pier diameters into competent limestone rock(gray in color). In addition, an allowable unit skin friction value of 1,500 pounds per square foot may be used for that portion of the pier shaft in contact with the light brown, tan or gray, competent limestone rock. Friction for all natural soil, fill, and weathered materials should be neglected. The recommended allowable end bearing and unit skin friction values utilize a safety factor of 3 and 2, respectively to prevent shear failure. Resistance to uplift can be calculated by taking 70-percent of the friction capacity of a straight shaft drilled pier. Lateral Resistance. For resistance of lateral loads on straight shaft drilled piers, we recommend the following LPILE design parameters. Depth(feet bgs)1 LPILE Parameters Z Clay Soil/Fill (0-to 2- Soil Type: Medium Clay feet) Effective Soil Unit Weight: 125 pcf Undrained Shear Strength: Ignore Strain @ % Peak Strength (E5o): Ignore p-y Modulus(k): Ignore Clay Soil/Fill (below 2- Soil Type: Medium Clay feet) Effective Soil Unit Weight: 125 pcf Undrained Shear Strength: 800 Strain @ % Peak Strength (Eso): 0.01 p-y Modulus(k): 100 pci Limestone Soil Type:Weak Rock Effective Soil Unit Weight: 150 pcf Young's Modulus(Er): 20,000 psi Uniaxial Compressive Strength: 150 psi Krm: 0.0005 Notes: 1. Depth below existing ground surface. Lateral resistance of piers should be ignored up to 2 feet below the top of the piers (bottom of the pier caps). Uplift. The uplift force on the piers due to swelling of the active clays can be approximated by assuming a uniform uplift pressure 800 psf acting over the perimeter of the shaft to a depth of 5-feet. The shaft should contain sufficient full-length reinforcing steel and should be embedded Page 21 a sufficient distance into the limestone to resist uplift forces, based on the allowable uplift skin friction resistance above. The uplift force can be ignored over the perimeter of the drilled shaft in the limestone formation. Pier Spacing. Piers should not be spaced closer than three shaft diameters center to center to use the above-recommended bearing capacities (diameter of larger shaft). A reduction factor of 75 percent should be used for piers placed 2 to 3 diameters apart, measured from center to center. A reduction factor of 40 percent should be used for piers placed less than 2 shaft diameters apart, measured center to center. The reduction factors should be applied to allowable end bearing and allowable skin friction. Settlement. Foundation settlement for drilled piers constructed as described herein should be about % inch or less for the Dual Classroom Building and 1-inch or less for the Fire and Police Sheds. Groundwater. Groundwater was not encountered during drilling. The risk of groundwater seepage is increased during or after periods of precipitation. Submersible pumps may be capable of controlling seepage in the pier excavation to allow for concrete placement. If water-bearing granular soil layers are encountered,temporary casing and/or slurry displacement method will likely be required for drilled shafts. Applicable TOOT Standards. Drilled pier foundations should be constructed in accordance with the requirements of TOOT Item 416 (standard specification for construction of drilled pier foundations). This specification includes requirements for construction using casing or the slurry displacement method, as appropriate. Construction Observation. The construction of all piers should be observed to verify compliance with design assumptions and to verify: 1. the bearing stratum; 2. the removal of all smear zones and cuttings; 3. that groundwater seepage, when encountered, is correctly handled; 4. that the shafts are vertical (within acceptable tolerance); and 5. ensure that the top of the shafts in contact with clay are not enlarged (mushroom- shaped). Concrete Placement. Concrete should be placed immediately after the excavation has been completed. In no event should a pier excavation be allowed to remain open for more than Page 22 8 hours. Concrete should have a slump of 5 to 7 inches and should not be allowed to strike the shaft sidewall or steel reinforcement during placement. 5.10.2 Mat Foundation General. The proposed Observation Tower and Generator Pad can be supported on a mat foundation provided that recommendations in Section 5.10.3 — Subgrade Improvement are followed. A mat foundation is used most advantageously when it is necessary to distribute comparatively heavy structural and working loads onto the supporting foundation materials. The mat foundation should be underlain by 2 feet of Select Fill. The Select fill should extend 3 feet beyond the perimeter where feasible. Applicability. The recommendations provided in this section are applicable to the proposed Generator Pad. Subgrade Improvement outlined in Section 5.10.3 should be applied to all PVR sensitive structures. Mat Geometry. Based on information provided by the client, we understand that the proposed generator has dimensions of approximately 14 feet by 6 feet, with an approximate height of 7.3 feet. The final weight of the generator is about 50,000 pounds. Foundation Depth. The mat should bear on select fill at a depth of at least 2-feet below the surrounding grade. Allowable Bearing Pressure. A net allowable unit bearing pressure of 2,400 psf may be used for mat foundations supported on compacted, low-plasticity Select Fill. The net allowable unit soil bearing pressure provided incorporates a factor of safety of at least 3.0. The bearing pressure may be increased by 33-percent for maximum transient loads. The net allowable unit soil bearing pressure provided for mat foundations is based on the material strengths observed in the test borings during our field investigation and the laboratory test results. Settlement. Although a detailed settlement analysis is beyond the scope of this study, settlement for foundations constructed as described above should be about 1 inch or less. Foundation Construction. The geotechnical engineer should monitor foundation construction to verify conditions are as anticipated and that the materials encountered are suitable for support of foundations. Soft or unsuitable soils encountered at the foundation bearing level should be removed to expose suitable, firm soil. Foundation excavation should be dry and free of loose material. Page 23 Deflection Analysis. Coefficient of subgrade reaction, k, values are soil, load, and settlement dependent. Upon request by the Structural Engineer for this project, k value recommendations will be provided for the specific loading application in question. For initial design we recommend a k value of 100 pci. 5.10.3 Subgrade Improvement Potential Vertical Slab Movements. Based on the information gathered during this study, a slab- on-grade will be subject to potential vertical slab movements as the following Table. Subgrade treatment provided here assumes that recommendations in Section 5.9 — Existing Fill are followed. Area. Approximate PVR(inches) Proposed Emergency Generator Pad 1.0 to 1.5 Proposed Fire and Police Sheds and Observation Up to about 3% Tower Proposed Dual Classroom Building 1.0 to 1.5 Dual Classroom Building. According to the previous Test Boring B-24 provided in Geotechnical Report No. G315132, there is no existing fill in the area; however, the provided grading plan indicates that existing fill may be present in the area. If existing fill is encountered within the classroom area, it should be removed. To maintain the PVR condition at approximately % inch for slab-on-grade construction and to provide relatively uniform support for the concrete slabs, UES recommends over-excavating the light brown Sandy Fat Clay within the Dual Classroom Building area to a minimum depth of 2 feet below the existing site grades. This excavation should extend at least 5 feet laterally beyond the foundation perimeter, where feasible. The excavation should then be backfilled, and the building pad area raised to the Design Subgrade Elevation using properly compacted, low-plasticity Select Fill. The Select Fill soils shall meet the specifications and compaction/moisture requirements outlined in Section 5.6.6. It is not necessary to over- excavate into the limestone to achieve the full 2 feet of Select Fill. However,to provide a uniform subgrade beneath the PVR-sensitive structure, we recommend that at least the upper 1 foot of the subgrade consist of Select Fill (i.e., the PVR-sensitive structure should not be partially supported on rock). Police and Fire Sheds, Observation Tower and the nearby Pavement Areas. To maintain the PVR condition at approximately 1-inch for slab-on-grade / mat foundation construction and provide relatively uniform support to the concrete slabs / pavement, UES recommends that the upper soils within the Police Shed, Fire Shed and Observation Tower areas be over-excavated to a minimum depth of at least 7-feet below the existing site grades. The excavation should extend at least 5-feet laterally from the foundation perimeter, where feasible. The excavation should then be filled, and the building pad areas raised to the Design Subgrade Elevation by placing Page 24 properly compacted, low plasticity Select Fill. The Select Fill soils shall meet the specifications and compaction/moisture requirements as presented in Section 5.6.6. Generator Pad Area. Based on the grading plan for this area and the calculated PVR of the onsite soils, no subgrade improvement is required to reduce the PVR. Any additional fill placed in the pad areas for grading purposes should consist of a minimum of 2 feet select fill and should extend at least 3 feet horizontally beyond the perimeter of the Pad. Subgrade Improvement at Exterior Doorways. Subgrade improvement should extend beneath sidewalk areas that abut exterior doorways to the building. Failure to perform subgrade improvement in these areas can increase the probability of differential heaving between exterior sidewalks and doorways, resulting in exterior doors that will not or have difficulty opening outward due to "sticking" caused by heaving sidewalk slabs. Sidewalks tied to pavements and other flatworks that extend beyond the subgrades treated for PVR reduction may be subjected to movements similar to those experienced for untreated subgrades. Subgrade Moisture. The slab subgrade is prone to drying after being exposed and should be kept moist prior to slab placement. Moisture Barrier. A vapor retarder with a permeance of less than 0.3 US perms (ASTM E96) should be placed under the concrete floor slab on the ground to reduce the transmission of water vapor from the supporting soil through the concrete slab and to function as a slip sheet to reduce subgrade drag friction. Polyethylene film with a minimum thickness of 10 mils (0.25 mm) is typically used for reduced vapor transmission and durability during and after its installation. The vapor retarder should be installed according to ASTM E1643, "Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs." Penetrations through the vapor retarder should be sealed to ensure its integrity. The vapor retarder should be taped around all openings to ensure the effectiveness of the barrier. Grade stakes should not be driven through the barrier and care should be taken to avoid punctures during reinforcement and concrete placement. Placement of slab concrete directly on the vapor retarder increases the risks of surface dusting, blistering and slab curling making good concrete practice critical. A low water to cement ratio concrete mix design combined with proper and adequate curing procedures will help ensure a good quality slab. Slab Deflection Analysis. Coefficient of subgrade reaction, k,values are soil, load, and settlement dependent. Upon request by the Structural Engineer for this project, k value recommendations will be provided for the specific loading application in question. Fill Related Slab Settlement. Fill will settle under its own weight. A properly constructed fill will generally settle up to 2% of the fill thickness due to its own weight and independent of external loads. That settlement begins as soon as lift placement begins. The time required for settlement Page 25 to occur is a function of soil type, pore water, and drainage path conditions and therefore can vary widely. As a result,fill-related settlement should be expected before AND after construction of the slab. Slab movement related to settling fill can be reduced by allowing as much time as possible between the time the fill is placed and construction of the slab. Furthermore, we recommend survey monitoring of constructed fills be performed to verify the rate and magnitude of settlement has been reduced to an acceptable level prior to construction of slabs on the fill. Load Related Slab Settlement. Slabs on grade will settle when subjected to load. Slab settlement is a function of soil type, load intensity, load geometry, and other factors. Upon request by the Structural Engineer for this project, settlement estimates will be provided for the specific loading application in question. Movement Risk. Recommendations have been provided to mitigate the effects of soil movement. Some soil movement and related structural cracking and floor unevenness should be expected even after following recommendations in this report. The elimination of risk related to soil movement is typically not feasible. UES would be happy to discuss other, more expensive, movement-related risk mitigation alternatives upon request. 5.10.4 Main Building Expansion The recommendations provided in Geotechnical Report No. G.324215 for the Main Building Expansion remain valid. UES has reviewed the additional loads shown on the drawings titled "RRPSTC—Volume 2 — Main Building" by Brinkley Sargent Wiginton Architects (Sheet S101), and "Round Rock Public Safety Training Center (Phase 2)" (Sheet S.2.03) by Datum Engineers, which were sent via email on February 28, 2025. Based on our review, the UES confirms that the additional loads from the building expansion to the existing building piers will not exceed the pier capacities. UES expects that most of the fill settlement will occur during construction. Select fill placed in this area should be compacted to at least 100 percent of the maximum dry density, in accordance with Tex-113-E. 5.11 Pavement In designing the proposed Fire Shed pavement area, the existing subgrade conditions must be considered together with the expected traffic use and loading conditions. The conditions that influence pavement design can be summarized as follows: 1. Bearing values of the subgrade. These values can be represented by a California Bearing Ratio (CBR) for the design of flexible asphalt pavements, or a Modulus of Subgrade Reaction (K) for rigid concrete pavements. Page 26 2. Vehicular traffic, in terms of the number and frequency of vehicles and their range of axle loads. 3. Probable increase in vehicular use over the life of the pavement. 4. The availability of suitable materials to be used in the construction of the pavement and their relative costs. Specific laboratory testing to define the subgrade strength (i.e. CBR/K values) have not been performed for this analysis. Based upon local experience and the plasticity indices of the in-situ subgrade soils, the CBR and K value for design has been selected as 3 and 100 pci, respectively. Allowances for proper drainage and proper material selection of base materials are most important for performance of asphaltic pavements. Ruts and birdbaths in asphalt pavements allow for quick deterioration of the pavement primarily due to saturation of the underlying base materials and subgrade soils. Therefore, the use of geogrid is highly recommended. It is important that the exposed subgrade is properly prepared prior to pavement installation. 5.11.1 Rigid Pavements The use of concrete for paving has become more prevalent in recent years due to the long-term maintenance cost benefits of concrete pavement compared to asphalt pavements. Concrete pavement is recommended in the Fire Shed pavement area. The recommended rigid concrete pavement section is provided in the following table: Rigid Pavement Heavy Duty Reinforced Concrete 8" Base Material 6" Lime Stabilized Subgrade 8" 5.11.2 Pavement Materials Lime Stabilized Subgrade. Lime placement and mixing operations should be performed in accordance with TxDOT Item 260, "LIME TREATMENT FOR MATERIALS USED AS SUBGRADE (ROAD MIXED)." Lime shall be properly mixed at a rate of 8-percent of the maximum dry unit weight of the raw subgrade soils as determined by the modified Proctor (ASTM D1557). After proper curing time, usually 48 to 72 hours, the lime stabilized soils should be remixed and compacted to at least 95-percent of the maximum dry density of the lime stabilized soils as determined by the TEX-114E test method. The moisture content of the lime stabilized compacted soils should be at, or above, the optimum moisture content. Page 27 Base Material. Base materials in flexible pavement areas should meet the requirements set forth in the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) 2014 Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets and Bridges: Item 247, Type A, Grade 2. The base material should be placed in maximum 8-inch-thick loose lifts and compacted to at least 95-percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the TEX-113E test method. The moisture content of the base materials should be maintained within 2-percent of the optimum moisture content. Rigid Concrete. The concrete pavement should be properly reinforced and jointed, as per ACI, and should have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4,000 psi. Expansion joints should be spaced no greater than 60-feet and should be sealed with an appropriate sealant so that moisture infiltration into the subgrade soils and resultant concrete deterioration at the joints is minimized. Control joint spacing should not exceed 15-feet and preferably less to adequately control cracking.The joints should be thoroughly cleaned, and sealant should be installed without overfilling before the pavement is opened to traffic. Based on past experience with concrete pavements supported on similar subgrade soils, UES recommends that reinforcement for concrete pavement consist of #4 bars (1/2-inch diameter) spaced at 18, 16, and 12-inches on center each way for light, medium, and heavy-duty options, respectively. The splice length for#4 bars should not be less than 20-inches. 5.12 Slope Stability General. Our analyses for the slope in the area between Fire shed and training track are based on the grading plans prepared by 2P Consultants, LLC for the Public Safety Training Center Phase 2, Sheet No. C403; dated March 26, 2025. If changes are made to the referenced grading plans, including but not limited to slope configuration and height, our office should conduct a review to determine if modifications to the recommendations provided are required. Stability Analysis Method. The static stability analysis of slope in the area between Police/Fire shed and training track was performed using GeoStudio 20191 software. The software utilizes multiple slope stability analysis methods to verify consistency of the results. Factors of safety calculated using the Morgenstern-Price method, which satisfies both force and moment equilibrium, were utilized. Required Safety Factors. Based on our experience with similar projects, the following safety factors were used in the slope stability analyses: Page 28 Type of Structure Minimum Safety Factor Long-Term Conditions 1.5 Short-Term Conditions 1.3 The factor of safety against global slope movement is defined as the ratio of resisting forces (or moments) to driving forces. Slope Stability Soil Parameters. We used the following shear strength parameters. Soil Parameters for Slope Stability Analysis Total Unit Short-Term Condition Long-Term Conditions Soil Type Weight C(psf) (deg.)Z C' (psf)s �' (deg.)a (Pcf) Lean to Fat Clay with 125 500 0 50 22 Sand Fill Sandy Fat Clay 125 1,000 0 50 22 Severely Weathered 130 1,500 30 1500 30 Limestone Notes: o c,and c' are undrained cohesion, and consolidated drained cohesion, respectively. o (�,and(0'are undrained friction angle,consolidated drained friction angle, respectively. Slope Stability Analyses Conditions. Static loading conditions were analyzed for this report. The slope stability analyses were performed with a surcharge load of 250 psf for long-term conditions and 500 psf for short-term conditions. • Short-term - The short-term, or undrained, case models the condition soon after construction in which the pore pressures generated during construction and operation have not dissipated. Analyses for this condition involve the use of undrained shear strength parameters as tabulated in the previous section. • Long-Term - The long-term, or drained, case models the condition in which the pore pressures generated during construction and operation have dissipated. Analyses for this condition involve the use of drained shear strength parameters as tabulated in the previous section. Weathered conditions model the slope condition after years of exposure to environmental conditions. Fully softened/weathered strengths eventually develop in clays after long periods of exposure to environmental conditions (shrink-swell, wetting-drying etc.). These strengths are the governing strengths for the first-time slides in slopes with high plasticity clay soils. Page 29 Results of Slope Stability Analyses. The results of our analyses are presented in Appendix I -Slope Stability Analysis Results and summarized in the following table. Results of Slope Stability Analyses Condition Analyzed Surcharge(psf) Minimum Safety Factor Short-Term 500 2.7 Long-Term 250 1.6 The results of the slope stability analyses are based on the expectation that the final ground surface in the area between the Police/Fire shed and the training track will be sloped as shown in the plans and modeled in the cross-sections of Appendix I - Slope Stability Analysis Results. 6.0 LIMITATIONS/GENERAL COMMENTS Professional services provided in this geotechnical exploration were performed, findings obtained, and recommendations prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering principles and practices. The scope of services provided herein does not include an environmental assessment of the site or investigation for the presence or absence of hazardous materials in the soil, surface water or groundwater. UES, upon written request, can be retained to provide these services. UES is not responsible for conclusions, opinions or recommendations made by others based on this data. Information contained in this report is intended for the exclusive use of the Client (and their designated design representatives), and is related solely to design of the specific structures outlined in Section 2.0. No party other than the Client (and their designated design representatives) shall use or rely upon this report in any manner whatsoever unless such party shall have obtained UES's written acceptance of such intended use. Any such third party using this report after obtaining UES's written acceptance shall be bound by the limitations and limitations of liability contained herein, including UES's liability being limited to the fee paid to it for this report. Recommendations presented in this report should not be used for design of any other structures except those specifically described in this report. In all areas of this report in which UES may provide additional services if requested to do so in writing, it is presumed that such requests have not been made if not evidenced by a written document accepted by UES. Further, subsurface conditions can change with passage of time. Recommendations contained herein are not considered applicable for an extended period of time after the completion date of this report. It is recommended our office be contacted for a review of the contents of this report for construction commencing more than one (1) year after completion of this report. Non- compliance with any of these requirements by the Client or anyone else shall release UES from any liability resulting from the use of, or reliance upon, this report. Page 30 Recommendations provided in this report are based on our understanding of information provided by the Client about characteristics of the project. If the Client notes any deviation from the facts about project characteristics, our office should be contacted immediately since this may materially alter the recommendations. Further, UES is not responsible for damages resulting from workmanship of designers or contractors. It is recommended the Owner retain qualified personnel, such as a Geotechnical Engineering firm, to verify construction is performed in accordance with plans and specifications. Page 31 Appendix A - Project Location Diagrams 10 UE TM Walburg k� •. 16 Grangrr /�. Fnendshlp 'Nk Seienada ' Vr fil ti'P .• ,• 35. welt Llhealy Hill' ' Sanla Rlla Ranch �' f I } S Jonah� Cnclevllle Geory`etown 416 . :, '' � .msµ" r! �• � ', t'3F ,, ` �. . y ytL''r�.lnder - �% � a i- �. 2, le; Y2 51.115' N oa Hudd ' vrlle C-I'll P.uk� Round•Rock� ., l u g L * r, t• �,t�r't r ; I Pllucjeivllle` -46t �� aCele Hudso 8 n 0ji" CD - �., t' !t�► I S Ne'w Sweden r y le Eafl Ranch ;® Ig 35 25 Airbus I Al—to, IL a•A P, y ,:' f ► .spy, �. .•' ij. �� . �,,;.�•tom .�. �. „ s ,t i'4•.1f� ) may► �,,,,av , W lei 35 >,�• _ •/ w,� I' r."r 2 � _ � t S``n/�Wil^ � •� ` � Iftiy� v� �. �� •.� .. � 4y, �,. � �� .,�•• a :jw :�r 1a5elile Blvdige , y rk WO ,is ,. r'. ��,�`•�! ` y.r� � � �-• �l �r`. r.R. yam_' �..1.r ..�...:.ita. Appendix B - Boring Location Diagram WO U STM BORING LOCATION DIAGRAM s Legend Borings Drilled in G315132 • Borings Drilled in G324215 $ `, w,t.s, t • Borings Drilled in Y251115 AL It b; L € 4 # tt u � ��►; ' or c Zlt rs• y `a 1 UES Project No. Y251115 Public Safety Training Center Additional Borings 10 BORING LOCATION DIAGRAM WITH OVERLAY �t TACTICAL LEGEND `lJ ^ten w vxl,Hwwrr: N DEcaWsee Q Legend r '7 __` * nAArl O • Borings Drilled in G315132 " -. 4tMW^EE4CE -•�-.� 71AV:PAI FENC( L (F) • Borings Drilled in G324215 • Borings Drilled in Y251115 F 4 AWIrI VIV n� TRAINING CLASSRQ jW BU LONG F Sb EVQD FrIUCE SHEDI OBSERVFTrA DEC.[ I sLy FIRE S.,EDI PAD --� - y A 1 i '`111 C `»-•��^ ``� 0 SiTF 11 PHASE IMF 1� � N• �� ' r • ..r.rliAR'►`_di'r UES Project No. Y251115 Public Safety Training Center Additional Borings io Appendix C - Boring Logs and Laboratory Results r/O TM LOG OF BORING B-01 SHEET 1 of 1 I CLIENT: City of Round Rock UES PROFESSIONAL SOLUTIONS 44, LLC PROJECT: Public Safety Training Center I 7cLane Roundand Rock,Texas 78664 LOCATION: 2801 North Mays Street; Round Rock, Texas Rock, UES Telephone: 512-284-8022 NUMBER: Y251115 Fax: 512-284-7764 DATES DRILLED: 3/13/2025 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Solid Flight Auger 8 Rock Coring LIMITS xW GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w p w Groundwater was not encountered during drilling. w r F z The borehole was open and dry upon completion of drilling. 02 z t= g J Uj 2 F-F LL O �_ J H } LL p O D �LLLLa U U U H F- N m F _ _ (n LL LL z ��d� o � H U) U cn r C7 O } J w 3EnnCnz > > Q co w o Z z _j a s °o o° C a CL z a w z z) SURFACE ELEVATION: mF-� . o o Z a } Cl) o U z d�o 2 LL PL PI o a° ° 'C-/-) 2 DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM >00 SH SANDY LEAN CLAY FILL, gray, very stiff. (CL) S-1 P=4.5 12 56 >00 >00 >00 SSN=50/5" 10 14 22 Same as above, hard. S-2 5 LIMESTONE, gray, hard. Recovery=59, and RQD =36 CORE REC=98 S-3 RQD=60 10 Same as above. Recovery=59, and RQD =55 CORE REC=98 S-4 RQD=92 15 Same as above. Recovery= 57, and RQD =57 COREREC=95 S-5 RQD=95 20 LIMESTONE, gray, hard. Recovery=59, and RQD =53 NSO6 REC=98 m RQD=88 0 0 c� W 25 Same as above. o Recovery=58, and RQD = 57 0 a' OR REC=97 z S-7 RQD=95 0 0 m 0 30 Test boring was terminated at a depth of 30-feet. 0 J z Z Ff 0 N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi Qc- STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX Test boring depths and locations were determined by UES Drilling operations were p performed by TX Geo Bore a subcontractor to UES. C' P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 J LOG OF BORING B-02 SHEET 1 of 1 I CLIENT: City of Round Rock UES PROFESSIONAL SOLUTIONS 44, LLC PROJECT: Public Safety Training Center 7cLane Roundand Rock,Texas 78664 LOCATION: 2801 North Mays Street; Round Rock, Texas Rock, UES Telephone: 512-284-8022 NUMBER: Y251115 Fax: 512-284-7764 DATES DRILLED: 3/13/2025 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Solid Flight Auger LIMITS xw GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: w 0 w Groundwater was not encountered during drilling wz F ? � The borehole was open and dry upon completion of drilling F--r LL O 2 ::i > LL > o m H Z ~LL LL 000 w _j U U F- :j W LL N 2 v W W Cn(n(n Z of (n (n W V5 W O F a a o 0 0 o V a a Z a w z SURFACE ELEVATION: ° o En cn z a o o 2 LL PL PI 0 a. U (n ° 2 DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM ss N= 14 25 FAT CLAY with SAND FILL, dark brown, stiff. (CH) S-1 SHp=3.5 27 69 26 43 80 Same as above, very stiff. S-2 -------------------------- -- -------------------------------- 5 ---- — -- — -- -- 5 SH P-4 5 9 SANDY LEAN CLAY FILL, brown, very stiff. (CL) S-3 SHp=4.5 27 47 15 32 63 Same as above. S-4 ss N= 10 27 SANDY FAT CLAY, dark brown, stiff. (CH) 10 S-5 SH Same as above, brown, very stiff. S-6 P=4.0 19 53 16 37 15 SH P=2 5 13 58 Same as above, stiff. 20 S-7 N O! SS SANDY FAT CLAY, brown, stiff. (CH) 0 S-8 N=21 15 W 25 U O K a O z o Ss SEVERELY WEATHERED LIMESTONE, light brown, hard. In S_9 N=50/5' 13 En 30En Test boring was terminated at a depth of 30-feet. cD 0 CfJ z o N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi Qc- STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX Test boring depths and locations were determined by UES.Drilling operations were p performed by TX Geo Bore a subcontractor to UES. U' P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE 0 LOG OF BORING B-12 SHEET 1 of 1 CLIENT: City of Round Rock Rock Engineering&Testing Laboratory, Inc. PROJECT: Round Rock Public Saftey Training Center No. 1I Rock,TX Lane LOCATION: 2701 North Mas Street. Round Rock,TX 78664 Y Telephone: (512)284-8022 NUMBER: G315132 Fax: (512)284-7764 DATES DRILLED: 07/13/2015-07/13/2015 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Air-Rotary/Rock-Coring 0 o LIMITS o z x w GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: Of� W z w Groundwater was not encountered during drilling,nor measured in the borehole upon Co w } W Fn the completion of the drilling operations. W>Y� O ~ } o O j ri C3w— U � V U F j N m ~ z �GC7�J w D H H �? � _ U-1 U-1v)u) H = a a- ozzwa j a g o c a z 55 o ? a n o o � a n } it z SURFACE ELEVATION: +/-763 1/2' m o can can z a-I.-a X LL PL PI o a. Lc..° 0 o DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SH S-1 P=3.0 s SANDY LEAN CLAY light brown and pale brown, dry,very stiff. SPT N=48-50/5" 10 S-2 SEVERELY WEATHERED LIMESTONE. pale brown, moist, — -- — -- -- — — GRAB N=50/54" 6 `very hard. 5 S-3 __ — -- --- ------ WEATHERED LIMESTONE pale brown dry, very hard. OR S-4 142 115 Same as above, light gray. Recovery= 100%, RQD = 33,which indicates continuous, poor quality rock. 10 ORE 140 43 S-5 Same as above. Recovery=98%, RQD=29,which indicates continuous, poor quality rock. 15 aD ORE o S-6 LIMESTONE mottled light gray and gray,fossiliferous. Recovery100/°, RQD =24,which indicates continuous, poor = ° W 20 quality rock. 0 O OR S-7 Same as above. Recovery= 100%, RQD= 73,which indicates w 136 35 continuous,fair quality rock. 0 25 0 OR w Same as above. Recovery= 100%, RQD=84,which indicates 145 80 continous, good quality rock. N 30 a OR z S-9 LIMESTONE mottled light gray and gray,fossiliferous. Recovery= 100%, RQD =65,which indicates continuous,fair = 35 quality rock. 3 z ORE o S-10 Same as above, dark gray. Recovery=92%, RQD=9,which indicates continuous, very poor quality rock. 0 40 Test boring terminated at a depth of 40-feet. 0 J U] z Z N -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: Test boring location determined by Hart,Gaugler&Associates,Inc. Drilling o P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE operations performed by a drilling subcontractor to RETL. 0 T- POCKET TORVANE SHEAR STRENGTH GPS Coordinates:N 30°32.488',w 97'41.309' 0 9 LOG OF BORING B-24 SHEET 1 of 1 CLIENT: City of Round Rock Rock Engineering&Testing Laboratory,Inc. PROJECT: Round Rock Public Saftey Training Center too. No. 1 Roundville Lane Round Rock,Tx 78664 LOCATION: 2701 North Mays Street Telephone: (512)284-8022 NUMBER: G315132 Fax (512)284-7764 DATES DRILLED: 07/14/2015 -07/14/2015 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Air-Rotary/Rock-Coring 0 o LIMITS o Z x W GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: 0 w F z w Groundwater was not encountered during drilling,nor measured in the borehole upon o z F F- the completion of the drilling operations. 0 0 } ~ > o m z �� W v v v _ u_ �, � V_ J J U)(n Z O = W of Z rn Z �' a 2 moo o ° a a w o z SURFACE ELEVATION: +/- 747' ° o � vai z a a� 2 LL PL PI o ° ° co DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SH P=1.0 6 SANDY FAT CLAY.with calcareous material, light S-1 grayish-brown,dry,stiff. SPTN=39 50/4" 6 24 15 9 53 SEVERELY WEATHERED LIMESTONE; pale brown, slightly S-2 moist, very hard. 5 SPT S-3 N=50/5" 9 WEATHERED LIMESTONE, pale brown, slightly moist, very hard. SPT S-4 N=50/3" 8 Same as above. GRAB13 N=50/2" LIMESTONE gray, dry, very hard. S-5 0 10 c� J W O O a c� vi w O 013 N=50/1" Same as above. ~ 15 0 J Q Q 0 z Z of m GRAB N=50/1" Same as above. x S-7 20 Test boring terminated at a depth of 20-feet. Z Of 0 m 0 0 0 m N CD Cl 0 N -STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: mi P-POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE Test boring location determined by Hart,Gaugler&Associates,Inc Drilling p operations performed by a drilling subcontractor to RETL. ' T-POCKET TORVANE SHEAR STRENGTH GPS Coordinates:N 30°32.545',W 97°41.240' 0 LOG OF BORING B-31 SHEET 1 of 1 CLIENT: City of Round Rock Rock Engineering&Testing Laboratory, Inc. PROJECT: Round Rock Public Saftey Training Center No. 1 Roundville Lane . Round Rock,Tx 78664 LOCATION: 2701 North Mays Street Telephone: (512)284-8022 NUMBER: G315132 Fax (512)284-7764 DATES DRILLED: 07/14/2015-07/14/2015 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Air-Rotary/Rock-Coring 0 o LIMITS o z w w GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: x� w Z w Groundwater was not encountered during drilling,nor measured in the borehole upon W w w Fn the completion of the drilling operations. >p z 1-_ g o O0 F- > o O ririw_ J U U � N m ~ z �QQ�J w cf O H ~H V r� _ = J J U)U) j Q 0 -Z a Z d Z EL O_ D_ m o o o v co J a a > j Luz SURFACE ELEVATION: +/-749 1/2' o can z a a 0 2 LL PL PI o ° ° DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM SH P=4.5 10 57 18 39 SANDY FAT CLAY with calcareous material,dark brown, S-1 slightly moist,very stiff. (CH) SH P=4.5 18 3-2 Same as above. ----- — -- — -- -- -- -- ------------------------------ 5 S-3 P=4.5 23 71 19 52 103 4.3 91 FAT CLAY dark reddish-brown, moist,very stiff. (CH) SPT -9-4N=59 10 CLAYEY GRAVEL, reddish-brown,slightly moist, hard. Q SPT N=38-50/4" 9 22 14 8 47 S-5 Same as above, light reddish-brown, very hard. (SC) 0 10 co J LU Y U O a' U) w o S-6 N=50/3" 13 WEATHERED LIMESTONE pale brown, moist,very hard. 15 U) a f N' z mGS-7g 13 N=50/1" LIMESTONE, pale brown,dry,very hard. Z20 Test boring terminated at a depth of 20-feet. z a cn m 0 0 J m Z z Ir 0 N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: M i Test boring location determined by Hart,Gaugler&Associates,Inc. Drilling 0 P- POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE operations performed by a drilling subcontractor to RETL. , T- POCKET TORVANE SHEAR STRENGTH GPS Coordinates:N 30°32.508',W 97°41.144' 0 LOG OF BORING B-2 SHEET 1 of 1 CLIENT: City of Round Rock UES PROFESSIONAL SOLUTIONS 45, LLC PROJECT: Public Safety Training Center Phase 2 7 Roundville Lane LOCATION: 2801 North Mas Street; Round Rock, TX Round Rock,Texas 78664 Y UES Telephone: 512-284-8022 NUMBER: G324215 Fax: 512-284-7764 DATE(S) DRILLED: 9/5/2024 FIELD DATA LABORATORY DATA DRILLING METHOD(S): ATTERBERG Solid Flight Auger LIMITS F X w GROUNDWATER INFORMATION: wz Lu o w Groundwater was not encountered during drilling. H ? �5 The borehole was dry and open upon completion of drilling. LLI M F- zC� Lu JLL CY l~LLL O C LL N Z d d fn O rn U) Z (n W H d W W 7 U (n Z Q_ 2 moo Ln a a a ? 2 z SURFACE ELEVATION: ° o W � z a ca 2 LL PL PI o 6- °° vii of 2 DESCRIPTION OF STRATUM VIA SH p=3.5 20 75 27 48 75 FAT CLAY with SAND, dark brown, very stiff, dry. (CH) S-1 SH P=4.5 21 Same as above, hard. S-2 5 SH P=4.5 23 103 2_g Same as above, brown. S-3 SH P=2.5 18 35 14 21 gq LEAN CLAY with SAND, light brown, stiff to very stiff, dry. (CL) S-4 SH P=2.0 16 Same as above. 10 S-5 SSS-6 31 11 Same as above, hard. 15 Test boring was terminated at a depth of 15-feet. N N N m 0 t7 F wI U O a N V N m C7 0 N - STANDARD PENETRATION TEST RESISTANCE REMARKS: m Test boring depths and locations were determined by UES.Drilling operations were o Qc- STATIC CONE PENETROMETER TEST INDEX performed by UES. 0 P - POCKET PENETROMETER RESISTANCE Ill/o UES Professional Solutions,LLC UES Soil Laboratory Sulfate Content (Tex-145-E) Project Name: City of Round Rock Public Safety Training Center Additional Borings Project No.: Y251115 Date: Boring No. B-02 Sample No. 1 Sample Depth(ft.) 0-2 Dilution Ratio Dilution Ratio Dilution Ratio 1:20 1:20 1:20 Used Used Used Average Reading 7.0 Average Reading 26.0 Average Reading 0.0 Sulfate Content 140 Sulfate Content 520 Sulfate Content 0 Average Sulfate Content: 220 ppm Appendix D - Aerial Photographs V/0 TM AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH - 2023 Y • Y` iyY ' t C )) r ' C,.. �► I VA r Vp tw If W ft fi ow ' „ ; ' . Art sk row ' t • of , • t e c ' ! UES Project No. Y251115 Public Safety Training Center Additional Borings io AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH - 2017 bo Pik or ! '-N4 > 7 too; �� .:�� ,, •Man -; •;.� -,Ar 2•s �. 'I r UES Project No. Y251115 Public Safety Training Center Additional Borings wo AERIAL PHOTOGRAPH - 2009 1 � ��lr;r t�,i' �:* /• 1 r,l"��.� j, hti r{ ! :}� `v � t_\ . I � .. •, • / . ♦ • f, , . � +• A / M 1 w i '�Y't'„'.^+ yr •�_. 4, .fit, p S S 1 ' UES Project No. Y251115 Public Safety Training Center Additional Borings 10 Y251115 Q 41 i IV • • i � 1 Google Earth 500 ft Appendix E - Site Photos wo TM SITE PHOTOGRAPHS i y Boring B-01 Facing West Boring B-02 Facing North UES Project No. Y251115 Public Safety Training Center Additional Borings , Appendix F - USGS Topographic Map wo TM USGS TOPOGRAPHIC MAP � Reg lit I 7Z O t�G� �' �� 'tom ••� `fir ` 1 �S'• �•� •A � Ilk IMF WON li •Water Tank UES Project No. Y251115 Public Safety Training Center Additional Borings , Appendix G - Geologic Information WO TM GEOLOGIC ATLAS �J Legend c.., Austin Chalk i. Del Rio Clay and Georgetown Limestone,undivided :. Faults / Quaternary deposit,undivided / Terrace Deposits / Edwards and Comanche Peak Limestones,undivided �lip UES Project No. Y251115 Public Safety Training Center Additional Borings , E91 Mineral Resources Online Spatial Data Geology by state Texas Del Rio Clay and Georgetown Limestone, undivided Del Rio Clay and Georgetown Limestone, undivided State Texas Name Del Rio Clay and Georgetown Limestone, undivided Geologic Late Cretaceous; Gulfian Series age Lithologic Major constituents Sedimentary > Carbonate > Limestone Unconsolidated > Fine-detrital > Clay (Estuarine) Incidental Unconsolidated > Marl (Estuarine) Comments Del Rio Clay--calcareous and gypsiferous, pyrite common, blocky, med. gray, weathers It gray to yell-gray; some thin lenses of highly calcareous siltst.; marine megafossils include abdt Exogyra arietina and other pelecypods; thickness 40-70 ft in Austin Sheet (1974). Georgetown Limestone--limestone and marl; mostly limestone, fine grained, argillaceous, nodular, mod indurated, It gray; some Is brittle and thick bedded, white; some shale, marly, soft, marine megafossils include Kingena wacoensis and Gryphaea washitaensis; thickness 30-80 ft, thins southward in Austin Sheet. Stratigraphic Grayson Marl units References Bureau of Economic Geology, 1974, Austin Sheet, Geologic Atlas of Texas, University of Texas, Bureau of Economic Geology, scale 1 :250,000. Bureau of Economic Geology, 1992, Geologic Map of Texas: University of Texas at Austin, Virgil E. Barnes, project supervisor, Hartmann, B.M. and Scranton, D.F., cartography, scale 1 :500,000. NGMDB NGMDB product page for 68390 product 112 I I I f Mineral Resources On-Line Spatial Data Mineral Resources > Online Spatial Data > Geology > by state > Texas Quaternary deposit, undivided sand, silt, clay, and gravel. locally indurated with calcium carbonate (caliche); includes point bar, natural levee, stream channel, sand dune, terrace, alluvial fan, landslide bolson and playa deposits state Texas Name Quaternary deposit, undivided Geologic age Phanerozoic I Cenozoic I Quaternary Original map label Qu Primary rock type sand Secondary rock type Silt Other rock types clay or mud; gravel; carbonate Map references Bureau of Economic Geology, 1992, Geologic Map of Texas: University of Texas at Austin, Virgil E. Barnes, project supervisor, Hartmann, B.M. and Scranton, D.F., cartography, scale 1:500,000 Unit references Bureau of Economic Geology, 1992, Geologic Map of Texas: University of Texas at Austin, Virgil E. Barnes, project supervisor, Hartmann, B.M. and Scranton, D.F., cartography, scale 1:500,000 Geographic coverage Archer - Armstrong - Bandera - Baylor - Borden - Brewster - Briscoe - Brown - Burnet - Callahan - Childress - Coke - Coleman - Collingsworth - Concho - Cottle - Crane - Crockett - Crosby - Dawson - Deaf Smith - Denton - Dickens - Dimmit - Duval - Ector - Edwards - Fisher - Floyd - Foard - Garza - Gillespie - Glasscock - Gray - Hall - Hansford - Hardeman - Harrison - Haskell - Hays - Hemphill - Hill - Hood - Hopkins - Howard - Hunt - Hutchinson - Irion - Johnson - Jones - Kent - Kimble - King - Kinney - Knox - Lampasas - La Salle - Limestone - Lipscomb - Llano - Loving - Lubbock - Lynn - McCulloch - Marion - Martin - Mason - Maverick - Medina - Menard - Midland - Mills - Mitchell - Motley - Navarro - Nolan - Ochiltree - Oldham - Palo Pinto - Parker - Pecos - Potter - Reagan - Real - Reeves - Roberts - Runnels - San Saba - Schleicher - Scurry - Shackelford - Somervell - Starr - Sterling - Stonewall - Sutton - Taylor - Terrell - Throckmorton - Tom Green - Upton - Uvalde - Val Verde - Ward - Webb - Wheeler - Williamson - Winkler - Young - Zapata - Zavala 10/13/2020 Edwards and Comanche Peak Limestones,undivided(TXKec;O) (https://www.usgs.gov/) Mineral Resources (https://www.usgs.gov/energy-and-minerals/mineral-resources-program) / Online Spatial Data (/) / Geology (/geology/) / by state (/geology/state/) / Texas (/geology/state/state.php?state=TX) Edwards and Comanche Peak Limestones, undivided XML(/geo1ogy/state/xm1rTXKec;0) JSON (/geo1ogy/state/json/TXKec;0) Edwards and Comanche Peak Limestones, undivided State Texas (/geology/state/state.php?state=TX) Name Edwards and Comanche Peak Limestones, undivided Geologic Early Cretaceous age Lithologic Major constituents Sedimentary> Carbonate> Dolostone (Bed) Sedimentary> Carbonate> Limestone (Bed) Incidental Sedimentary> Chemical > Chert (Bed) Comments Edwards Limstone, limestone, dolostone, and chert. limest. aphanitic to fine grained, massive to thin bedded, hard, brittle, in part rudistid biostromes, much miliolid biospartie; dolostone fine to v. fine grained, porous, med gray to grayish brown; chert, nodules and plates common. 60-350 ft thick, thins northward. Comanche Peak Limestone fine to v. fine grained, fairly hard, nodular, It. gray weathers white, extensively burrowed. Thickness as much as 80 ft. References Bureau of Economic Geology, 1974, Austin Sheet, Geologic Atlas of Texas, University of Texas, Bureau of Economic Geology, scale 1:250,000. Bureau of Economic Geology, 1992, Geologic Map of Texas: University of Texas at Austin, Virgil E. Barnes, project supervisor, Hartmann, B.M. and Scranton, D.F., cartography, scale 1 :500,000. NGMDB NGMDB product page for 68390 product (https://ngmdb.usgs.gov/Prodesc/proddesc_68390.htm) Counties Bell (/geology/state/fips-unit.php?code=f48027) - Travis (/geology/state/fips- unit.php?code=f48453) - Williamson (/geology/state/fips-unit.php?code=f48491) https://mrdata.usgs.gov/geology/state/sgmc-unit.php?unit=TXKec%3BO 1/2 EEE / 1 I / 1 Mineral Resources On-Line Spatial Data Mineral Resources > Online Spatial Data > Geology > by state > Texas Austin Chalk Austin Chalk state Texas Name Austin Chalk Geologic age Phanerozoic I Mesozoic I Cretaceous-Late [Gulfian] Original map label Kau Comments In Eastern part of Trans-Pecos Texas and High Plains- Chalk and marl; chalk mostly microgranular calcite with minor foraminifera tests and Inoceramun prisms, averages ab out 85 percent calcium carbonate, ledge forming, grayish white, white; alternates with marl, bentonitic seams locally recessive; medium gray; pyrite nodules common, weather to limonite; thickness 325- 420 ft. In East Texas and Gulf Coast to Rio Grande and In north, central, and south Texas including Quaternary for all of west Texas- Chalk, massive, some interbeds and partings of calcar. clay, It. gray; middle part mostly thin-bedded marl with interbeds of massive chalk, hard lime mudstone to soft chalk; It. gray; weathers white; marine megafossils scarce; chalk is mostly microgranular calcite with minor foraminifer tests and Inoceramus prisms, local thin bentonitic beds in lower part, thickness 600 +- ft. thickness 1,200 ft in Crystal City-Eagle Pass Sheet (1976). Ouachita tectonic belt province, Fort Worth syncline. Unit is below Taylor Marl, Ozan Formation, Upson clay, Anacacho Limestone, or Pecan Gap Chalk and is above Eagle Ford Formation or Boquillas Flags. Primary rock type limestone Secondary rock type mudstone Other rock types clay or mud; bentonite; mudstone Lithologic constituents Major Sedimentary > Carbonate > Marlstone (Bed) chalk predominate Sedimentary > Carbonate > Limestone > Chalk (Bed) Chalk. Minor Sedimentary > Clastic > Mudstone > Claystone (Bed) Map references Bureau of Economic Geology, 1992, Geologic Map of Texas: University of Texas at Austin, Virgil E. Barnes, project supervisor, Hartmann, B.M. and Scranton, D.F., cartography, scale 1:500,000 Unit references Bureau of Economic Geology, 1976, Crystal City-Eagle Pass Sheet, Geologic Atlas of Texas, University of Texas, Bureau of Economic Geology, scale 1:250,000. .......................................................................................................................................................................................... ........................................... Shumard, B.F., 1860, Observations upon the Cretaceous strata of Texas: St. Louis Academy of Science Transactions, v. 1, p. 583- 590. .......................................................................................................................................................................................... ........................................... Bureau of Economic Geology, 1974, San Antonio Sheet, Geologic Atlas of Texas, University of Texas, Bureau of Economic Geology, scale 1:250,000. .......................................................................................................................................................................................... ........................................... Bureau of Economic Geology, 1974, Austin Sheet, Geologic Atlas of Texas, University of Texas, Bureau of Economic Geology, scale 1:250,000. ..........................................................................................................................................._......................................._...... ......................................... Bureau of Economic Geology, 1977, Del Rio Sheet, Geologic Atlas of Texas, University of Texas, Bureau of Economic Geology, scale 1:250,000. Geographic coverage Bell - Bexar - Comal - Dallas - Edwards - Ellis - Falls - Grayson - Hays - Hill - Kinney - McLennan - Maverick - Medina - Terrell - Travis - Uvalde - Val Verde - Williamson Show this information as [XML] - [JSON] U.S. Department of the Interior I U.S. Geological Survey URL: http://mrdata.usgs.gov/geology/state/sgmc-unit.php?unit=TXKau;O Page Contact Information: Peter Schweitzer Mineral Resources On-Line Spatial Data Mineral Resources > Online Spatial Data > Geology > by state > Texas Terrace deposits Terrace deposits state Texas Name Terrace deposits Geologic age Phanerozoic I Cenozoic I Quaternary I Pleistocene Holocene Original map label Qt Comments Sand, silt, clay, and gravel in various proportions, with gravel more prodominent in older, higher terrace deposits. Locally indurated with calcium carbonate (caliche) in terraces along streams. Along Colorado River clasts mostly limest., chert, quartz, and various igneous and metamorphic rocks from Llano region and Edwards Plateau. Includes point bar, natural levee, stream channel deposits along valley walls; probably in large part correlatives of Deweyville, Beaumont, Lissie, and Willis deposits. In upland regions (Rolling Plains, Edwards Plateau, etc.) unit includes fluvial terrace deposits, undivided. Light-brown, reddish-brown, gray, or yellowish- brown, gravelly quartz and lithic sand and silt to sandy gravel (Moore and Wermund, 1993). Deposits become increasingly fine grained on Coastal and Nueces Plains. Locally, calcium carbonate-cemented quartz sand, silt, clay, and gravel intermixed and interbedded. Low terraces of major rivers are capped by 2-4 m of clayey sand and silt. Sandy gravel on higher terraces varies somewhat in composition from river to river. Gravel commonly is rounded to angular limestone and chert pebbles and cobbles, some boulders, sparse igneous pebbles along Brazos river in places. In Bastrop Co., a deposit 27 m above Colorado River contains the Lava Creek B (Pearlette O) volcanic ash (age 0.6 Ma). Along the Frio, Leona, and Sabinal Rivers east of Uvalde, gravel is chiefly basalt and pyclastic clasts, locally cemented by iro oxide. Gravel along the Rio Grande is subrounded clasts of locally derived limestone and chert and rounded clasts of basalt, volcanic porphyry, quartzite, milky quartz, and banded chalcedony derived from the west. Primary rock type terrace Secondary rock type sand Other rock types gravel; silt; clay or mud Lithologic constituents Major Unconsolidated > Fine-detrital > Silt (Bed) Unconsolidated > Coarse-detrital > Sand (Bed) Minor Unconsolidated > Coarse-detrital > Gravel (Bed) Unconsolidated > Fine-detrital > Clay (Bed) Map references Bureau of Economic Geology, 1992, Geologic Map of Texas: University of Texas at Austin, Virgil E. Barnes, project supervisor, Hartmann, B.M. and Scranton, D.F., cartography, scale 1:500,000 Unit references Moore, D.W. and Wermund, E.G., Jr., 1993a, Quaternary geologic map of the Austin 4 x 6 degree quadrangle, United States: U.S. Geological Survey Miscellaneous Investigations Series Map I-1420 (NH-14), scale 1:1,000,000. [http://pubs.er.usgs.gov/publication/i1420(NH14)] .............................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................... Bureau of Economic Geology, 1975, Beeville-Bay City Sheet, Geologic Atlas of Texas, Bureau of Economic Geology, University of Texas at Austin, scale 1:250,000. .............................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................... Bureau of Economic Geology, 1974, Seguin Sheet, Geologic Atlas of Texas, University of Texas, Bureau of Economic Geology, scale 1:250,000. Counties Anderson - Angelina - Archer - Armstrong - Atascosa - Austin - Bandera - Bastrop - Baylor - Bee - Bell - Bexar - Blanco - Borden - Bosque - Bowie - Brazos - Brewster - Briscoe - Brown - Burleson - Burnet - Caldwell - Callahan - Camp - Cass - Cherokee - Childress - Clay - Coke - Coleman - Collin - Collingsworth - Colorado - Comal - Comanche - Concho - Cooke - Coryell - Cottle - Crane - Crosby - Dallam - Dallas - Delta - Denton - DeWitt - Dickens - Dimmit - Donley - Duval - Eastland - Ellis - Erath - Falls - Fannin - Fayette - Fisher - Foard - Franklin - Freestone - Frio - Garza - Gillespie - Glasscock - Goliad - Gonzales - Gray - Grayson - Gregg - Grimes - Guadalupe - Hall - Hamilton - Hansford - Hardeman - Hardin - Harris - Harrison - Hartley - Haskell - Hays - Hemphill - Henderson - Hidalgo - Hill - Hood - Hopkins - Houston - Hunt - Hutchinson - Jackson - Jasper - Jeff Davis - Jim Wells - Johnson - Jones - Karnes - Kaufman - Kendall - Kent - Kerr - Kimble - Kinney - Knox - Lamar - Lampasas - La Salle - Lavaca - Lee - Leon - Limestone - Lipscomb - Live Oak - Llano - McCulloch - McLennan - McMullen - Madison - Marion - Mason - Maverick - Medina - Menard - Midland - Milam - Mills - Mitchell - Montague - Montgomery - Moore - Morris - Motley - Nacogdoches - Navarro - Newton - Nolan - Oldham - Palo Pinto - Panola - Parker - Pecos - Polk - Potter - Rains - Reagan - Red River - Reeves - Refugio - Roberts - Robertson - Rockwall - Runnels - Rusk - Sabine - San Augustine - San Jacinto - San Patricio - San Saba - Schleicher - Scurry - Shackelford - Shelby - Appendix H - Unified Soil Classification System WO u TM UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND SYMBOL CHART LABORATORY CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA COARSE-GRAINED SOILS (more than 50%of material is larger than No.200 sieve size.) Clean Gravels(Less than 5%fines) GW Well-graded gravels,gravel-sand GW Cu = D60 greater than 4,Cc = D Dzp between 1 and 3 •.s• mixtures,little or no fines 10 10 60 GRAVELS More than 50% GP Poorly-graded gravels,gravel-sand of coarse o mixtures,little or no fines GP Not meeting all gradation requirements for GW fraction larger Gravels with fines(More than 12%fines) than No.4 sieve size GM Silty gravels,gravel-sand-silt mixtures GM Atterberg limits below"A" line or P.I.less than 4 Above"A"line with P.I.between 4 and 7 are borderline cases GC Clayey gravels,gravel-sand-clay GC Atterberg limits above"A" requiring use of dual symbols mixtures line with P.I.greater than 7 Clean Sands Less than 5%fines Well-graded sands,gravelly sands, Cu = D60 greater than 4,Cc = C30 between 1 and 3 SW little or no fines SW D10 X10 x X60 SANDS 50%or more SP Poorly graded sands,gravelly sands, of coarse I little or no fines SP Not meeting all gradation requirements for SW fraction smaller Sands with fines More than 12%fines than No.4 sieve size (j:j. SM Silty sands,sand-silt mixtures SM Atterberg limits below"A" Limits plotting in shaded zone line or P.I.less than 4 with P.I.between 4 and 7 are r Atterberg limits above"A" borderline cases requiring use SC Clayey sands,sand-clay mixtures SC line with P.I.greater than 7 of dual symbols. FINE-GRAINED SOILS (50°% or more of material is smaller than No.200 sieve size.) Determine percentages of sand and gravel from grain-size curve. Depending on percentage of fines(fraction smaller than No.200 sieve size), Inorganic silts and very fine sands,rock coarse-grained soils are classified as follows: ML flour,silty of clayey fine sands or clayey Less than 5 percent GW,GP,SW,SP SILTS silts with slight plasticity More than 12 percent ...............................GM,GC,SM,SC AND CLAYS 5 to 12 percent................. Borderline cases requiring dual symbols Inorganic clays of low to medium Liquid limit CL plasticity,gravelly Gays,sandy Gays, less than silty days,lean clays PLASTICITY CHART 50% OL Organic silts and organic silty clays of 60 low plasticity a Inorganic silts,micaceous or 50 FL CH MH diatomaceous fine sandy or silty soils, SILTS elastic silts iLu 40 ALINE: AND o CLAYS z 30 PI=0.73(LL-20) CH Inorganic clays of high plasticity,fat Liquid limit clays CL MH&OH 50% _ U 20 or greater w Organic clays of medium to high Q 10 OH plasticity,organic silts a _. u.Mu ML80L HIGHLY 00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 ORGANIC PT Peat and other highly organic soils LIQUID LIMIT(LL)(%,) SOILS TERMS DESCRIBING SOIL CONSISTENCY Fine Grained Soils Coarse Grained Soils Penetrometer Penetration Resistance Description Reading (tsf) blows/ft Description Relative Density Soft 0.0 to 1.0 0 to 4 Very Loose 0 to 20% Firm 1.0 to 1.5 4 to 10 Loose 20 to 40% Stiff 1.5 to 3.0 10 to 30 Medium Dense 40 to 70% Very Stiff 3.0 to 4.5 30 to 50 Dense 70 to 90% Hard 4.5+ Over 50 Very Dense 90 to 100% Appendix I - Slope Stability Analysis Results 10 STM SLOPE STABILITY ANALYSIS — SHORT TERM Slope Global Stability- H=12 ft- Short Term Color Name Model Unit Cohesion' Phi' Weight (Pst) V) (Pcf) Lean to Fat Qaywith Sand Fill Mohr-Coulomb 125 500 0 Sandy Fat Clay Mohr-Coulomb 125 1,000 0 SevertyWeatheredLimestone Mohr-Coulomb 130 1,500 30 Surcharge Load = 500 psf 755 2.769 75 745 N 740 735 36 ft 730 725 W 720 715 710 705 -- 7001 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 s0 90 100 110 120 130 Distance UES Project No. Y251115 Public Safety Training Center Additional Borings , SLOPE STABILITY ANALYSIS — LONG TERM Slope Global Stability - H=12 ft- Long Term Color Name Model Unit Cohesion' Phr Weight (Pat) C) (Pcf) Lean to Fat Gay with Sand FII Mohr-Coulomb 125 50 22 ■ Sandy Fat Gay Mohr-Coulomb 125 50 22 SeverlyWeethered Limestone Mohr-Coulomb 130 1 500 30 Surcharge Load = 250 psf 755 1.656 75co 745 N r 740 IN slim.. 735 730 725 W 720 715 710 705 700 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 a0 90 100 110 120 130 Distance UES Project No. Y251115 Public Safety Training Center Additional Borings I10 General (5/27/2025) All Conduit for Pathways GC Electrician CFCI All Spare Conduit with Pull Strings GC Electrician CFCI All Back Boxes and 1 Boxes GC Electrician CFCI Power for IDF Racks GC Electrician CFCI Power for Controllers GC Electrician CFCI Penetrations Provided Under GC CFCI Firestopping GC Firestopping CFCI Security Owner Contract OFOI Cabling Owner Contract OFOI AV Owner Contract OFOI Parking System Owner Contract OFOI Doors, Cores, and Keys All Doors and Frames General Contract CFCI Construction Cores and Keys General Contract CFCI Permanent Cores and Keys Owner Provided OFOI Security Electrified Hardware Owner Contract OFOI Non Electrified Hardware GC-Div 8 CFCI Pathways GC Electrician CFCI Low Voltage Cabling Owner OFOI Power Over Ethernet Owner OFOI Biscuit Terminations Owner OFOI Wire Hinge Transfers Owner OFOI Equipment Owner OFOI Cameras Pathways GC Electrician CFCI Back boxes GC Electrician CFCI Cabling Owner OFOI Biscuit Terminations Owner OFOI Cameras-Equipment lowner JOFOI Information Technology Power for Racks GC-Electrician CFCI Power for UPS GC-Electrician CFCI Pathways GC Electrician CFCI Back Boxes GC Electrician CFCI Racks Owner OFOI Patch panels Owner OFOI Patch cords lowner OFOI Switches Owner OFOI UPS lowner OFOI Computers Owner OFOI Phones Owner OFOI Cabling Owner OFOI Fire Alarm Fire Alarm Provided Under GC CFCI Pathways to Cable Trays Provided Under GC CFCI Cable Tray and J Hooks Owner OFOI AV Pathways GC Electrician CFCI Back Boxes GC Electrician CFCI AUX cables HDMI etc. Owner-Ford AV OFOI Cabling Cat Owner-Ford AV OFOI Network Connections Owner-Ford AV OFOI Power for Racks GC Electrician CFCI AV Equipment Owner-Ford AV OFOI Projector Screens Owner-Ford AV OFOI Lighting Lighting Package GC Electrician CFCI Lighting Controls GC Electrician CFCI Security Gates Floor Boxes GC Electrician CFCI Pathways GC Electrician CFCI Low Voltage Cabling Owner-ASC OFOI Security Gates Equipment Owner OFOI Appliances Coffee pot Owner OFOI All other appliances Provided Under GC CFCI Cable Trays Basket Cable Trays Owner OFOI J Hooks on Trays for Divisions Owner OFOI Enclosed Cable Trays Owner OFOI Shades Power GC Electrician CFCI Pathways GC Electrician CFCI Shades Provided by GC CFCI Termination GC Electrician CFCI ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 01 21 00 ALLOWANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances. B. Types of Allowances Include the Following: 1. Lump-sum allowances. 2. Unit-cost allowances. 3. Quantity allowances. 4. Contingency allowances. 5. Testing and inspecting allowances. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Allowance: A quantity of work or dollar amount included in the Contract, established in lieu of additional requirements, used to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when direction will be provided to Contractor. If necessary, additional requirements will be issued by Change Order. 1.3 SELECTION AND PURCHASE A. At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when final selection, or purchase and delivery, of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed by the Owner to avoid delaying the Work. B. At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work. C. Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supplier. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances in the form specified for Change Orders. B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. C. Submit time sheets and other documentation to show labor time and cost for installation of allowance items that include installation as part of the allowance. D. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions of the Work. 1.5 LUMP-SUM ALLOWANCES A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery to Project site. ALLOWANCES 01 21 00 - 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance. C. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted. 1. If requested by Architect, retain and prepare unused material for storage by Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed. 1.6 UNIT-COST ALLOWANCES A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery to Project site. B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance. C. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted. 1. If requested by Architect, retain and prepare unused material for storage by Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed. 1.7 QUANTITY ALLOWANCES A. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include taxes, freight, and delivery to Project site. B. Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor's costs for receiving and handling at Project site, labor, installation, overhead and profit, and similar costs related to products and materials ordered by Owner or selected by Architect under allowance shall be included as part of the Contract Sum and not part of the allowance. C. Unused Materials: Return unused materials purchased under an allowance to manufacturer or supplier for credit to Owner, after installation has been completed and accepted. 1. If requested by Architect, retain and prepare unused material for storage by Owner. Deliver unused material to Owner's storage space as directed. 1.8 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCES A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance. B. Contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner under the contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contract Sum. These costs include delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs. ALLOWANCES 01 21 00 - 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner by Change Order. 1.9 TESTING AND INSPECTING ALLOWANCES A. Testing and inspecting allowances include the cost of engaging testing agencies, actual tests and inspections, and reporting results. B. The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or costs for retesting if previous tests and inspections result in failure. The cost for incidental labor to assist the testing agency shall be included in the Contract Sum. C. Costs of testing and inspection services not specifically required by the Contract Documents are Contractor responsibilities and are not included in the allowance. D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the testing and inspecting allowance to Owner by Change Order. 1.10 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order proposal based on the difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work-in-place where applicable. If applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, required maintenance materials, and similar margins. 1. Include installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. 2. If requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead costs and other markups. 3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of Work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to unit-cost allowances. 4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count. B. Submit claims for increased costs due to a change in the scope or nature of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. 1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount unless it is clearly shown that the nature or extent of Work has changed from what could have been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents. 2. No change to Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower- priced materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated. ALLOWANCES 012100 - 3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related work. 3.3 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES A. Allowance No. 1: END OF SECTION ALLOWANCES 01 21 00 -4 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents — May 27, 2025 SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements governing alternates. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the bidding requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the Agreement. 2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternates into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. 1.3 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project. 1. Include, as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation, whether or not indicated as part of alternate. B. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1: END OF SECTION ALTERNATES 01 23 00 - 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit documentation identifying product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided at end of this Section. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation method cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination of information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. C. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitutions with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes, such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects, with project names and addresses as well as names and addresses of architects and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitutions with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500- 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. I. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents, except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials and is appropriate for applications indicated. M. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven calendar days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 calendar days of receipt of request, or seven calendar days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. 1.5 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. 1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 calendar days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. C. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500- 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 calendar days after commencement of the Work. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. C. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500- 3 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION The undersigned Contractor requests consideration of the following request for substitution: Date: Project Name: Specified Product: Section Number: Section Title: Part,Article, Paragraph: Description of specified work: Requested Substitution: (Include product data and supplemental information as requested by the Architect) Manufacturer's Certification: The undersigned represents the manufacturer of the requested substitution and hereby certifies and warrants that the function and quality of the requested substitution is equivalent or superior to the specified work. manufacturers representative name and signature date company Documentation: [ ]Applicable information required by Specification Section 012500-Substitution Procedures is part of this request. Contractor's Acceptance: The undersigned certifies the Proposed Substitution complies with requirements of Section 01 25 00 - Substitution Procedures. Change to Contract Sum: $ [ ] Decrease [ ] Increase Change to Contract Time: [ ]Adds calendar days [ ] Deletes calendar days [ ] Has no impact Reason for Substitution: [ ]Substitution for Cause [ ]Substitution for Convenience contractors name and signature date company Architect's Action: [ ] Recommends acceptance [ ] Does not recommend acceptance [ ] Returned-Request does not comply with specified requirements Architect's name and signature date company Owner's Action: [ J Accepts [ ] Does not accept Owners name and signature date company ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. 1. Minor Changes in the Work. 2. Proposal Requests. 3. Administrative Change Orders. 4. Change Order procedures. 5. Construction Change Directive. 1.2 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue an Architect's Supplemental Instructions on AIA Document G710 authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. 1.3 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within 20 calendar days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. C. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Architect. B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600 - 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 7. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS A. Allowance Adjustment: See Division 01 Section "Allowances" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances. B. Unit-Price Adjustment: See Division 01 Section "Unit Prices" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect measured scope of unit-price work. 1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Work Change Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012600- 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 012900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. 1. Schedule of Values. 2. Applications for Payment. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date, but no later than seven calendar days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. 3. Subschedules for Phased Work: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments, provide subschedules showing values coordinated with each phase of payment. 4. Subschedules for Separate Elements of Work: Where the Contractor's construction schedule defines separate elements of the Work, provide subschedules showing values coordinated with each element. B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values: a. Project name and location. b. Owner's name. C. Owner's Project number. d. Name of Architect. e. Architect's Project number. f. Contractor's name and address. g. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703. 3. Arrange the schedule of values in tabular form, with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or division. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 b. Description of the Work. C. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers)that affect value. g. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one- hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. Round dollar amounts to whole dollars, with total equal to Contract Sum. 1) Labor. 2) Materials. 3) Equipment. 4. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. 6. Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each allowance. Show line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit cost, multiplied by measured quantity. Use information indicated in the Contract Documents to determine quantities. 7. Overhead Costs, Proportional Distribution: Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each line item. 8. Overhead Costs, Separate Line Items: Show cost of temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place as separate line items. 9. Temporary Facilities: Show cost of temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place as separate line items. 10. Closeout Costs. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for Project closeout requirements in an amount totaling five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount. 11. Schedule of Values Revisions: Revise the schedule of values when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. Include at least one separate line item for each Change Order and Construction Change Directive. 1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments, as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Owner/Contractor Agreement. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. C. Payment Application Times: Submit Application for Payment to Architect by the time of the month specified in the Preconstruction Conference. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending on the last day of the month. 1. Submit draft copy of Application for Payment seven calendar days prior to due date for review by Architect. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900- 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 D. Application for Payment Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form for Applications for Payment. 1. Other Application for Payment forms proposed by the Contractor may be acceptable to Architect and Owner. Submit forms for approval with initial submittal of schedule of values. E. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment. 3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. 4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner-requested project acceleration. F. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on- site and items stored off-site. 1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment for stored materials. 2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials. 3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following: a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment. b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment. C. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment. G. Transmittal: Submit three signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. H. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous application. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900- 3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER-PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents- May 27, 2025 4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by conditional final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 5. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner. I. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list(preliminary if not final). 5. Schedule of unit prices. 6. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 7. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 8. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 9. Copies of building permits. 10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 11. Initial progress report. 12. Report of preconstruction conference. J. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. a. Complete administrative actions, submittals, and Work preceding this application, as described in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." 2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. K. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Certification of completion of final punch list items. 3. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 4. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 5. AIA Document G706. 6. AIA Document G706A. 7. AIA Document G707. 8. Evidence that claims have been settled. 9. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 10. Final liquidated damages settlement statement. 11. Proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations are paid. 12. Waivers and releases. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 -4 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents — May 27, 2025 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012900 - 5 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 SECTION 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:Administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations. 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. RFIs. 4. Digital project management procedures. 5. Web-based Project management software package. 6. Project meetings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s)covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 calendar days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses, cellular telephone numbers, and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1.3 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results, where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100- 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. 1.4 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely indicated on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity. 1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. b. Coordinate the addition of trade-specific information to coordination drawings in a sequence that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between installed components before submitting for review. C. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. d. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. e. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. f. Indicate required installation sequences. g. Indicate dimensions shown on Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternative sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows: 1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 2. Plenum Space: Indicate subframing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within plenums to accommodate layout of light fixtures and other components indicated on Drawings. Indicate areas of conflict between light fixtures and other components. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 -2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms, showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment. 4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. 5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications, sleeves, anchor bolts, bearing plates, angles, door floor closers, slab depressions for floor finishes, curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items. 6. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following: a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems. b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. C. Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork. 7. Electrical Work: Show the following: a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches in diameter and larger. b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire- alarm locations. C. Panel board, switchboard, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and motor- control center locations. d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. 8. Fire-Protection System: Show the following: a. Locations of standpipes, mains piping, branch lines, pipe drops, and sprinkler heads. 9. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that, in general, the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make suitable modifications and resubmit. 10. Coordination Drawing Prints: Prepare coordination drawing prints according to requirements in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following requirements: 1. File Preparation Format: a. Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as original Drawings. 2. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using PDF format. 3. BIM File Incorporation: Develop and incorporate coordination drawing files into BIM established for Project. a. Perform three-dimensional component conflict analysis as part of preparation of coordination drawings. Resolve component conflicts prior to submittal. Indicate where conflict resolution requires modification of design requirements by Architect. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100- 3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 1.5 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Architect will return without response those RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Owner name. 3. Owner's Project number. 4. Name of Architect. 5. Architect's Project number. 6. Date. 7. Name of Contractor. 8. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 9. RFI subject. 10. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 11. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 12. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 13. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 14. Contractor's signature. 15. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: AIA Document G716. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in PDF format. D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven calendar days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. C. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-4 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt by Architect of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within seven calendar days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log at Progress Meetings. Include the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number, including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven calendar days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1.6 DIGITAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES A. Use of Architect's Digital Data Files: Digital data files of Architect's BIM model and CAD drawings will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use during construction. 1. Digital data files may be used by Contractor in preparing coordination drawings, Shop Drawings, and Project Record Drawings. 2. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data files as they relate to Contract Drawings. 3. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement form acceptable to Owner and Architect. a. Subcontractors and other parties granted access by Contractor to Architect's digital data files shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement acceptable to Owner and Architect. B. Web-Based Project Management Software Package: Provide, administer, and use web-based Project management software package for purposes of hosting and managing Project communication and documentation until Final Completion. 1. Web-based Project management software includes, at a minimum, the following features: a. Compilation of Project data, including Contractor, subcontractors, Architect, Architect's consultants, Owner, and other entities involved in Project. Include names of individuals and contact information. b. Access control for each entity for each workflow process, to determine entity's digital rights to create, modify, view, and print documents. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100- 5 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 C. Document workflow planning, allowing customization of workflow between project entities. d. Creation, logging, tracking, and notification for Project communications required in other Specification Sections, including, but not limited to, RFIs, submittals, Minor Changes in the Work, Construction Change Directives, and Change Orders. e. Track status of each Project communication in real time, and log time and date when responses are provided. f. Procedures for handling PDFs or similar file formats, allowing markups by each entity. Provide security features to lock markups against changes once submitted. g. Processing and tracking of payment applications. h. Processing and tracking of contract modifications. i. Creating and distributing meeting minutes. j. Document management for Drawings, Specifications, and coordination drawings, including revision control. k. Management of construction progress photographs. I. Mobile device compatibility, including smartphones and tablets. 2. Provide Project management software user licenses for use of Owner, Architect, and Architect's consultants. Provide software training at Architect's office for web-based Project software users. 3. At completion of Project, provide digital archive in PDF format. Provide data in locked format to prevent further changes. C. PDF Document Preparation: Where PDFs are required to be submitted to Architect, prepare as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file, incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 3. Where digitally submitted certificates and certifications are required, provide a digital signature with digital certificate on where indicated. 1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times a minimum of seven calendar days prior to meeting. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three calendar days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: Architect will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 working days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner; Architect and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100-6 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 a. Responsibilities and personnel assignments. b. Tentative construction schedule. C. Phasing. d. Critical work sequencing and long lead items. e. Designation of key personnel and their duties. f. Lines of communications. g. Use of web-based Project software. h. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. i. Procedures for RFIs. j. Procedures for testing and inspecting. k. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. I. Distribution of the Contract Documents. M. Submittal procedures. n. Sustainable design requirements, if any. o. Preparation of Record Documents. p. Use of the premises. q. Work restrictions. r. Working hours. S. Owner's occupancy requirements. t. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. U. Procedures for moisture and mold control. V. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. W. Construction waste management and recycling. X. Parking availability. y. Office, work, and storage areas. Z. Equipment deliveries and priorities. aa. First aid. bb. Security. cc. Progress cleaning. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 90 calendar days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion. 1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner; Architect and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following: a. Preparation of Record Documents. b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance. C. Procedures for completing and archiving web-based Project software site data files. d. Submittal of written warranties. e. Requirements for completing sustainable design documentation, if any. f. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. g. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. h. Requirements for demonstration and training. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100- 7 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 i. Preparation of Contractor's punch list. j. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment. k. Submittal procedures. I. Owner's partial occupancy requirements. M. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment. n. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls. 4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Resolution of BIM component conflicts. 4) Status of submittals. 5) Status of sustainable design documentation, if any. 6) Deliveries. 7) Off-site fabrication. 8) Access. 9) Site use. 10) Temporary facilities and controls. 11) Progress cleaning. 12) Quality and work standards. 13) Status of correction of deficient items. 14) Field observations. 15) Status of RFIs. 16) Status of Proposal Requests. 17) Pending changes. 18) Status of Change Orders. 19) Pending claims and disputes. 20) Documentation of information for payment requests. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100- 8 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting, where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 9 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 SECTION 013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work. 1. Startup construction schedule. 2. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Construction schedule updating reports. 4. Daily construction reports. 5. Material location reports. 6. Site condition reports. 7. Unusual event reports. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in PDF format. B. Startup construction schedule. C. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. D. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment. E. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals. F. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. G. Unusual Event Reports: Submit at time of unusual event. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the schedule of values, submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of Final Completion. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200- 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. C. Activities: Treat each floor or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 10 working days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Temporary Facilities: Indicate start and completion dates for the following as applicable: a. Securing of approvals and permits required for performance of the Work. b. Temporary facilities. C. Construction of mock-ups, prototypes and samples. d. Owner interfaces and furnishing of items. e. Interfaces with Separate Contracts. f. Regulatory agency approvals. g. Punch list. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with submittal schedule. D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 4. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Division 01 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 5. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Division 01 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 6. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. C. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use-of-premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control. 7. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. C. Purchases. d. Mockups. e. Fabrication. f. Sample testing. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200- 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 g. Deliveries. h. Installation. i. Tests and inspections. j. Adjusting. k. Curing. I. Building flush-out. M. Startup and placement into final use and operation. n. Commissioning. 8. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: a. Structural completion. b. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning. C. Permanent space enclosure. d. Completion of mechanical installation. e. Completion of electrical installation. f. Substantial Completion. E. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and the Contract Time. F. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate Final Completion percentage for each activity. G. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. H. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200- 3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 1.5 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 3. Equipment at Project site. 4. Material deliveries. 5. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 6. Testing and inspection. 7. Accidents. 8. Meetings and significant decisions. 9. Unusual events. 10. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Emergency procedures. 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 16. Services connected and disconnected. 17. Equipment or system tests and startups. 18. Partial completions and occupancies. 19. Substantial Completions authorized. B. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. C. Unusual Event Reports: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, responses by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in advance when these events are known or predictable. 1. Submit unusual event reports directly to Owner within one calendar day of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013200-4 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 013233 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for photographic documentation. 1. Preconstruction photographs. 2. Concealed Work photographs. 3. Periodic construction photographs. 4. Final Completion construction photographs. 5. Construction webcam. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include same information as corresponding photographic documentation. B. Digital Photographs: Submit image files within three working days of taking photographs. 1. Submit photos by uploading to web-based Project management software site. Include copy of key plan indicating each photograph's location and direction. 2. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in web-based Project management software site: a. Name of Project. b. Name and contact information for photographer. C. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Date photograph was taken. f. Description of location, vantage point, and direction. g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construction Webcam Service Provider: A firm specializing in providing photographic equipment, web-based software, and related services for construction projects, with a record of providing satisfactory services similar to those required for Project. 1.4 FORMATS AND MEDIA A. Digital Photographs: Provide color images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of 12 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 3200 by 2400 pixels, and with vibration-reduction technology. Use flash in low light levels or backlit conditions. B. Digital Images: Submit digital media as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software. C. Metadata: Record accurate date and time from camera. PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233 - 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 D. File Names: Name media files with date, Project area and sequential numbering suffix. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. General: Take photographs with maximum depth of field and in focus. 1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location. B. Date Stamp: Date and time stamp each photograph as it is being taken so stamp is integral to photograph. C. Image File Naming Convention: 07425 000_20190101 _ 01.jpg (Project Number)_(Additional Service)_(Year)(Month)(Day)_(Image Number).jpg D. Preconstruction Photographs: Before commencement of the Work, take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points, as directed by Architect. 1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs. 2. Take minimum 20 photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the Work. 3. Take minimum 20 photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property, to accurately record physical conditions at start of construction. 4. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent structures, pavements, and improvements. E. Concealed Work Photographs: Before proceeding with installing work that will conceal other work, take photographs sufficient in number, with annotated descriptions, to record nature and location of concealed Work, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Underground utilities. 2. Underslab services. 3. Piping. 4. Electrical conduit. 5. Waterproofing and weather-resistant barriers. F. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take not less than 20 photographs periodically coinciding with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken. G. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take minimum 20 photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. Architect will inform photographer of desired vantage points. H. Additional Photographs: Architect may request photographs in addition to periodic photographs specified. Additional photographs will be paid for by Change Order and are not included in the Contract Sum. 1. Three days' notice will be given, where feasible. 2. In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours of request. 3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to, the following: PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233 - 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 a. Special events planned at Project site. b. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses. C. Photographs shall be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site. These photographs are not subject to unit prices or unit-cost allowances. d. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work. e. Extra record photographs at time of final acceptance. f. Owner's request for special publicity photographs. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION WEBCAM A. Webcam: Provide two fixed-location camera(s) with weatherproof housing, mounted to provide unobstructed view of construction site from location approved by Architect, with the following characteristics: 1. Remotely controllable view with mouse-click user navigation for horizontal pan, vertical tile, and optical zoom of 500 percent minimum. 2. Capable of producing minimum 12 megapixel images. 3. Provide pole mount, power supply, active high-speed data connection to service provider's network, and static public IP address for each camera. B. Live Streaming Images: Provide web-accessible image of current site image, updated at five- minute intervals during daytime operation. C. Web-Based Interface: Provide online interface to allow viewing of each high-definition digital still image captured and stored during construction, from the Internet. 1. Access Control: Provide password-protected access for Project team administered by Contractor, providing current image access and archival image access by date and time, with images downloadable to viewer's device. 2. Software: Provide responsive software interface for use on computer, tablet, and mobile screens with accompanying iPhone/iPad app and Android apps. 3. Storage: Maintain images on the website for reference during entire construction period, and for minimum 30 days after Final Completion. Provide sufficient memory on remote server to store all Project images. 4. Online Interface: Provide website interface with Project and client information and logos, calendar-based navigation interface for selecting images, and pan and zoom capability within high-definition images. 5. Forward and Reverse: Provide capability to browse through images, moving forward and backward in time by individual image and by day. 6. Slideshow: Provide capability to automatically display current images from sites when there are three or more cameras used. 7. Time-Lapse: Provide capability for online display of project time-lapse. 8. Dashboard: Provide capability to view thumbnails of all cameras on one screen. 9. Weather: Provide corresponding weather data for each image captured. D. Maintain cameras and web-based access in good working order, according to web-based construction photographic documentation service provider's written instructions until Final Completion. Provide for service of cameras and related networking devices and software. PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233 - 3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013233 -4 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals. 1. Submittal schedule requirements. 2. Submittal formats. 3. Submittal procedures. 4. Submittal requirements. 5. Contractor's review. 6. Architect's review. 1.2 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submittal Schedule: Submit, as a submittal, a list of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Initial Submittal Schedule: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. 3. Final Submittal Schedule: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. a. Submit revised submittal schedule as required to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals. 4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. C. Name of subcontractor. d. Description of the Work covered. e. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. 1.3 SUBMITTAL FORMATS A. Submittal Information: Include the following information in each submittal: 1. Project name. 2. Date. 3. Name of Architect. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. 6. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300- 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 7. Unique submittal number, including revision identifier. Include Specification Section number with sequential alphanumeric identifier and alphanumeric suffix for resubmittals. 8. Submittal purpose and description. 9. Number and title of Specification Section, with paragraph number and generic name for each of multiple items. 10. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 11. Indication of full or partial submittal. 12. Location(s)where product is to be installed, as appropriate. 13. Other necessary identification. 14. Remarks. 15. Signature of transmitter. B. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect. C. Deviations and Additional Information: On each submittal, clearly indicate deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations; include relevant additional information and revisions, other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals. Indicate by highlighting on each submittal or noting on attached separate sheet. D. Electronic Submittals: Prepare submittals as PDF package, incorporating complete information into each PDF file. Name PDF file with submittal number. E. Submittals Utilizing Web-Based Project Software: Prepare submittals as PDF files or other format indicated by Project management software. 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Submit according to one of the following: 1. Email: Prepare submittals as PDF package and transmit to Architect by sending via email. Include PDF transmittal form. Include information in email subject line as requested by Architect. a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as a digital Project Record Document file. 2. Web-Based Project Management Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project management software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. 4. Coordinate transmittal of submittals for related parts of the Work specified in different Sections, so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300-2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 calendar days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 calendar days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 calendar days for initial review of each submittal. 5. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 15 calendar days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor. a. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect. D. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block, and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. E. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. F. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. 1.5 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Product Data: Collect manufacturer's technical product information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are unsuitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog product data. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. C. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams that show factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. C. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before Shop Drawings, and before or concurrently with Samples. B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. C. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. C. Samples: Submit Samples for review of type, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other materials. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components, such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Permanently attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Project name and submittal number. b. Generic description of Sample. C. Product name and name of manufacturer. d. Sample source. e. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. f. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item. 3. Email Transmittal: Provide PDF transmittal. Include digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics and identification information for record. 4. Web-Based Project Management Software: Prepare submittals in PDF form, and upload to web-based Project software website. Enter required data in web-based software site to fully identify submittal. 5. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 -4 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 6. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units, showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. 7. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain one Sample set; remainder will be returned. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. D. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated. 2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable. 3. Number and name of room or space. 4. Location within room or space. E. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. F. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information indicating compliance with indicated performance and design criteria in individual Specification Sections. Include list of assumptions and summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Number each page of submittal. G. Certificates: 1. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Submit a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. Provide a notarized signature where indicated. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300- 5 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 2. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead, certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. 3. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturers letterhead, certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. 4. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturers letterhead, certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 5. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturers letterhead, certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. 6. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of AWS B2.1/132.1M on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. H. Test and Research Reports: 1. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for substrate preparation and primers required. 2. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 3. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 4. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. 5. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 6. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: a. Name of evaluation organization. b. Date of evaluation. C. Time period when report is in effect. d. Product and manufacturers' names. e. Description of product. f. Test procedures and results. g. Limitations of use. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Submittal Review: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Contractor's Approval: Indicate Contractor's approval for each submittal with a uniform approval stamp or an indication in web-based Project management software. Include name of reviewer, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300- 6 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Architect will not review submittals received from Contractor that do not have Contractor's review and approval. 1.7 ARCHITECT'S REVIEW A. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, indicate corrections or revisions required, and return. 1. PDF Submittals: Architect will indicate, via markup on each submittal, the appropriate action. 2. Submittals by Web-Based Project Management Software: Architect will indicate, on Project management software website, the appropriate action. B. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect. C. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. D. Architect will return without review submittals received from sources other than Contractor. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will be returned by Architect without action. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 7 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. 1. Delegated design or engineering services. 2. Testing and inspection services. 3. Conflicting requirements. 4. Submittals. 5. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan. 6. Reports and documents. 7. Quality Assurance. 8. Quality Control. 9. Special Tests and Inspections. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced," unless otherwise further described, means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Quality-Control Tests and Inspections: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, subcontractor, or sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a Work result does not require that certain construction activities specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). D. Mockups: Physical assemblies of portions of the Work constructed to establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. Mockups are not Samples. 1. Mockups are used for one or more of the following: a. Verify selections made under Sample submittals. b. Demonstrate aesthetic effects. C. Demonstrate the qualities of products and workmanship. d. Demonstrate successful installation of interfaces between components and systems. e. Perform preconstruction testing to determine system performance. 2. Product Mockups: Mockups that may include multiple products, materials, or systems specified in a single Section. 3. In-Place Mockups: Mockups constructed on-site in their actual final location as part of permanent construction. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 E. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. Unless otherwise indicated, copies of reports of tests or inspections performed for other than the Project do not meet this definition. F. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. G. Source Quality-Control Tests and Inspections: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source (e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop). H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. The term "testing laboratory" has the same meaning as the term "testing agency." I. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work, to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. J. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work, to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality-control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect. 1.3 DELEGATED DESIGN OR ENGINEERING SERVICES A. Performance and Design or Engineering Criteria: Where professional design or engineering services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. B. Delegated Design or Engineering Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF file of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or engineered or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design or engineering criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. 1.4 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES A. General: Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and quality-control requirements for individual work results are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality- assurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality-control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. C. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. 1.5 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements is specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, inform the Architect regarding the conflict and obtain clarification prior to proceeding with the Work. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for clarification before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified is the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Mockup Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, sections, elevations, and details, indicating materials and size of mockup construction. 2. Indicate manufacturer and model number of individual components. 3. Provide axonometric drawings for conditions difficult to illustrate in two dimensions. B. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities. C. Qualification Data: For Contractor's quality-control personnel. D. Contractor's Statement of Responsibility: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit copy of written statement of responsibility submitted to authorities having jurisdiction before starting work on the following systems: QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000- 3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 1. Seismic-force-resisting system, designated seismic system, or component listed in the Statement of Special Inspections. 2. Primary wind-force-resisting system or a wind-resisting component listed in the Statement of Special Inspections. E. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports and documents as specified. F. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within 10 calendar days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five calendar days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities and to coordinate Owner's quality-assurance and quality-control activities. Coordinate with Contractor's Construction Schedule. B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project. 1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent or someone who does not have other Project responsibilities. C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review. D. Testing and Inspection: 1. In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following: a. Contractor-performed tests and inspections, including subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor- elected tests and inspections. Distinguish source quality-control tests and inspections from field quality-control tests and inspections. b. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the Statement of Special Inspections. C. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents. E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring the Work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups. F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports, including log of approved and rejected results. Include Work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming Work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000-4 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 1.8 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample-taking and testing and inspection. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement of whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement of whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 -5 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. As applicable, procure products from manufacturers able to meet qualification requirements, warranty requirements, and technical or factory-authorized service representative requirements. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that is similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists will satisfy qualification requirements indicated and engage in the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction supersede requirements for specialists. G. Testing and Inspecting Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspection indicated, as documented in accordance with ASTM E699, and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect, demonstrate, repair, and perform service on installations of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. J. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following Contractor's responsibilities, including the following: 1. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. 2. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 3. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. 4. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups, using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. 5. When testing is complete, remove test specimens and test assemblies; do not reuse products on Project. 6. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 6 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 and inspections, and state in each report whether tested and inspected Work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. K. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups of size indicated. 2. Build mockups in location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 3. Notify Architect seven calendar days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 4. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers who will be employed to perform same tasks during the construction at Project. 5. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 6. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting corresponding Work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven calendar days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup. 7. Promptly correct unsatisfactory conditions noted by Architect's preliminary review, to the satisfaction of the Architect, before completion of final mockup. 8. Approval of mockups by the Architect does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 9. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 10. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated. 1.10 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspection they are engaged to perform. 2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspection allowances specified in Division 01 Section "Allowances," as authorized by Change Orders. 3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities, whether specified or not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services. a. Contractor will not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000- 7 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspection will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. D. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the locations from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections, and state in each report whether tested and inspected Work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality- control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform duties of Contractor. E. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." F. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. G. Contractor's Associated Requirements and Services: Cooperate with agencies and representatives performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspection. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspection equipment at Project site. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 8 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. I. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality- control services required by the Contract Documents as a component of Contractor's quality- control plan. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's Construction Schedule. Update and submit with each Application for Payment. 1. Schedule Contents: Include tests, inspections, and quality-control services, including Contractor- and Owner-retained services, commissioning activities, and other Project- required services paid for by other entities. 2. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. 1.11 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency or special inspector to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner, and as follows: 1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures, and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections, and stating in each report whether tested and inspected Work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's and authorities' having jurisdiction reference during normal working hours. 1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000- 9 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents — May 27, 2025 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample-taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Division 01 Section "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 10 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 014200 REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required,"and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.2 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. 1. For standards referenced by applicable building codes, comply with dates of standards as listed in building codes. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. REFERENCES 014200- 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION REFERENCES 014200 - 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 01 45 29 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. A qualified independent testing and inspection agency, selected and retained by the Owner and approved by Architect, will perform Special Inspection, material testing and other laboratory services specified herein. B. Testing and inspection agency shall make and perform all Special Inspections and structural tests in accordance with the rules and regulations of Building Code, local authorities, specifications of ASTM, and these Contract Documents. C. Materials and workmanship not meeting required standards or performance obligations are to be removed and replaced. Replacement and subsequent testing shall be at Contractor's expense. D. Where the term "Laboratory" is used, it means the approved testing and inspection agency engaged by the Owner. Where the term "Special Inspector" is used, it means the designated and accredited Special Inspector employed by or affiliated with the Laboratory. E. Where the term "Geotechnical Service" is used, it means an agency specializing in soil analysis and professional geotechnical engineering, which is under the direction of a licensed engineer or licensed geologist and which is retained by the Owner for construction phase testing and inspection of foundation construction and earthwork. It shall be the same agency that produced the subsurface investigation and report from which the building foundation system is derived, and it may be the same agency as the laboratory. F. Where the term "Geotechnical Engineer" is used, it means the licensed design professional in responsible charge of the subsurface investigation and report from which the building foundation system is derived. He shall be a member of the geotechnical service engaged by the Owner to perform construction phase services. G. Testing, inspection, and certifications specified in other sections of these Specifications shall be paid by Contractor, unless otherwise indicated, and shall be by agencies approved by Architect. H. Laboratory inspection shall not relieve Contractor or fabricator of its responsibility to furnish materials and workmanship in accordance with Contract Documents. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS A. The testing and inspection agency shall meet all requirements of ASTM E 329, "Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction" and ASTM E 543, "Standard Practice for Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing." Special Inspectors shall be qualified persons who have demonstrated competence to the satisfaction of the building official for inspection of the particular type of construction requiring Special Inspection. B. The testing and inspection agency shall each be insured against errors and omissions by a professional liability insurance policy having a limit of liability not less than $2,000,000.00. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 4529 - 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 C. All Special Inspection and Testing services shall be under the direction of a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas, charged with engineering managerial responsibility and having at least 5 years engineering experience in Special Inspection and testing of construction materials. D. Special Inspectors monitoring concrete work shall be ACI certified inspectors. E. Special Inspectors performing structural steel inspection shall be currently certified AWS Certified Welding Inspectors (CWI), in accordance with provisions of AWS QCI, "Standard and Guide for Qualification and Certification of Welding Inspectors." Special Inspector may be supported by assistant Special Inspectors who may perform specific inspection functions under supervision of the Special Inspector. Assistant Special Inspectors shall be currently certified AWS Certified Associate Welding Inspectors (CAWI). Work of Assistant Special Inspectors shall be regularly monitored by the Special Inspector, generally on a daily basis. F. Prior to start of Work, submit agency name, address and telephone number, name of full time licensed Engineer in responsible charge, and name of each Special Inspector who will inspect the work. G. Submit copy of report of laboratory facilities inspection made by NIST Construction Materials Reference Laboratory during most recent inspection, with memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection. 1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR A. See respective technical sections for specific requirements. B. Deliver to the laboratory, without cost to Owner, adequate quantities of representative samples of materials proposed for use which are required to be tested. C. Advise inspecting agency and Architect sufficiently in advance of construction operations to allow inspecting agency to assign personnel for Special Inspection and testing as specified. D. Notify inspecting agency of each day's construction operations expected to require Special Inspection, at least 24 hours in advance of such operations, to allow Special Inspector to complete any required checks or tests in a timely manner. E. Provide adequate facilities for safe storage and proper curing of concrete test samples on project site for the first 24 hours and also for subsequent field curing, as required by ASTM C 31. F. Furnish such nominal labor and equipment as is required to assist laboratory personnel in obtaining and handling samples at the site and in accessing work for Special Inspection. G. Furnish concrete mix designs, in accordance with ACI 301, Section 4.2, made by an independent testing laboratory or qualified concrete supplier. Where mix designs by an independent testing laboratory are required, laboratory shall be selected and paid by Contractor. H. Obtain required inspections or approvals by Building Official. All inspection requests and notifications required by Building Code Section 109 are responsibility of Contractor. I. Provide current welder certifications for each welder to be employed. J. Furnish fabrication/erection inspection and testing of all welds in accordance with AWS D1.1, Chapter 6. K. Submit prequalification of all welding procedures to be used in executing the work. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 4529 - 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 L. Review and sign the Statement of Special Inspections in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to the initiation of construction. 1.4 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF SPECIAL INSPECTOR AND TESTING LABORATORY A. Special Inspector shall keep records of inspections. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the building official, Contractor, Architect (the registered design professional in responsible charge), and Engineer. 1. Reports shall indicate that work inspected was done in conformance with approved construction documents. 2. Discrepancies shall be brought immediately to the attention of the contractor for correction. 3. If the discrepancies are not corrected, the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the building official and to the Architect prior to the completion of that phase of the work. 4. A final report documenting required Special Inspections and correction of any discrepancies shall be submitted at a date to be agreed upon prior to the start of work, by the permit applicant and the building official. B. Perform all Special Inspection and testing duties as required by Chapter 17 of the International Building Code and as herein specified. C. Special Inspectors or other representatives of the testing agency, who have reviewed and are familiar with the project and specifications, shall participate in all preconstruction conferences. They shall coordinate material testing and Special Inspection requirements with Contractor and his subcontractors consistent with planned construction schedule. They shall also attend, throughout the course of the project, such conferences as may be required or requested to address quality control issues. D. Test and/or inspect the work assigned for conformance with the approved construction documents, specifications and applicable material and workmanship provisions of the building code. Perform testing and inspection in a timely manner to avoid delay of the work. E. Obtain a copy of current approved Contract Documents, including addenda, from the Owner or Architect for use during inspections. F. Submit test and/or inspection reports to the Building Official, Contractor, the Architect, the Structural Engineer of Record and other designated persons in accordance with the schedule in the Statement of Special Inspections. G. Review and sign the Statement of Special Inspections in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to the initiation of construction. H. Special Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge, or release any requirement of the Contract Documents or to approve or accept any portion of work, except where such approval is specifically called for in Specifications. I. Special Inspectors do not act as foremen or perform other duties for Contractor. Work will be checked as it progresses, but failure to detect any defective work or materials shall not, in any way, prevent later rejection when such defect is discovered. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Distribute copies of reports of each and every inspection as described above. In addition, copy concrete cylinder break reports to concrete supplier. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 014529-3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 B. Test Reports Shall Include: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name of inspector. 4. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 5. Identification of product and specifications section. 6. Location in the Project. 7. Type of test/inspection. 8. Date of test/inspection. 9. Results of test/inspection. 10. Conformance with Contract Documents. 11. When requested by Architect, provide interpretation of results. C. In addition to furnishing a written report, notify Contractor verbally of any uncorrected conditions or failures to comply with requirements of Contract Documents and immediately fax or email corresponding report to Architect and Engineer. D. At completion of each trade or branch of work requiring inspecting and/or testing, submit an interim report attesting to satisfactory completion of that work and full compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Upon completion of all work which requires Special Inspection, submit a final report documenting required Special Inspections and correction of any deficiencies noted in the inspections. Final report shall bear the seal of the supervising licensed engineer for the testing and inspection agency. F. Submit copies of test results, sealed by a Licensed Engineer, to municipal authorities having jurisdiction, as they may require or request. 1.6 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. Latest adopted edition of all standards referenced in this Section shall apply, unless noted otherwise. In case of conflict between these Contract Documents and a referenced standard, Contract Documents shall govern. In case of conflict between these Contract Documents and the Building Code, the more stringent shall govern. B. ASTM C 1077 - Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation. C. ASTM C 1093 - Standard Practice for Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Unit Masonry. D. ASTM D 3740 - Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. E. ASTM E 329 - Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged Construction Inspection and/or Testing. F. ASTM E 543 - Standard Practice for Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing. PART 2- PRODUCTS NOT USED TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 4529 -4 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 PART 3- SCHEDULE OF TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 3.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. The Special Inspector shall examine the existing structure in areas where new construction will tie in as defined on the Drawings. 1. Existing bolted connections: Identify missing,damaged or otherwise deteriorated bolts and connection plates. 2. Existing welded connections: Verify that welds were completed and are still in good condition, suitable for support of additional loads shown on Drawings. 3. General condition of framing in areas to be loaded or altered. Configuration and evidence of excessive corrosion or other damage shall be reported. B. Work with the Contractor in regard to accessibility and removal of finishes to permit visual examination of affected areas. C. Provide a report indicating acceptability of existing framing before new construction begins. 3.2 PIER DRILLING OPERATION A. The Owner's geotechnical service, acting as Special Inspector, shall provide services herein specified. B. Special Inspector shall make continuous inspections of drilled pier construction to check the following for compliance with the approved soils report and the Contract Documents: 1. Verify soundness of bearing stratum and desired penetration. 2. Verify placement locations, plumbness and pier dimensions including shaft diameter and length. 3. Verify reinforcing steel size, grade, quantity and placement, including concrete cover. 4. Monitor condition of hole and removal of water and loose material from bottom. Verify cleanliness/preparation of sides to develop skin friction. 5. Verify compliance with specified time limit regarding how long holes are permitted to stand open and exposed to air before placing concrete. 6. Monitor placement of concrete and use of tremie or pumps. 7. Monitor extraction of casing, if used. C. Special Inspector shall furnish complete pier log showing diameter, top and bottom elevations of each pier, casing required or not required, actual penetration into bearing stratum, elevation of top of bearing stratum, volume of concrete used, and deviations from specified tolerances. D. Request probe holes when deemed necessary to confirm safe bearing capacity. 3.3 BUILDING PAD A. The Owner's geotechnical service, acting as Special Inspector, shall provide services herein specified. B. Contractor shall make available, free of charge, adequate samples of each fill and backfill material from proposed sources of supply. C. A 50 pound sample of each type of off-site and site-excavated material proposed for use shall be given to the geotechnical service by Contractor between 10 and 30 calendar days prior to start TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 014529-5 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 of specified work. Analyze samples as required to provide a soil description and to determine compliance with gradation and quality requirements, and test as follows: 1. Tests for liquid limit of soils in accordance with ASTM D 4318. 2. Tests for plastic limit of soils and plasticity index of soils in accordance with ASTM D 4318. 3. Tests for moisture/density relations of soil in accordance with ASTM D 698 or D 1557, as applicable. D. Furnish a report for each individual test, describing variances from specified requirements and stating whether material is acceptable for intended use. E. Inspect underslab drainage material and placement for compliance with specified gradation, quality, and compaction. F. Inspect excavated subgrade, confirm elevation, and identify to Contractor any remaining unsuitable material which must be removed, and any soft areas which must be recompacted. G. Inspect and test prepared subgrade after initial rolling and compaction of scarified surface, before the placement of any fill. H. Continuously inspect placement lift thickness and compaction of all fill materials, including continuous inspection of moisture conditioning of on-site soils. Verify fill material compliance with specified material properties. I. Make in-place compaction test for moisture content and density relations, and density of materials-in-place to determine that backfill and fill materials have been compacted to specified density. Tests shall be made at the following frequencies: 1. 1 test for each 5000 square feet of area of each lift placed under building or floor slab. Stagger test locations in each lift from those in previous lift. A minimum of 3 tests will be required of each lift. 2. 1 test for each 100 linear feet, or portion thereof, of each lift placed against foundation walls, with locations staggered as above. 3. 1 test of each lift placed below any isolated footing or similar support and every 100 linear feet under continuous footings, with locations taken on a different side in each case, from the lift below. J. Check and report on compliance with the approved soils report and the Contract Documents. Reports may be combined on a daily basis, if desired, provided that location of each test and applicable lift are clearly identified and any problems are detailed. 3.4 FOOTING EXCAVATIONS A. The Owner's geotechnical service shall provide a Special Inspector who shall periodically inspect each concrete footing excavation to determine that proper bearing stratum is obtained, that material below footings is adequate to achieve the design bearing capacity, and that excavations are properly clean and dry before concrete is placed. B. The Special Inspector shall observe, on a full time basis, drilling of probe holes for footings. Immediately advise Owner and Contractor of any necessary adjustments to footings as a result of poor rock conditions or voids. 3.5 CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL AND EMBEDDED METAL ASSEMBLIES A. A Special Inspector shall perform testing and inspection specified herein. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 014529-6 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 B. Welds shall be inspected by a certified welding inspector. C. Inspect all concrete reinforcing steel prior to placing of concrete for compliance with Contract Documents and approved shop drawings. D. Observe and Report on the Following: 1. Number and size of bars. Include spacing of stirrups and column ties. 2. Bending and lengths of bars. 3. Splicing. 4. Clearance to forms including chair heights. 5. Clearance to sides and bottom of trench if soil-formed. 6. Clearance between bars or spacing. 7. Rust, form oil, and other contamination. 8. Grade of steel. Verify that reinforcing being welded is ASTM A 706. 9. Securing, tying, and chairing of bars. 10. Excessive congestion of reinforcing steel. 11. Installation of anchor rods and placement of concrete around such rods. 12. Fabrication and installation of embedded metal assemblies, including visual inspection of all welds. 13. Visually inspect studs and deformed bar anchors on embedded assemblies for compliance with Contract Documents. Check number, spacing and weld quality. If, after welding, visual inspection reveals that a sound weld or a full 3600 fillet has not been obtained for a particular stud or bar, such stud or bar shall be struck with a hammer and bent 15° off perpendicular and then bent back into position. Anchors failing this test shall be replaced. 14. Shear head assemblies at columns in flat plate slabs, including condition, size, number and spacing of studs, bars or supports. Confirm proper placement, clearances, concrete cover and quality of welds. 3.6 CONCRETE INSPECTION AND TESTING A. A Special Inspector shall perform testing and inspection specified herein, unless otherwise noted. Comply with ACI 311, "Guide For Concrete Inspection"and "ACI Manual of Concrete Inspection" (SP-2) B. Receive all accepted concrete mix designs submitted by Contractor. C. Periodically inspect formwork for shape, location and dimensions of the concrete member being formed. D. Verify use of the required mix design. E. Secure composite samples of concrete at the jobsite in accordance with ASTM C 172. F. Mold and cure the number of specimens required by code plus one from each sample in accordance with ASTM C 31 (ACI 318-08 stipulates that two 6"x 12"cylinders are required for a compressive strength test, but requires three 4" x 8" cylinders for that same test). Supervise curing and protection provided (by others) for test specimens in field, and transportation from field to laboratory. Test cylinders shall be stored in the field 24 hours and then be carefully transported to laboratory and cured in accordance with ASTM C 31. G. Test specimens in accordance with ASTM C 39. 2 or 3 specimens(depending on specimen size) shall be tested at 28 days for acceptance and 1 shall be tested at 7 days for information. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 014529- 7 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 H. For concrete placed in piers, make 1 strength test(code required number of cylinders plus 1)for each 50 cubic yards, or fraction thereof, of each mix design of concrete placed in any 1 day. In addition, make two test cylinders from each truckload and test one at seven days to provide indicator information to test for gross mis-batching where concealed condition of placed concrete would inhibit discovery of major deficiency. Reserve second cylinder for confirmation testing at 28 days or as directed by the Architect, as needed. I. For concrete other than that placed in piers, make 1 strength test (code required number of cylinders plus 1) for each 100 cubic yards, or fraction thereof, of each mix design of concrete placed in any 1 day. J. Make 1 slump test for each set of cylinders following procedural requirements of ASTM C 143 and C 172. Make additional slump tests whenever consistency of concrete appears to vary. Immediately report, to the Contractor and the Architect, placement of concrete having a measured slump outside limits given on Drawings, except when approved by Architect. Slump tests corresponding to samples from which strength tests are made shall be reported with strength test results. Other slump tests need not be reported. K. Determine total air content of air entrained normal-weight concrete sample for each strength test in accordance with ASTM C 231. L. Determine temperature of concrete sample for each strength test. M. Testing agency shall provide a competent inspector at the batch plant to observe the mixing of the first batch of each mix design destined for the project. Inspector shall examine concrete materials for compliance with Specifications and approved mix design, weighing and measuring devices, proportioning and mixing of materials, water and cement content, general operation of plant, and transportation of concrete to jobsite. Inspector shall verify that amount of free surface moisture contained in both fine and coarse aggregate has been properly accounted for in concrete proportioning to achieve required consistency and water cement ratio. Once proper procedures and quality assurance program have been confirmed by the inspector, in-plant inspections may cease. N. Monitor addition of water to concrete at jobsite and length of time concrete is allowed to remain in the truck before placement. Inspector shall compare mixture with criteria on approved mix design and report any significant deviation to Architect, Contractor and concrete supplier. Do not permit addition of water which will exceed maximum water/cement ratio for the mix as given on approved mix design. O. Continuously observe placing of all concrete, except non-structural slabs-on-grade and sitework. Observe and report on placing method, consolidation, cold joints, length of drop, and displacement of reinforcement. P. Certify each delivery ticket indicating class of concrete delivered (or poured), amount of water added and time at which cement and aggregate was dispensed into truck, and time at which concrete was discharged from truck. Q. Evaluation and Acceptance: 1. If measured slump, or air content of air entrained concrete, falls outside specified limits a check test shall be made immediately on another portion of same sample. In the event of a second failure, concrete shall be considered to have failed to meet requirements of the specifications, and shall not be used in structure. Refer to project general notes for tolerances regarding acceptable levels of slump when admixtures are included in mix TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 4529 -8 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 designs, as final slumps by concrete mix supplier may be approved outside the range of the specified slumps on Drawings. 2. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of all sets of 3 consecutive strength test results are equal to, or exceed, specified strength and no individual test result (average of 2 or 3 specimens, depending on specimen size, as specified, above) is below specified strength by more than 500 psi. R. Concrete Test Reports: 1. Reports shall be made and distributed immediately after respective tests or inspections are made. 2. Where reports indicate deviations from Contract Documents, they shall also include a determination of probable cause of deviation and,where applicable, a recommendation for corrective action. 3. Whenever testing laboratory recognizes a trend of decreasing quality in concrete due to changing seasons, conditions of curing, or other cause, this shall be brought to Architects attention, along with a recommendation for corrective action to be taken before materials fall below requirements of Specifications. S. Periodically inspect application of curing compound and monitor curing temperature and techniques for compliance with specified requirements. 3.7 CAST-IN BOLTS A. Provide a qualified, experienced Special Inspector to inspect installation of cast-in bolts where such bolts are identified as requiring Special Inspection in the contract documents. Inspection shall be continuous and include verification of bolt size, material, placement, and adequate consolidation of concrete around bolt for conformance with the contract requirements. 3.8 DRILLED-IN ANCHOR BOLTS AND DOWELS A. Provide a qualified, experienced Special Inspector to inspect drilling of each hole and installation of each anchor, including location, hole size, hole preparation and cleaning, number, spacing, edge distance, embedment, anchor size, installation of grout or adhesive(where applicable)and anchor installation procedures for compliance with contract documents and with the Manufacturer's Printed Installation Instructions (MPII). B. Special Inspector shall verify installation torque for each expansion bolt for compliance with Manufacturer's Printed Installation Instructions. C. Where adhesive anchors are installed in horizontal or upwardly inclined orientations to resist sustained tension loads, they shall be continuously inspected during installation by an inspector specially approved for that purpose by the building official. The special inspector shall furnish a report to the licensed design professional and building official that the work covered by the report has been performed in accordance with, and that the materials used conform with, the approved contract documents and the Manufacturer's Printed Installation Instructions (MPII). 3.9 MASONRY A. Inspection: 1. A Special Inspector shall perform testing and inspection specified herein on a periodic basis, except where otherwise noted. Inspect work in progress at least once for each 5000 square feet of wall laid, but not less than once each day,to check compliance with Contract TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 4529-9 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 Documents and applicable Building Code. The frequency of inspection shall conform to the requirements of the Building Code for a((n non))essential facility. 2. Inspect the following: a. Proportions of site-prepared mortar. b. Construction of mortar joints. C. Location of reinforcement and connectors. d. Size and location of structural elements. e. Type, size and location of anchors, including other details of anchorage of masonry to structural members, frames or other construction. f. Specified size, grade and type of reinforcement. g. Welding of reinforcing bars (continuous inspection). h. Protection of masonry during cold weather(temperature below 40° F)or hot weather (temperature above 90° F). i. Grout spaces (prior to grouting and prior to closing cleanouts). j. Placement of reinforcement and connectors. k. Proportions of site-prepared grout. I. Construction of mortar joints. M. Grout placement(continuous inspection). n. Preparation of required grout specimens, mortar specimens, and/or prisms for testing (continuous inspection). o. Compliance with required inspection provisions of the construction documents and the approved submittals shall be verified. B. Field Compressive Test for Mortar: 1. Secure composite samples of mortar at jobsite in accordance with ASTM C 780. 2. Mold and cure 3 cube specimens in accordance with ASTM C 109 and C 780. Supervise curing protection provided by others for test specimens in the field and transportation from field to laboratory. Specimens shall be stored in the field 24 hours and then be carefully transported to laboratory and cured in accordance with ASTM C 780. 3. Test specimens in accordance with ASTM C 780. 2 specimens shall be tested at 28 days for acceptance and 1 shall be tested at 7 days for information. 4. Make 1 strength test(3 cubes)for each 5000 square feet of wall area. 5. Measure slump corresponding to each set of cylinders in accordance with ASTM C 143, and report slump with compressive strengths. C. Prism Tests: 1. Make prism tests in advance of operations using materials under same conditions and with same bonding arrangement as for structure. Observe and inspect actual construction of prisms. Moisture content of unit at time of laying, consistency of mortar, and width and thickness of mortar joints shall be same as used in structure. 2. Cure and test prisms in accordance with applicable provisions of ASTM C 1314. Test 5 specimens of each type of masonry unit before delivering material to jobsite and submit results for approval. During construction, test 3 specimens of each type of masonry unit for each 5000 square feet of wall placed. 3. Standard age of test specimens is 28 days, but 7 day tests may be used, provided relationship between 7 day and 28 day strengths is established by test for materials used. 4. Build prisms of hollow masonry units the same width as unit by 16" long in plan and 16" high, using specified masonry units, applying mortar to only face shells. Do not fill hollow core with grout. Compute value of ultimate net compressive strength by dividing ultimate load by net face shell area of masonry units (length X twice face shell thickness). TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 4529- 10 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 5. Build brick prisms 1 brick width and length in plan and 5 bricks high, using full bed joints as specified. Compute ultimate compressive strength by dividing ultimate load by net area of masonry units. 6. Build prisms on job using same materials and methods as for wall construction. Store prisms in a place where they will be undisturbed for 2 days and have approximately same curing conditions as wall construction. After 2 days, transport to laboratory in a manner which will not disturb mortar bond and then cure and test as set forth under ASTM C 1314. 7. When average strength of a set of prisms falls below specified compressive strength (F'm), masonry corresponding to the test shall be deemed unacceptable. In such case, notify Architect and Contractor immediately. 3.10 STRUCTURAL STEEL A. A Special Inspector shall inspect structural steel and Pre-engineered Metal Building Systems during fabrication and during and after erection for conformance with Contract Documents and shop drawings. Review and report on fabricator's quality control procedures and capabilities. B. Shop Inspection (In accordance with the Code, Special Inspections are not required where the work is done on the premises of a fabricator registered and approved to perform such work without Special Inspection. At completion of fabrication, the approved fabricator shall submit a certificate of compliance to the building official stating that the work was performed in accordance with the approved construction documents.): 1. Verify that the fabricator maintains detailed fabrication and quality control procedures that provide a basis for inspection control of the workmanship and the fabricator's ability to conform to approved construction documents and referenced standards. Review procedures for completeness and adequacy relative to the code requirements for the fabricator's scope of work. 2. Periodic inspection of fabrication process, including verifying markings on bolts, nuts and washers to comply with ASTM standards and welding to monitor effectiveness of quality control program. Inspection of shop welding to be "verification inspection," in accordance with AWS D1.1, Chapter 6. 3. Continuous inspection of complete and partial penetration groove welds, multi-pass fillet welds and single-pass fillet welds greater than 5/16". 4. Review manufacturer's certificate of compliance for bolts, structural steel, and weld filler materials. 5. Ultrasonic testing of all full penetration welds. 6. Ultrasonic testing of all plates over 1 1/2"thick. 7. Examination of installation of shop welded shear studs. 8. Review welding certificates. C. Field Inspection: 1. Proper erection of all pieces. 2. Proper installation of all bolts, including checking of calibration of impact wrenches used with high-strength bolts. See Paragraph E (Inspection of Bolted Construction), below. 3. Details of bracing and stiffening. 4. Continuous inspection of welding process for penetration welds and fillet welds larger than 5/16", and periodic inspection of all other welding while in progress. See Paragraph F (Inspection of Field Welding), below. 5. Application of joint details at each connection. 6. Inspect all shop fabricated members, upon arrival at jobsite, for member straightness and alignment and for defects incurred during transit and handling. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 014529- 11 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 7. Measure and record camber of all beams upon arrival and before erection for compliance with specified camber. Measure lying flat with web horizontal. Members outside specified camber tolerance shall be returned to shop for correction. 8. Plumbness of structure and proper bracing. 9. Installation of field welded shear studs. See Paragraph G (Inspection of Stud Welding), below. 10. Proper grouting of column base plates. 11. Proper painting and galvanizing. D. Qualifications of Welders: Fabricator and erector shall provide testing laboratory with names of welders to be employed on work, along with certification that each welder has passed qualification tests within the last year, using procedures covered in American Welding Society "Structural Welding Code- Steel," D1.1, latest edition. Verify all welder qualifications. E. Inspection of Bolted Construction Shall be in Accordance with AISC Specification for Structural Steel Buildings and as Follows: 1. All bolts shall be visually inspected to ensure plies have been brought into snug contact. 2. High strength bolting shall be inspected in accordance with Section 9 of"Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 3. For all high strength bolts, unless specifically noted on Drawings to require only "snug- tight" installation, inspector shall observe required jobsite testing and calibration, and shall confirm procedure to be used does provide required tension. He then shall monitor the work to assure tested procedures are routinely followed. Tightening by calibrated wrench and turn-of-the-nut method without match-marking shall be continuously inspected. 4. Verify markings on bolts, nuts and washers to comply with ASTM Standards. F. Inspection of Field Welding Shall Include the Following: 1. Visually inspect fillet welds for size, soundness, and proper return around ends. Check for seams, folds, and delaminations. 2. Ultrasonically test all penetration welds in accordance with ASTM E 164. 3. Inspect surfaces to be welded. Surface preparations,fit-up and cleanliness of surface shall be noted. Electrodes shall be checked for size, type and condition. 4. Welding inspector shall be present during alignment and fit-up of members being welded, and shall check for correct surface preparation of root openings, sound weld metal, and proper penetration in root pass. Where weld has not penetrated completely, inspector shall order joint to be chipped down to sound metal, or gouged out, and rewelded. Root passes shall be thoroughly inspected for cracks. All cracks shall be gouged out and rewelded to 2" beyond each end of crack. 5. Inspector shall check that all welds have been marked with welder's symbol and shall mark welds requiring repairs and shall make a reinspection. Inspector shall maintain a written record of all welds. Work completed and inspected shall receive an identification mark by the inspector. Unacceptable material and work shall be identified by word "reject" or "repair" marked directly on material. 6. Testing agency shall advise Owner and Architect of any shop and/or field conditions which, in his opinion, may require further tests and examination by means other than specified. Such further tests and examinations shall be performed as authorized by Owner and Architect. 7. Owner reserves the right to use ultrasonic or radiographic inspection to verify adequacy of all welds. Testing procedures and acceptance criteria shall be as specified in AWS D1.1. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01 4529- 12 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 3.11 OPEN WEB JOISTS A. Inspect all joists either in plant or at jobsite for conformance with specified fabrication requirements. Check welded connections between web and chord, splices, and straightness of members. B. Inspect installation of joists at jobsite. Check connections to supporting members, chord extensions, number of rows of bridging, and bridging connections for conformance with Contract Documents and referenced standards. C. Inspect manufacturer's certificate of compliance. D. Check welder qualification certificates for both shop and field welding operators. 3.12 METAL ROOF DECK A. Field Inspection Shall Consist of the Following: 1. Checking types,gauges, and finishes for conformance with Contract Documents and shop drawings. 2. Examination for proper erection of all metal deck, including fastenings at supports and side laps, reinforcing of holes, and miscellaneous deck supports. 3. Certification of welders, under AWS D1.3 "Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel". 4. Special Inspector shall periodically inspect roof deck welds. Visual inspection of at least 25% of all welds is required at a minimum. 3.13 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL BUILDING FRAME A. Refer to "Structural Steel" paragraph above for Special Inspection and other inspection requirements for Pre-Engineered Metal Building Frames. B. Special inspector of Pre-Engineered Metal Building Frames shall be qualified to inspect construction in general conformance with MBMA's Guide for Inspections, latest edition. C. Special inspector shall coordinate with the General Contractor to receive observation reports from Metal Building Manufacturer's engineer and verify that all corrective work is completed. Notify the General Contractor and Architect of all unresolved deviations and issues prior to the completion of the work. END OF SECTION TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 014529- 13 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Temporary utilities. 2. Support facilities. 3. Security and protection facilities. 1.2 USE CHARGES A. Installation, removal, and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities engaged in the Project to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations. C. Water Service: Pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations. D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Site Utilization Plan: Show temporary facilities, temporary utility lines and connections, staging areas, construction site entrances, vehicle circulation, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15 working days of date established for commencement of the Work, submit schedule indicating implementation and termination dates of each temporary utility. C. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Show fabrication and installation details, including plans, elevations, details, layouts, typestyles, graphic elements, and message content. D. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program. E. Moisture- and Mold-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage and mold. Describe delivery, handling, storage, installation, and protection provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. 1. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and requirements for replacing water-damaged Work. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000- 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 2. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. 3. Indicate methods to be used to avoid trapping water in finished work. F. Dust- and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust- and HVAC-control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Include the following: 1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work. 2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing. 3. Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge. 4. Waste-handling procedures. 5. Other dust-control measures. G. Noise and Vibration Control Plan: Identify construction activities that may impact the occupancy and use of existing spaces within the building or adjacent existing buildings, whether occupied by others, or occupied by the Owner. Include the following: 1. Methods used to meet the goals and requirements of the Owner. 2. Concrete cutting method(s)to be used. 3. Location of construction devices on the site. 4. Show compliance with the use and maintenance of quieted construction devices for the duration of the Project. 5. Indicate activities that may disturb building occupants and that are planned to be performed during non-standard working hours as coordinated with the Owner. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable accessibility provisions identified on the Drawings. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2 inch, 0.148 inch thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 8 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8 inch outside diameter line posts and 2-7/8 inch outside diameter corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8 inch outside diameter top rails. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000- 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 B. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2 inch, 0.148 inch thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 8 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8 inch outside diameter line posts and 2-7/8 inch outside diameter corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8 inch outside diameter top and bottom rails. Provide galvanized-steel bases for supporting posts. C. Fencing Windscreen Privacy Screen: Polyester fabric scrim with grommets for attachment to chain-link fence, sized to height of fence, in color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. D. Wood Enclosure Fence: Plywood, 8 feet high, framed with four 2 by 4 inch rails, with preservative-treated wood posts spaced not more than 8 feet apart. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading. B. Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Architect, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows: 1. Furniture required for Project-site documents, including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and bookcases. 2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of 10 individuals. Provide electrical power service and 120V ac duplex receptacles, with no fewer than one receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4 foot square tack and marker boards. 3. Drinking water and private toilet. 4. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68 to 72 degrees F. 5. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 foot-candies at desk height. C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 1. Store combustible materials apart from building. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating, Cooling, and Dehumidifying Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 C. Air-Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA-filter-equipped portable units with four-stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run continuously. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, GENERAL A. Conservation: Coordinate construction and use of temporary facilities with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.3 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. 1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, safety shower and eyewash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 1. Use of Permanent Toilets: Use of Owner's new toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. E. Temporary Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-4 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 1. Provide temporary dehumidification systems when required to reduce ambient and substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes and their proper curing or drying. F. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment in a condition acceptable to Owner. G. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. H. Electronic Communication Service: Provide secure WiFi wireless connection to internet with provisions for access by Architect and Owner. 3.4 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings. 1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as required to minimize dust. B. Temporary Use of Planned Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations. 1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas. 2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas in accordance with Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." 3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regrading, proofrolling, compacting, and testing. 4. Delay installation of final course of permanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation of final course in accordance with Division 32 Section "Asphalt Paving." C. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain, including curbs, pavement, and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. D. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel. E. Storage and Staging: Use designated areas of Project site for storage and staging needs. F. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-5 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. G. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 3. Maintain and touch up signs, so they are legible at all times. H. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." I. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Division 01 Section "Execution." J. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment' and not temporary facilities. 3.5 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. 1. Where access to adjacent properties is required in order to affect protection of existing facilities, obtain written permission from adjacent property owner to access property for that purpose. B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Division 01 Section "Summary." C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. 1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree-or plant-protection zones. 2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. 3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project. 4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls, and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-6 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. E. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. F. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals, so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction. G. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner. H. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. I. Temporary Egress: Provide temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide signage directing occupants to temporary egress. J. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures. K. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign, stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.6 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL A. Moisture and Mold Protection: Protect stored materials and installed Work in accordance with Moisture and Mold Protection Plan. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-7 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 B. Exposed Construction Period: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows: 1. Protect porous materials from water damage. 2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water. 3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete. 4. Remove standing water from decks. 5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed. C. Partially Enclosed Construction Period: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows: 1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items with high organic content, into partially enclosed building. 2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage. 3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter. 4. Discard or replace water-damaged material. 5. Do not install material that is wet. 6. Discard and replace stored or installed material that begins to grow mold. 7. Perform work in a sequence that allows wet materials adequate time to dry before enclosing the material in gypsum board or other interior finishes. D. Controlled Construction Period: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows: 1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions. 2. Use temporary or permanent HVAC system to control humidity within ranges specified for installed and stored materials. 3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and exposure to water limits. a. Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and gypsum- based products, that become wet during the course of construction and remain wet for 48 hours are considered defective and require replacing. b. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture during construction operations or after installation. Record readings beginning at time of exposure and continuing daily for 48 hours. Identify materials containing moisture levels higher than allowed. Report findings in writing to Architect. C. Remove and replace materials that cannot be completely restored to their manufactured moisture level within 48 hours. 3.7 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-8 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 015000-9 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 016100 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for following: 1. Product delivery, storage, and handling. 2. Product warranties. 3. Product selection procedures. 4. General installation provisions. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Term "product' includes terms "material," "equipment," "system," "component," and terms of similar intent. B. Hazardous Substances Prohibited by Law: Including, but not limited to, any product, material, element, constituent, chemical, substance, compound, or mixture, which is defined in, included under, or regulated by any environmental laws. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between 2 or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. B. Restriction of Hazardous Substances Compliance: Contractor shall take whatever measures deemed necessary to insure that employees, suppliers, vendors, fabricators, subcontractors, or their assigns, comply with restriction requirements for hazardous substance. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016100- 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 1.5 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. General: Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. Refer to individual Specification Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. If standard products are available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by term "as selected,"Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. 6. Use of phrase"or equal" shall be defined as"or equivalent as judged by Architect." B. "Acceptable Manufacturers"or"Acceptable Manufacturers and Products": 1. Where Specifications include a list of named manufacturers and products that are acceptable, provide any product from that list that complies with requirements of Contract PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016100- 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 Documents. 2. Manufacturers and products that can be used are restricted to those on list. 3. Manufacturers and products not included on list are considered substitutions. C. "Available Manufacturers"or"Available Manufacturers and Products": 1. Where Specifications include a list of named manufacturers and products that are known to be available, provide any product from that list, or a product from an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturers and products that can be used are not restricted to those on list. 3. Manufacturers and products not included on list are not considered substitutions. D. "Basis of Design": 1. Use of phrase"Product Standard" or similar phrase shall be defined as"Basis of Design." 2. When Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, it is to establish significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics, for purposes of evaluating other named manufacturers and products. Drawings and Specifications indicate and specify characteristics that are based on "Basis of Design" manufacturer and product. Other acceptable or available manufacturers with products having equivalent characteristics may be considered, provided deviations are minor and does not change intent of Contract Documents as judged by Architect. 3. If Specification includes a list of "Acceptable Manufacturers" or "Acceptable Manufacturers and Products," provide named "Basis of Design" product or any product from that list that complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 4. If Specification includes a list of "Available Manufacturers" or "Available Manufacturers and Products," provide named "Basis of Design" product or any product from that list, or a product from an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements of Contract Documents. 5. If Specification does not include a list of either"Acceptable Manufacturers and Products" or "Available Manufacturers and Products," any product that complies with requirements of Contract Documents may be used. E. "Required Manufacturer" or"Required Manufacturer and Product": 1. Where Specifications name a single, required manufacturer and product, only that manufacturer and product may be used. 2. Any other manufacturer and product is considered a substitution. F. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications include phrase "match Architect's sample" or similar phrase, provide a product that complies with requirements of Contract Documents and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. G. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Manufacturer's Instructions: PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016100 - 3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 1. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations, to extent that instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements in Contract Documents. 2. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products according to manufacturer's instructions and in conformity with specified requirements. a. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with manufacturer for further instructions. b. Do not proceed with Work without clear instructions. 3. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by manufacturer. B. Product Inspection: Inspect products immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. C. Weather Conditions: Install each component during weather conditions and Project status that will ensure best possible results. Isolate each part of completed construction from incompatible product or material as necessary to prevent deterioration. END OF SECTION PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016100 -4 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 017300 EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: General administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Coordination of Owner's portion of the Work. 5. Progress cleaning. 6. Starting and adjusting. 7. Protection of installed construction. 8. Correction of the Work. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated. B. Layout Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Prior to establishing layout of new perimeter and structural column grid(s), review building location requirements. Review benchmark, control point, and layout and dimension requirements. Required to attend, include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Architect. b. Contractor's superintendent. C. Representatives of each entity directly concerned with Project layout. d. Professional surveyor responsible for performing Project surveying and layout. 2. Review meanings and intent of dimensions, notes, terms, graphic symbols, and other layout information indicated on the Drawings. 3. Review requirements for including layouts on Shop Drawings and other submittals. 4. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. EXECUTION 017300- 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. Use materials that are not considered hazardous. C. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, gas service piping, and water-service piping; underground electrical services; and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: 1. Description of the Work, including Specification Section number and paragraph, and Drawing sheet number and detail, where applicable. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility and Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. EXECUTION 017300- 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect in accordance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks and existing conditions. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly. B. Engage a Professional surveyor experienced in laying out the Work, using the following accepted surveying practices: 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations. D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect. 3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. 1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points EXECUTION 017300- 3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding. 2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points. B. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. 1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. 2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work. 3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition. C. Final Property Survey: Engage a land surveyor to prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey. 1. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing improvements and significant vegetation, adjoining properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing from a site corner to a legal point. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF THE WORK A. Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb, and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure satisfactory results as judged by Architect. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations, so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy of type expected for Project. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on-site and placement in permanent locations. F. Select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for Work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. EXECUTION 017300-4 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions with manufacturer. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed Work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect, as judged by Architect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. 3.6 COORDINATION OF OWNER'S PORTION OF THE WORK A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel and Owner's separate contractors. 1. Provide temporary facilities required for Owner-furnished, Contractor-installed products. 2. Refer to Division 01 Section "Summary" for other requirements for Owner-furnished, Contractor-installed products. B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel and Owner's separate contractors. 1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel and Owner's separate contractors at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction. 3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Clean project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven calendar days during normal weather or three calendar days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. EXECUTION 017300- 5 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 C. Work Areas: Clean areas where Work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in Division 01 Section "General Commissioning Requirements." B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. EXECUTION 017300- 6 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work. C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. 3.10 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. B. Repair Work previously completed and subsequently damaged during construction period. Repair to like-new condition. C. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. D. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. E. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. F. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. END OF SECTION EXECUTION 017300 - 7 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for Contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. List of Incomplete Items: Contractor-prepared list of items to be completed or corrected, prepared for the Architect's use prior to Architect's inspection, to determine if the Work is substantially complete. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical product literature for each type of cleaning agent. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion. D. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. E. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. F. Field Report: For pest-control inspection. G. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items required by other Sections. 1.4 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's "punch list"). B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 working days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction, permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700- 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number. 5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records. 6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 working days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." 6. Advise Owner of changeover in utility services. 7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. 8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleaning requirements. 10. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 working days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. 1.5 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment in accordance with Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 4. Submit pest-control final inspection report. 5. Submit Final Completion photographic documentation. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 working days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1.6 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor, listed by room or space number. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceilings, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. C. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in one of the following formats: a. PDF Electronic File: Architect will return annotated file. b. Web-Based Project Software Upload: Utilize software feature for creating and updating list of incomplete items (punch list). 1.7 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 working days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. D. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700- 3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 1. Submit [on digital media acceptable to Architect] [by uploading to web-based project software site] [by email to Architect]. E. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. C. Rake grounds that are not planted, mulched, or paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited-access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Clean flooring, removing debris, dirt, and staining; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations. i. Vacuum and mop concrete. j. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. k. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass,taking care not to scratch surfaces. I. Remove labels that are not permanent. M. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, elevator equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-4 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents—May 27, 2025 n. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. o. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. p. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. q. Clean luminaires, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. r. Clean strainers. S. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report. D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste-disposal requirements in [Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."] [Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."] 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations required by Division 01 Section "Execution" before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700-5 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Emergency manuals. 2. Systems and equipment operation manuals. 3. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. 4. Product maintenance manuals. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Architect will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. Submit [on digital media acceptable to Architect] [by uploading to web-based project software site] [by email to Architect]. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals. C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 30 calendar days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable. D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 calendar days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments. 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 calendar days of receipt of Architect's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. E. Comply with Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. 1.3 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823- 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file. 1.4 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Architect. 7. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 8. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. D. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, 'Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." 1.5 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: 1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823- 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents — May 27, 2025 C. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill. D. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. E. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures. 1.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. B. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. C. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. D. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color coding where required for identification. 1.7 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. B. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described below. C. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823-4 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. a. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. F. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. G. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. H. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. I. Warranties: Include copies of warranties and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. J. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original project record documents as part of maintenance manuals. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 5 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 1.8 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Product Maintenance Manual: For those products, materials, and finishes specified in Specification Sections to submit maintenance data, assemble maintenance data indicating care and maintenance. B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. C. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. G. Warranties: Include copies of warranties and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 6 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following: 1. Record drawings. 2. Record specifications. 3. Maintenance of Record Documents. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints. 2) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned Record Prints. 2) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and Contract modifications. 1.3 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation, where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. C. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER— PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. C. Depths of foundations. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. k. Changes made following Architect's written orders. I. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. M. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record prints with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 3. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. C. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. 1.4 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation, where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and Contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Note related Change Orders and Record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record specifications as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked-up paper copy of Specifications. 1.5 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store Record Documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839- 3 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 SECTION 017900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module. 1. Indicate proposed training modules using manufacturer-produced demonstration and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of video recording of live instructional module. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. 1.4 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component: 1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. C. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. 2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Systems and equipment operation manuals. C. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900- 1 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 d. Product maintenance manuals. e. Project Record Documents. f. Identification systems. g. Warranties and bonds. h. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. 3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. C. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. 4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. C. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. I. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. M. Special operating instructions and procedures. 5. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. C. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. C. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning. e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs: Include the following: DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900- 2 ROUND ROCK PUBLIC SAFETY TRAINING CENTER—PHASE 2 BSW 22406.00 Round Rock, Texas Construction Documents— May 27, 2025 a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. C. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. 1.5 INSTRUCTION A. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 1. Architect will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements. 2. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants. B. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven calendar days' advance notice. C. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals. PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900- 3